Single-Axis Stages

PRECISION MOTION CONTROL FOR BASICRESEARCH, INDUSTRIAL R&D, AND HIGHPRECISION MANUFACTURING

www.thorlabs.com

Motorized Single-Axis StagesA range of motorized linear translationstages covering travellengths from 0.5" (12mm)up to 6" (150mm). Bothlow and high power DCservo and stepper drivenmodels are available withvarying footprints and loadcarryingcapabilities.

See Pages261-276

Motion Control ElectronicsA wide range of motion control electronics solutions in a variety of architectures andfootprints. Our new T-Cube motion controllers have a highly compact format, idealfor mounting directly to optical tables and allowing easy and convenient control ofoptomechanical devices right at the heart of the experiment. For higher speedmotion control, we offer a range of stepper, DC servo, and piezobenchtop controllers with 1, 2, or 3 channels. For high axis countapplications, our 12 channel apt™ 19" rack system is ideal. Fullyautomated high-precision optical alignment is possible using ourhighly successful NanoTrak™ control loop technology, available inT-Cube, benchtop, and 19" rack-based formats.

See Pages 347-379

Motion Control Product Line Overview

251

Compact Positioning StagesA range of compact dovetail, bearingand flexure-based stagesfor a wide variety ofapplications. Stagesare available withsimple leadscrews,differentialmicrometers, and piezoelectric actuators. Travelranges start at 0.06" (1.5mm) usinghigh-performance flexure mechanisms.

See Pages 253-260

Multi-Axis PositioningA wide variety of flexure stages provide the ultimate nanopositioningperformance. These systems have satisfied the high-performance positionrequirements of our customers for years.

See Pages 277-317

1 TRANSLATION 251-259.qxd.P 7/5/07 7:18 PM Page 251

http://thorlabs.com/

252 www.thorlabs.com

Single-Axis Stages Selection GuidePages 253-276Flexure-Based Translation Stages

Compact, Steel Construction

0.06" (1.5mm) to 0.20" (5mm) of Overall Travel

Optional Internal Piezo Drives

Stackable 2-Axis and 3-Axis Configurations

See Pages 253-255

Compact Translation Stages

Compact, Aluminum Design

Entry-Level Translation Stages

Manual and Motorized Versions

Stackable 2-Axis and 3-Axis Configurations

See Pages 256-266

2 Inch TravelMax

Crossed Roller Bearings for High Load Capacity

Large Selection of Drive Options

Manual and Motorized Versions

Designed for Industrial Applications

See Pages 267-275

Long Travel Stages

Utilize Recirculating, Ball-Bearing Linear Rails

Shielded Enclosure

Ideal for Industrial or Research Applications

See Page 276

7/3/07 2:34 PM Page 252


Specifications Travel: 1.5mm (0.06") Load Capacity: 1.1lbs (0.5kg) Piezo Travel: 25µm Piezo Resolution: 25nm Coarse Adjust: 0.25mm per

Revolution of Thumbscrew Piezo Drive Voltage: 0-75V

Features Flexure Design, No Static

or Kinetic Friction Thumbscrew and Piezo

Adjustment Steel Construction, Black

Paint Finish All Cables Included

Features Piezo Positioning Kit (Power

Supply Not Included) Compact Footprint Manual Operation via Front

Panel PC Control for Remote

Operation (USB) Software Control Suite Included

Motion Control

253www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages

Flexure Stage Accessories

MotorizedMirror Mounts

Rotation Stages

Drive Electronics& Auto-Alignment

Actuators &Adjusters

Brief Tutorials

1.5mm Travel Flexure Stage, 25µm Piezo Actuator

1.5mm Flexure Stage and Driver Bundle

This NanoFlex™ flexure stage is versatile andcompact, offering 1.5mm of overall manualtravel and 25µm of piezoelectric movement. It isdesigned to carry loads up to 1.1lbs (0.5kg).Optical components can be mounted to themoving platform and translated precisely andsmoothly along a single axis with minimalarcuate motion. The manual actuator offers0.25mm of travel per revolution, and thepiezoelectric actuator provides 25nm resolution.The stage can be driven by the TPZ001 drive,which is sold separately (see page 356) orbundled with the stage (see below).

The TPZ001 T-Cube PiezoDriver (see page 356 for fulldetails) is the ideal driver for theNF15AP25 stage. This bundleincludes everything needed for acomplete piezo positioningsystem and saves 10% on thecombined product price.

NanoFlex™ Stage With Embedded 25µm Piezoelectric MovementITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

NF15AP25 NF15AP25/M $ 690.00 £ 434.70 € 641,70 ¥ 6,589.50 Thumbscrew & 25µm Piezo Drive Single Axis Stage 1.5mmNF15P1 NF15P1/M $ 49.00 £ 30.90 € 45,60 ¥ 468.00 Mounting Plate for the 1.5mm NanoFlex™ SeriesNF15P2 NF15P2/M $ 49.00 £ 30.90 € 45,60 ¥ 468.00 Angle Bracket for the 1.5mm NanoFlex™ Series

ITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

TPZNF15 TPZNF15/M $1,239.00 £ 780.60 €1.152,30 ¥ 11,832.50 NanoFlex™ 1.5mm Travel Stage & TPZ001 Piezo DriverTPS002 TPS002 $ 110.50 £ 69.60 € 102,80 ¥ 1,055.30 Dual T-Cube ± 15/V, 5V Power Supply

NF15AP25 AccessoriesThe NF15P2 angle bracket allows ourNanoFlex™ compact stages to beintegrated into XY, XZ, and XYZ systems.The NF15P1 base plate provides aconvenient way to attach the stagesto an optical system or table.

NF15AP25

SMC Piezo Connector

NanoFlex™ Accessories

SAVE 10%

1.18”(30mm)

0.39” (10mm)TYP

1.18”(30mm)

SMC PIEZOCONNECTOR

0-75V

COUNTERBORE FOR#6-32(M3) CAPSCREW3 PLACES

#8-32 UNC THRU1 PLACE

#4-40 UNC THRU5 PLACES

1.96”(50mm)

0.28”(7.0mm)

0.49”(13mm)

0.39” (10mm)TYP.

M2 THROUGH5 PLACES

FINE ADJUSTMENT KNOB0.10” (0.25mm)/ REV.

NF15P2

NF15P1

7/3/07 2:35 PM Page 253


When stability is of the utmostimportance, the NanoFlex™ 5mmtravel, single-axis stages provideultra-smooth translation forapplications that are intolerant tothe errors inherent in linearbearings. The compound linearflexure design ensures true linearmotion over the full range oftranslation. This is achieved without the use of parts thatrequire controlled contact to maintain their function; all themotion results from the flexing of various structuralcomponents within the translator.

Features Flexure Design, No Static or Kinetic Friction Differential Micrometer Drive Open-and Closed-Loop Piezo Options Compact Size XYZ Configurable

5mm Travel Single-Axis Flexure StagesMotion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages


Actuators & Adjusters

Brief Tutorials

NF5D

What is a Strain Gauge?A strain gauge is a thin piece of conductivemetal that is attached directly to the bodyof the piezo stack. When the stack isextended (or contracted), the strain gauge isstretched (or compressed), causing a changeto the electrical impedance of the metal.Using a high-precision bridge circuit andvoltmeter, these changes can be correlatedto changes in mechanical displacement ofthe piezo, thereby providing preciseposition feedback.

5mm Travel NanoFlex™ Stages ITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

NF5D NF5D/M $ 814.00 £ 512.80 € 757,00 ¥ 7,773.70 Differential Adjuster Single-Axis Stage 5mm TravelNF5DP20 NF5DP20/M $ 995.00 £ 626.90 € 925,40 ¥ 9,502.30 Differential Adjuster and 20µm Piezo

Single-Axis Stage 5mm TravelNF5DP20S NF5DP20S/M $1,335.00 £ 841.10 € 1.241,60 ¥ 12,749.30 Differential Adjuster and 20µm Closed-Loop Piezo

Single-Axis Stage 5mm Travel

NF5DP20

NF5DP20S

SMC PiezoConnector

Position Feedback

Stage Specifications Travel: 5mm (0.20") Max Load: 2.2lbs (1kg) Course Adjustment: 0.5mm

per Revolution Fine Adjustment: 50µm per

Revolution Fine Adjustment Range:

300µm

Piezo Specifications Drive Voltage: 0-75V Drive Connector: SMC Feedback Connector: LEMO Travel Range: 20µm Range Resolution: 20nm (Open

Loop) 10nm (w/ Feedback)

The stages are supplied with a differentialmicrometer drive. An optional piezo drive isavailable, with or without strain gauge feedback.The NF5 series stage is ideal for a variety ofapplications, including interferometry,microscopy, and other precision nanopositioningapplications. The extra stability offered by thesestages means that they are suitable for stacking inXY, XZ, and XYZ configurations when preciseplanar movement is required. These stages can bemounted in an XYZ configuration using the baseplate (NF5P1) and angle bracket (NF5P2) – seenext page.

Counterbore for

1/4"-20 UNC (M6)

screw, 2 places

#8-32 UNC (M4)

through 8 places

1/4"-20 UNC (M6)

through, 2 places#6-32 UNC (M3)

through, 4 places

0.65"

(17mm)

1.18"

(30mm)

2.95" (75mm)

Typ.

5.28"

(134mm)

Nom



5mm Travel Stage, Open-Loop Piezo & Driver Bundle

Motion Control

255www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

NF5P1

NF5P2

These accessories allow our compact NanoFlex™ stages to beassembled into X-Y, X-Z, and X-Y-Z systems. The base plateprovides a convenient means for attaching a stage to an opticalsystem or table.

5mm NanoFlex™ Accessories ITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

NF5P1 NF5P1/M $ 49.00 £ 30.90 € 45,60 ¥ 468.00 Mounting Plate for the 5mm NanoFlex™ SeriesNF5P2 NF5P2/M $ 99.00 £ 62.40 € 92,10 ¥ 945.50 Angle Bracket for the 5mm NanoFlex™ Series

TPZNF5 BundleITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

TPZNF5 TPZNF5/M $1,513.35 £ 953.40 € 1.407,40 ¥14,452.50 NF5DP20 5mm Travel Stage & TPZ001 Piezo DriverTPS002 TPS002* $ 110.50 £ 69.60 € 102,80 ¥ 1,055.30 Power Supply

5mm NanoFlexTM Accessories

TSGNF5 Bundle

SAVE 10%5mm Travel Stage, Strain Gauge Feedback & Driver Bundle

For higher bandwidth piezo control, see theBPC series of controllers starting on page 370.

* Both Imperial and Metric parts are Equivalent.


TSGNF5 TSGNF5/M $2,041.20 £1,286.00 € 1.898,30 ¥ 19,493.50 NF5DP20S 5mm Travel Stage, TPZ001 Piezo Driver, TSG001 Stain Gauge Reader

TPS002 TPS002* $ 110.50 £ 69.60 € 102,80 ¥ 1,055.30 Dual T-Cube ±15V/5V Power Supply

* Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent.

Features Open-Loop Piezo

Positioning Kit (PowerSupply Not Included)

Compact Footprint Manual Operation via Front

Panel PC Control for Remote

Operation (USB) Software Control Suite

Included

Features Open-Loop Piezo Positioning Kit

(Power Supply Not Included) Compact Footprint Manual Operation via Front Panel PC Control for Remote Operation

(USB) Software Control Suite Included

SAVE 10%

The TPZ001 T-Cube Piezo Driver (see page 356 for full details) is the ideal driver forthe NF5DP20 stage. This bundle includes everything needed for a complete open-looppiezo positioning system and saves 10% on the combined product price. The powersupply is sold separately.

This bundle has been designed forcustomers who require precise, closed-loopcontrol. The NF5DP20S stage, togetherwith the T-Cube Piezo Controller(TPZ001 – see page 356) and StrainGauge Reader (TSG001 – see page 358),provides an immediate, “out of the box”high-precision, closed-loop positioningsolution. Furthermore, this bundle saves10% on the combined product price.The power supply is sold separately.

DXF

Visit www.thorlabs.com

For MechnicalDrawings and

Our New Solid Models




Specifications Maximum Stage Travel: 1/4" (6.4mm) Angular Deviation: 150µrad Horizontal Load: 7lbs (3.2kg) Max Vertical Load: 2.5lbs (1.1kg) Max Orthogonality: <2mrad (With Alignment Pins) Bearing Type: Ball Bearing Material: Aluminum Body With Hardened Steel Linear Guides Adjuster: M3-0.25 Fine Adjustment Screw; Provides 250µm/rev Mounting Holes: #8-32 (M4)

0.50"(12.7mm)

0.45"(11mm)

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

1/4" Travel Translation Stage

MS102

ITEM# METRIC ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

MS1 MS1/M $ 172.40 £ 108.60 € 160,30 ¥ 1,646.40 1/4" (6.4mm) Travel Mini Translation StageMS3 MS3/M $ 509.00 £ 320.70 € 473,40 ¥ 4,861.00 1/4" (6.4mm) XYZ Mini Translation StageMS101 MS101* $ 19.40 £ 12.20 € 18,00 ¥ 185.30 Base PlateMS102* MS102* $ 29.60 £ 18.60 € 27,50 ¥ 282.70 Angle BracketMS103 MS103/M $ 26.50 £ 16.70 € 24,60 ¥ 253.10 MS Series Adapter Plate

The MS1 series translation stage features a ball-bearing design for precise motion andlong life. Its compact size makes this stage ideal where space is limited. The modulardesign allows the user to reconfigure the stages quickly if an applicationchanges. This quick-change design is achieved by utilizing precision-aligneddowel pins to ensure orthogonalitybetween stages.

MS101

Mounting OptionsThe photograph below shows the MS3 with a rotation mountfor Ø1/2" optics, which provides continuous rotation; inaddition to this accessory, there are a number of other mountsthat can be attached to the MS series translator using theMS103 adapter plate.

MS103

See Page 241 for AdditionalAccessories

Features Compact and Lightweight Lockable Design Modular Construction Good Performance at a

Moderate Price

MS1 MS3


7/3/07 2:36 PM Page 256


(51mm)2.0"

(61mm)2.4"

(66 mm)2.6"

BACK VIEW

#8-32 (M4)MOUNTING HOLE

MOVING DECK1/2" (12.7 mm) TRAVELALL THREE AXIS

(14.5mm)0.57"

LOCK

(25.4 mm)1"

(45 mm)1.8"

(25.4 mm)1"

#8-32 (M4) MOUNTINGHOLE

Motion Control

257www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

1/2" Travel Dovetail Stage


DT12 DT12/M $ 65.00 £ 41.00 € 60,50 ¥ 620.80 0.5" (12.7mm) Dovetail Translation StageDT12XY DT12XY/M $ 130.00 £ 81.90 € 120,90 ¥ 1,241.50 0.5" (12.7mm) XY Dovetail Translation StageDT12XZ DT12XZ/M $ 150.00 £ 94.50 € 139,50 ¥ 1,432.50 0.5" (12.7mm) XZ Dovetail Translation StageDT12XYZ DT12XYZ/M $ 220.00 £ 138.60 € 204,60 ¥ 2,101.00 0.5" (12.7mm) XYZ Dovetail Translation StageDT12A DT12A* $ 20.00 £ 12.60 € 18,60 ¥ 191.00 Angle Bracket for DT12 StagesDT12B DT12B* $ 20.00 £ 12.60 € 18,60 ¥ 191.00 Base Plate for DT12 Stages

The DT12 dovetail translation stage is a miniature, entry-level positioner, idealfor use in applications where space is limited. It is 1.0" square yet provides atravel length of 0.5". The design uses a precision-rolled M3 x 0.35mm pitchleadscrew for smooth linear positioning along the entire range of travel. Themoving platform is lockable to guard against accidental movement. Themodular design allows them to be assembled into 2 or 3-axis configurations.The 3-axis versions are supplied preconfigured with a right angled bracket.Slotted base plates are available for mounting on an optical table. Alternatively,the stage can be mounted to an #8-32 (M4) threaded post.

Features Modular and Compact Design Dovetail Mechanism Lockable Moving Platform Rapid and Smooth Positioning

Specifications Travel Range: 0.5" (12.7mm) Maximum Load: 1.2kg (2.5lbs) Actuator Travel: 0.35mm per

Revolution Construction: Aluminum With

Precision-Steel Leadscrew

DT12

DT12XYZ

DT12XYZ

DT12A

DT12B


7/3/07 2:36 PM Page 257


Features Miniature Design Unibody Construction Low Drift Hardened Steel Linear Guide Rail High Load Capacity Smooth Motion Over Entire Range

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

1/2" Travel Miniature Translation StageThe T12 Series Translation Stage features a hardened steel linear rail and recirculating ball-bearing carriage for precise linear motion and high load capacity. The compact form factorof this design has been achieved without sacrificing the precision of the translator.

In an effort to realize the most compact form, we have chosen to introduce four models inthis series. The first model is a simple one-axis translator. The second is a two-axistranslator with the perpendicularity between the two axes of motion set by machining themovable carriage of the first axis and the body of the second axis out of one part.

This design approach minimizes the overall size of the translator and ensures the long-termstability and perpendicularity of the two axes of motion. The same design approach hasbeen utilized in the XY as well as the XZ Translator.

The XYZ translation stage design has been implemented so as to minimize the number ofparts; this approach provides the best long-term stability as well as ensures theperpendicularity of each axis.

Specifications Travel Range: 0.5" (12.7mm) Dynamic Load: 100N Static Load: 8lbs (3.6kg) Adjustment: 25µm per Revolution

Parallelism: 3µm Over 12mm (0.5") Straightness: 4µm Over 12mm (0.5") Static Moment Ratings:

• Roll: 3Nm• Pitch: 12Nm• Yaw: 11Nm

T12B

Precision Linear rail provides

smooth, lowfriction motionover the entire

range.

StabilityCompact XY stage is built from just three maincomponents.

Rigidity One piece

construction of verticalsupport maximizes

rigidity whileminimizing drift.

PerpendicularityThe complete XYZ stageis assembled from just fourmain components; thisensures perpendicularitybetween the three axes.

T12X

T12XY

T12XZ

T12XYZ

The T12 Series features a miniature M3-0.25mmstainless steel adjuster and phosphorous bronze matingnut. This combination provides 250µm ofdisplacement per revolution of the adjusterscrew. Incremental movements onthe order of 0.4µm are readilyachievable with this design.

T12BAdapter Base

T12XYZRight-HandedConfiguration

7/3/07 2:36 PM Page 258


Motion Control

259www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

1/2" Travel Miniature Translation Stage (cont.)


T12X T12X/M $ 260.00 £ 163.80 € 241,80 ¥ 2,483.00 Miniature 1/2" Linear Translator

T12B* T12B* $ 24.00 £ 15.10 € 22,30 ¥ 229.20 T12 Base Plate


T12XY T12XY/M $ 520.00 £ 327.60 € 483,60 ¥ 4,966.00 Miniature 1/2" XY Translator

T12B* T12B* $ 24.00 £ 15.10 € 22,30 ¥ 229.20 T12 Base Plate


T12XZ T12XZ/M $ 536.00 £ 337.70 € 498,50 ¥ 5,118.80 Miniature 1/2" XZ Translator

T12B* T12B* $ 24.00 £ 15.10 € 22,30 ¥ 229.20 T12 Base Plate


T12XYZ T12XYZ/M $ 786.00 £ 495.20 € 731,00 ¥ 7,506.30 Miniature 1/2" XYZ Translator

T12B* T12B* $ 24.00 £ 15.10 € 22,30 ¥ 229.20 T12 Base Plate

T12B

T12XY

T12XYZ

T12X

T12XZ





DXF







Features Hardened Steel, Linear Bearings Modular Design for XYZ Configuration Field Configurable, Right or Left

Handedness

1/2" (12.7mm) Travel Translation Stage

METRICITEM# ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

MT1 MT1/M $ 272.00 £ 171.40 €253,00 ¥2,597.60 1/2" Translator Stage With MicrometersMT3 MT3/M $ 816.90 £ 514.60 €759,70 ¥7,801.40 1/2" XYZ Translator Stage With MicrometersMT401 MT401* $ 18.90 £ 11.90 € 17,60 ¥ 180.50 MT Series Base PlateMT402* MT402* $ 35.70 £ 22.50 € 33,20 ¥ 340.90 MT Series Right Angle BracketMT405 MT405* $ 52.00 £ 32.80 € 48,40 ¥ 496.60 MT Series Side ClampMT406 MT406* $ 31.50 £ 19.80 € 29,30 ¥ 300.80 MBT Series Adapter Plate

For greater stability, see ourunibody 3-axis stages in the RollerBlock™ section.

Page 296

Motion Control

260

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The MT1 Series Translation Stage featureshardened steel linear bearings for precision

motion and long life. We have taken amodular approach to allow the user to

quickly reconfigure these stages asapplications change.

Our quick change modular design is achievedby utilizing precision aligned dowel pins toensure orthogonality between stages. Thestages can be purchased individually or as

preconfigured multidimensional translator;see price box below for details.

Specifications Travel Range: 0.5" (12.7mm) Orthogonality: <2mrad

(With Alignment Pins) Precision Hardened Steel V-Groove Design

Angular Deviation: <150µrad Horizontal Load Capacity: 90lbs (41kg) Vertical Load Capacity: 20lbs (9kg)

Micrometer Drive:0.025"/rev (0.001"per Graduation)

MT1

MT1

MT401

MT402

MT1

This modular, easilyreconfigurable design is aided byprecision alignment pins thatmake the building process simple.

MT406Fiber Coupling Applications: The MBT series adapterallows our extensive line of fiber launch accessories (seepage 319) to be used with the MT series stages.

MT405 SideActuator Clamp Set

Allows for Left-and Right-Handed

Compact Configurations

MT405Two Piece SideClamp Set

*Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent

RB13M

MT3Right-HandedConfiguration



Motion Control

MT402

For More Details,See Page 352

A T-Cube Series Controller USB 2.0 Compliant Graphical Computer On Unit Manual Controls

The T-Cube series of controllers is anexpanding line of modules used to controlautomated lab processes.

261

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Specifications Travel: 0.5" (12mm) Max Vertical Load: 10lbs (4.5kg) Max Horizontal Load: 20lbs (9kg) Orthogonality: <2mrad Angular Deviation: <150µRad Bearing Type: Ball on Hardened V-Grooves Motor Type: DC Servo Motor Drive Voltage: 12V Lead Screw Pitch: 0.5mm Resolution: ~40nm Encoder Counts per Revolution of Leadscrew: 12,288 Planetary Gear Head Ratio: 256:1 Speed Range: 100nm/s to 0.4mm/s

Linear Displacement per Encoder Count: There are 48 encoder counts per revolution ofthe motor. The output shaft of the motor goes into a 256:1 planetary gear head. Thisrequires the motor to rotate 256 times in order to rotate the 0.5mm pitch leadscrew onerevolution. The end result advances the leadscrew by 0.5mm. To calculate the lineardisplacement of the actuator per encoder count:• 48 x 256 = 12,288 encoder counts per revolution of the leadscrew• 0.5mm/12,288cnts = 4.069 x 10-5mm linear displacement of the leadscrew

per encoder count.


MT1-Z7 MT1/M-Z7 $ 659.00 £ 415.20 € 612,90 ¥ 6,293.50 Single-Axis Motorized Translation Stage, 1/2" TravelMT3-Z7 MT3/M-Z7 $ 1,978.00 £ 1,246.10 € 1.839,50 ¥ 18,889.90 Three-Axis Motorized XYZ Translation Stage, 1/2" Travel

Features DC Servo Motor & Optical Encoder High Torque Gear Head Built-In Mechanical Limit Switches Right- or Left-Handed Configuration

1/2" (13mm) Motorized Translation Stages

MT3-Z7

The MT3-Z7 provides 1/2" of motorized motion in the X, Y, and Z axes. Themotorized actuators use a 0.5mm pitch leadscrew, a 256:1 gear head, and a built-inoptical encoder that provides 12,288 counts per revolution to ensure sub-micronpositioning. The motor is a 12V DC servo motor with an integral gear head thatoffers both high resolution and high torque; see page 404 for more information onour DC motors.

NEW

T O O L SO F T H ET R A D E

DC Servo Motor Driver:TDC001

MT1-Z7

10% SAVINGS!



Motion Control

262

1" (25mm) Travel Dovetail StageSingle Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The DT25 dovetail translation stages are economical, entry-level positioners, idealfor use in general positioning applications. They provide a travel range of 25mm(1.0"), with 1mm (0.04") travel per revolution of the adjuster.

The design uses a precision rolled M6 x 1.0mm pitch leadscrew for smooth linearpositioning along the entire range of travel. The moving platform is lockable toguard against accidental movement.

The modular design allows them to be assembled into 2-axis configurations.Dowel pins are included to maintain perpendicularity when constructing an XYconfiguration. The base plate DT25A can be used to get extra height whenmounted to an optical table.

Features Modular and Compact Design Dovetail Mechanism Lockable Moving Platform Rapid and Smooth Positioning

Specifications Travel Range: 25mm (1.0") Maximum Load: 2.4kg (5.0lb) Actuator Travel: 0.04" (1mm) per

Revolution Construction: Aluminum With

Precision Steel Leadscrew

HOLES FOR 3mmALIGNMENT PINS

(4 PLACES)

1/4”-20 (M6 x 0.7)MOUNTING HOLES

(9 PLACES)

1“(25mm)

1“(25mm)

2.95“(75mm)

0.77“(19.5mm)

4.7“(120mm)

Two MountingOptions

CL6See Page 82

Four 1/4"-20(M6) CBoreMounting Holeson 2" (50mm) Spacing

DT25

Two DT25 Stagesin an XY Configurationwith DT25A Riser Plate

*Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible.


DT25 DT25/M $ 125.00 £ 78.80 € 116,30 ¥ 1,193.80 1.0" (25mm) Dovetail Translation StageDT25A DT25A* $ 19.00 £ 12.00 € 17,70 ¥ 181.50 Riser Plate for DT25

DXF






Motion Control

263

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Features Modular Design Easily Configured in XZ and XYZ

Orientations Wide Range of Compatible Actuators

and Adjusters 1/4"-20 (M6) Mounting Holes Lockable Coarse Adjustment

Specifications Max Vertical Load: 20lbs (9kg) Max Horizontal Load: 90lbs (41kg) Orthogonality: <5mrad Angular Deviation: <250µRad Left- or Right-Hand Configurable: Yes Bearing Type: Ball on Hardened V-Grooves

1" (25mm) Travel Translation StageThe PT Series translation stage features hardened steel linear bearings for precisionmotion and long life over the full 1" (25mm) travel range. The modular designallows for quick XZ or XYZ configuration as the application requirements develop.This quick-change design is achieved using precision-aligned dowel pins to ensureorthogonality between stages.

These stages are also easily reconfigured from right-handed to left-handed use.They can be purchased individually (PT1) or as preconfigured 3-axis XYZtranslators (PT3). The 3/8" mounting barrel allows for a widerange of manual and motorized actuators to be interchangedeffortlessly with a single screw – see next page for details of thePT1-Z7 motorized option.

*All prices include micrometers as noted in the description box.

Single Axis Translator Plus Accessories

XYZ Stages

*All prices include micrometers as noted in the description box.


PT3 PT3/M* $ 829.90 £ 522.80 € 771,80 ¥ 7,925.50 XYZ 1" Travel Translation Stage with MicrometersPT3A PT3A/M $1,038.00 £ 653.90 € 965,30 ¥ 9,912.90 XYZ 1" Travel Stage With Differenctial Adjusters


PT1 PT1/M* $ 259.00 £ 163.20 € 240,90 ¥ 2,473.50 1" Travel Translator Stage, Micrometer DrivePT101 PT101 $ 15.60 £ 9.80 € 14,50 ¥ 149.00 Base Plate for PT SeriesPT102 PT102/M $ 68.60 £ 43.20 € 63,80 ¥ 655.10 Angle Bracket for PT SeriesPT1A PT1A/M $ 357.80 £ 225.40 € 332,80 ¥ 3,417.00 1" Travel Translator Stage With Differential Adjuster

PT102

PT1

Alignment Pins Ensure System Orthogonality

PT101

PT1A

PT3

Micrometer Drive Adjustment Range: 1.0" (25mm) Graduation (per Division): 0.001" (10µm)

Differential Drive Course Adjustment Range: 1.0" (25mm) Fine Adjustment Range: 250µm Fine Adjustment Graduation (per Division): 0.5µm



Features Optical Encoder with 12,288 Pulses/Rev & 256:1 Gear Head for High

Torque Built-In Limit Switches Right-Handed Configuration, Field Changeable to Left Handed

The PT3-Z7 and the PT1-Z7 motorized stages provide a 1" (25mm) totaltravel range. The motorized actuators allow sub-micron control and provideposition feedback via an optical encoder. A 12V DC servo motor and gear headrotate the 0.5mm pitch leadscrew that drives the stage, built-in limit switchesprovide overdrive protection. Thorlabs’ motorized actuators are one of thesmallest that are commercially available – see below for details. Combiningthese actuators with our compact high-precision translation stages results in anextremely compact sub-micron translator.

PT3-Z7

Z706

Z725B

Specifications Maximum Stage Travel: 1"

(25mm) per Axis Angular Deviation: <200µrad per

Axis Horizontal Load: 20lbs (9.0kg) Vertical Load: 10lbs (4.5kg)

Motion Control

264

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com


PT1-Z7 PT1/M-Z7 $ 675.00 £ 425.30 € 627,80 ¥ 6,446.30 Single-Axis Motorized Translation Stage, 1" TravelPT3-Z7 PT3/M-Z7 $ 2,070.00 £ 1,304.10 € 1.925,10 ¥ 19,768.50 Three-Axis Motorized XYZ Translation Stage, 1" Travel

Motorized Actuators, DC Servo-Motor

Our new Z-series motorized actuators provide reliable motion control in a lightweight, durable,and compact package. Three travel options – 6mm (0.24"), 12mm (0.5"), and 25mm (1.0") – allowthe Z-Series actuators to serve as drop-inreplacements for manual actuators inmany of our popular optomechanicalmounts and positioners. The Z-Seriesmotorized actuators utilize a 12V DCservomotor and gear head for the driveelements. These features, along with ahigh-resolution optical encoder (12,288counts/rev), ensure extremely smallincremental movements (approximately0.05µm). Vacuum versions are available(see page 404).

Specifications Models: Z706, Z712, Z712B, and Z725B Travel Range: 6, 12, and 25mm

(0.24", 0.5", and 1") Minimum Incremental Motion: ~0.05µm Motor Type: 12V DC Servo-Motor Encoder:

• Motor-Mounted Rotary Encoder• 12,288 Counts/Rev of Leadscrew

Limit Switches: Electromechanical Backlash: <8µm Speed Range: 50-425µm/s Gear Reduction: 256:1 Leadscrew Pitch: 0.5mm Axial Load Capacity: 45N

1" (25mm) Motorized Translation Stages

For MoreDetails SeePage 352

NEWTDC001 MOTOR

DRIVER

PT1-Z7

Z712B

Features 3 Travel Ranges Available High-Precision Rotary Encoder 12V DC Servo-Motor Precision-Limit Switches to Prevent Damage Compatible With Most Standard

Controllers/Drivers

ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

Z706 $ 467.50 £ 294.50 € 434,80 ¥ 4,464.60 1/4"-80 Threaded Barrel, 6mm Travel Motorized ActuatorZ712 $ 469.50 £ 295.80 € 436,60 ¥ 4,483.70 1/4"-80 Threaded Barrel, 12mm Travel Motorized ActuatorZ712B $ 460.00 £ 289.80 € 427,80 ¥ 4,393.00 3/8" Mounting Barrel, 12mm Travel Motorized ActuatorZ725B $ 490.00 £ 308.70 € 455,70 ¥ 4,679.50 3/8" Mounting Barrel, 25mm Travel Motorized Actuator

Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent.

10% SAVINGS!



Motion Control

265

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

1" & 2" Motorized Translation Stages (Page 1 of 2)

The compact, motorized MTS Series stages feature a dual set of linear rails with continuouslyrecirculating ball bearings on a moveable carriage. This mechanism provides smooth, low-friction movement and ensures high loads.

The drive power is provided by a DC servo motor with a 256:1gear head. A built-in optical encoder provides 12,288counts per revolution resulting in a minimumincremental motion of less than 50nm.

The addition of limit switches on the stage itselfensures controlled motion within the parameters ofthe unit and prevents overdriving in both directions.

Two travel ranges are available: 1" (25mm) and 2"(50mm). The stages are configurable in XY, XZ, and XYZin both left- and right-handed configurations using the AngleBrackets. The included adapter plates allow them to be bolteddirectly to an optical table. For added flexibility, both sizes oftravel stages can be configured together.

The MTS bundles include the TDC001 Controllers andnecessary cables for fast “out of the box” setup and operation.For further details on the TDC001 T-Cube™ controller, seepage 352.

Features Compact Modular Design Bundle Offer Includes TDC001 T-Cube Driver

and Power Supply High-Load Linear Guide Rails Modular Design Allows Multi-Axis Configurations Built-In Limit Switches on the Stage Optically Encoded DC Servo Motors

( 43

mm

)1.

70"

#4-40 (M3) TAP(17 PLACES)

#8-32 (M4) TAPHOLES FOR 3mm ALIGNMENT PINS

(4 PLACES)

(38

mm

)1.

50"

(25

mm

)1"

( 13

mm

)0.

50"

(13 mm)0.50"

(25 mm)1"

(38 mm)1.50"

(43 mm)1.70"

ENCLOSED MOTOR DRIVEWITH 256:1 GEAR HEAD

(19

mm

)0.

75"

(135 mm)5.31"

MTS25X

MTS25X

Alignment Pins(4 Places)

Holes for 3mm#8-32 (M4) Tap #4-40 (M3) Tap

(17 Places)

(13mm)0.50"

(25mm)1"

(38mm)1.50"

(43mm)1.70"

(13mm)0.50"

(25mm)1"

(38mm)1.50"

(43mm)1.70"

Enclosed Motor Drive With 256:1 Gear Head

(19mm)0.75"

(161mm)6.33"

MTS50X

7/3/07 2:41 PM Page 265


Motion Control

266

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

1" & 2" Motorized Translation Stages (Page 2 of 2)


MTS25X MTS25X/M $ 850.00 £ 535.50 € 790,50 ¥ 8,117.50 Compact Motorized 1" (25mm) Travel Translation StageMTS25X-E MTS25X-E/M $ 1,390.00 £ 875.70 € 1.292,70 ¥ 13,274.50 MTS25X Translation Stage Plus TDC001 ControllerMTS25XY MTS25XY/M $ 1,700.00 £ 1,071.00 € 1.581,00 ¥ 16,235.00 2-Axis Compact Motorized 1" (25mm) Travel Translation StageMTS25XY-E MTS25XY-E/M $ 2,780.00 £ 1,751.40 € 2.585,40 ¥ 26,549.00 MTS25XY Translation Stage Plus TDC001 ControllersMTS25XYZ MT25XYZ/M $ 2,550.00 £ 1,606.50 € 2.371,50 ¥ 24,352.50 3-Axis Compact Motorized 1" (25mm) Travel Translation StageMTS25XYZ-E MTS25XYZ-E/M $ 4,170.00 £ 2,627.10 € 3.878,10 ¥ 39,823.50 MTS25XYZ Translation Stage Plus TDC001 ControllersMTS25B MTS25B* $ 50.00 £ 31.50 € 46,50 ¥ 477.50 1" (25mm) Right Angle Bracket for MTS25 SeriesMTS50X MTS50X/M $ 950.00 £ 598.50 € 883,50 ¥ 9,072.50 Compact Motorized 2" (50mm) Travel Translation StageMTS50X-E MTS50X-E/M $ 1,490.00 £ 938.70 € 1.385,70 ¥ 14,229.50 MTS50X Translation Stage Plus TDC001 ControllerMTS50XY MTS50XY/M $ 1,900.00 £ 1,197.00 € 1.767,00 ¥ 18,145.00 2-Axis Compact Motorized 2" (50mm) Travel Translation StageMTS50XY-E MTS50XY-E/M $ 2,980.00 £ 1,877.40 € 2.771,40 ¥ 28,459.00 MTS50XY Translation Stage Plus TDC001 ControllersMTS50XYZ MTS50XYZ/M $ 2,850.00 £ 1,795.50 € 2.650,50 ¥ 27,217.50 3-Axis Compact Motorized 2" (50mm) Travel Translation StageMTS50XYZ-E MTS50XYZ-E/M $ 4,470.00 £ 2,816.10 € 4.157,10 ¥ 42,688.50 MTS50XYZ Translation Stage Plus TDC001 ControllersMTS50B MTS50B* $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 2" (50mm) Right Angle Bracket for MTS50 SeriesTPS001 TPS001* $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 ±15V Power Supply for Single T-CubeTPS008 TPS008* $ 187.00 £ 117.80 € 173,90 ¥ 1,785.90 ±15V Power Supply for up to 8 T-Cubes

*Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent.

Lab Automation Modular • Compatible • Flexible • USB 2.0 Compliant

Stepper Motor DriverTST001

Page 350

Piezo DriverTPZ001Page 356

Solenoid ControllerTSC001Page 354

Made Simple

Strain Gauge ReaderTSG001

Page 358

NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment ControllerTNA001Page 360

Specifications Travel: MTS25X 1" (25mm) or MTS50X 2"

(50mm) Max Horizontal Load: 25lbs (12kg) Max Vertical Load: 10lbs (4.5kg) Orthogonality: <4mrad Angular Deviation: <250µrad Bearing Type: Recirculating Ball Bearings Leadscrew Pitch: 0.5mm Bidirectional Repeatability: <2µm Motor Type: DC Servo Motor Drive Voltage: 12V Feedback: Hall Effect Encoder Encoder Counts per Revolution of the

Leadscrew: 12,288 Planetary Gearhead Ratio: 256:1 Speed Range: 100nm/s to 0.4mm/s

• Plug and Play Graphical Computer Interface • Basic Manual Interface

T-CubesT-Cubes



Motion Control


LT1 LT1/M $ 356.00 £ 224.30 € 331,10 ¥ 3,399.80 Single-Axis Translation StageLT101 LT101/M $ 23.00 £ 14.50 € 21,40 ¥ 219.70 LT Series Base PlateLT102 LT102/M $ 79.60 £ 50.10 € 74,00 ¥ 760.20 LT Series Angle Bracket


LT3 LT3/M $1,018.00 £ 641.30 € 946,70 ¥ 9,721.90 XYZ Travel Translation Stage

2" (50mm) Travel Translation StagesThe LT Series translation stagesfeature a large mounting surfacewith a generous supply of 1/4-20(M6) tapped mounting holes.These stages are intended forgeneral purpose laboratoryapplications that often benefitfrom a high degree ofadaptability. A dual actioncoarse/fine actuator designprovides both rapid motion via acoarse pitch leadscrew (18 TPI)and high resolution via an ultrafine leadscrew (100 TPI) that is placed in serieswith the coarse adjuster.

Each of the mounting surfaces have a series of 1/4"-20 (M6) mounting holesalong with precision alignment holes thatallow the individual stages to beassembled into multi-axis systems.

Fine Adjuster

LT102

LT1

LT1

Coarse Adjuster

XYZ Translators

Single-Axis Translators

Combined Coarseand Fine Adjustment

LT101

LT1 LT3

The LT series translator is easily configured into XY, XZ, YZ, or XYZ assemblies,with the adjusters in either left- or right-handed orientations. The LT101 base plateand LT102 angle bracket both use 1/4-20 (M6) mounting screws. All the necessaryhardware is included with the accessories.

LT3

LT1

3.75" (95mm)

Features Dual Resolution Coarse/Fine

Drive System High Load Capacity Large Mounting Surface with

Numerous Mounting Features Modular Design Allows Assembly

of 2- or 3-Axis Stage WithinMinutes

267

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Specifications Travel: 2.0" (50mm) Max Vertical Load: 40lbs (18kg) Max Horizontal Load: 70lbs (31kg) Coarse Adjustment: 0.055" (1.4mm)

per Revolution Fine Adjustment: 0.010" (0.25mm)

per Revolution Fine Adjustment Range: 0.5"

(12.7mm) Fine Thread Pitch: 100 TPI Orthogonality: <2mrad Angular Deviation: <150µrad Coarse Thread Pitch: 18 TPI

3.75"(95mm)

1.0"(25.4mm)



TravelMax™ Cross Roller Bearing StageWhen stability, long travel, and high load capacity arecrucial, the TravelMax™ series stages provide an idealsolution. The high-quality, cross roller bearing rails cancarry loads up to 10 times more than equivalent-sizedball slides. The precision ground shafts provide excellentstraight line accuracy and the alternately crossed rollerscan handle force in any direction. The performance isfurther enhanced by utilizing thermally matchedmaterials that ensure stability, even in less-than-idealconditions. The rigidity ofthe all stainless steelconstruction, along withthe heavy-duty crossroller bearings, providesuniform performance over theentire 2" (50mm) range of motion.

Two drive options are available depending on applicationrequirements. The lockable standard micrometer suppliedwith the LNR50M provides a 2" (50mm) range with a threadpitch of 0.1mm. The vernier provides graduations every 10microns. The LNR50D is equipped with a patented differentialdrive. The coarse adjustment provides 0.5mm per revolution whilethe fine adjustment provides 25µm per revolution.

Features Heavy Duty Cross Roller Bearings Thermally Matched Stainless Steel Construction Right-or Left-Handed XYZ Configurable Micrometer or Differential Drives Optional Piezo Actuators Extremely Long Life

Motion Control

268

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

2" (50mm) Travel: Cross Roller Bearing Stage and Micrometer Drive

LNR50MAll-Stainless Steel50mm (2") Travel

Translation Stage WithCross Roller Bearing

Guides

Micrometer Lock

Static Pin or Optional Piezo (See Page 400)

Stage Specifications Travel: 50mm (2") Horizontal Load Capacity: 30kg (66lbs) Vertical Load Capacity: 10kg (22lbs) Weight with Drive: 2.2kg (5.0lbs) Runout Over Full Range: ±10µm

Upgradeable to high-performance steppersSimply by removing two screws, the manual drive can be replaced with a high-performance stepper motor offering 50nm resolution. This"quick-change" feature makes this a versatile stage, allowing itto be upgraded for applications that require automation.Complete specifications for our TravelMax™ stagesoutfitted with stepper motors can be found on page 270.

Upgradeable to piezoelectric-assisted drivesReferring to the photograph at the top, the LNR50M stage includes a “staticpin” that provides a stop for the manual drive. This pin is easily removable andcan be replaced with a piezoelectric transducer to complement the manualdrive, as shown on the left. Details of compatible piezo actuators can be foundon pages 400-401.

Coarse Control0.5mm/Revolution

LNR50D

Fine Control25µm/Revolution

7/3/07 2:42 PM Page 268


In Field, Left or Right Handed, and XYZ ConfigurableThe TravelMax™ was designed with flexibility andfunctionality in mind. The top and bottom surfaces of theLNR series stages are equipped with a wide array of 1/4-20(M6) tapped holes to maximize the mounting flexibility ofcomponents. The LNR50P1 base plate and LNR50P2 andangle bracket allow the LNR series to be configured in left- orright-handed XY or XYZ systems using six cap head screws.

Motion Control

269

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com


LNR50M LNR50M/M $1,271.00 £ 800.70 € 1.182,00 ¥ 12,138.10 50mm TravelMax™ Stage, Micrometer DriveLNR50D LNR50D/M $1,296.00 £ 816.50 € 1.205,30 ¥ 12,376.80 50mm TravelMax™ Stage, Differential DriveLNR50P1 LNR50P1/M $ 59.50 £ 37.50 € 55,30 ¥ 568.20 20mm Thick TravelMax™ Series Adapter PlateLNR50P2 LNR50P2/M $ 93.50 £ 58.90 € 87,00 ¥ 892.90 TravelMax™ Series Angle Mounting Bracket

Micrometer Drive TravelMax™ Stage

TravelMax™ Stage Outfitted WithDifferential Adjusters Built Into XYZAssembly

See Page 275 for Accessories

Micrometer Drive Specifications Travel: 2" (50mm) Venier Graduations: 10µm Micrometer Pitch: 0.1mm Micrometer Locking Mechanism:

Collet Style

Differential Adjuster Specifications Coarse Travel: 50mm (2") Coarse Adjustment: 0.5mm per

Revolution Fine Control: 25µm per Revolution

9.0"(229mm)NOMINAL

25

20

15

10 25 20 15 10

5

0

5

0

(13) 1/4"-20 (M6)MOUNTING HOLES

1/2" (12.5mm) CENTERS

0.98"(25mm)

1.12"(28mm)

3.94"(100mm)

3.94"(100mm)

LNR50P1

SeePage275

See Page 275

Angle Bracket,TravelMax™

Series

Base Plate,TravelMax™ Series

LNR50P2

LNR50M

7/3/07 2:43 PM Page 269


Motion Control

270

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

2" (50mm) Travel: Cross Roller Bearing Stage and Stepper Motor

Motorized TravelMax™ Cross Roller Bearing StageCombining the TravelMax™ stage with our DRV014 high-performance stepper motor based actuator provides truenanopositioning capability. The stepper motor actuator uses atrapezoidal-shaped 1mm/rev pitch leadscrew that provides a highload carrying capability. Using the BSC101 stepper motor driver

with its micro-stepping capabilitiesprovides a step size of less than50nm.

The exceptional performance ofthe LNR50S is a result of the rigidall-steel construction of the stagecombined with the sophisticateddesign of the DRV014 actuator.

When stability, long travel, andhigh load capacity need to becombined with automated control,the motorized TravelMax™ series

stages are the perfect solution. The high-quality, cross roller bearingrails can carry loads up to 10 times larger than equivalent-sized ballslides. The precision-ground shafts provide excellent straight lineaccuracy, and the alternately crossed rollers can handle force in anydirection. The performance is further enhanced by using thermallymatched materials that ensure stability and uniform performanceover the entire 50mm (2") range of motion.

The modular design of the LNR50 family of stages allows optionalelements (such as piezo actuators – see page 401) to be added to theplatform within minutes.

In Field, Left or Right Handed, and XYZ ConfigurableThe TravelMax™ was designed with flexibility and functionality inmind. The top and bottom surfaces of the LNR series stages areequipped with a wide array of 1/4-20(M6) tapped holes to maximizethe mounting flexibility of components. The LNR50P1 baseplateand LNR50P2 angle bracket allow the LNR series to be configuredin left- or right-handed XY or XYZ systems – see page 261.

Features Solid Stainless Steel Construction Stepper Motor Drive with Precision Ground

Trapezoidal Leadscrew Heavy-Duty Cross Roller Bearings Thermally Matched Stainless Steel Construction Right-or Left-Handed XYZ Configurable Offers Excellent Dynamic and Static Torque

Performance High-Precision, Home-Position Sensor Provides 0.5µm

Repeatability Optional Piezo Actuators Extremely Long Life

General Specifications Travel: 2" (50mm) Horizontal Load Capacity: 66lbs

(30kg) Vertical Load Capacity: 22lbs (10kg) Weight with Drive: 5.0lbs (2.2kg) Runout Over Full Range: 10µm Resolution: Better Than 50nm if Used

With the BSC101 Motor Controller

Stepper Motor

Static Pin or Optional Piezo (See Pages 400-401)

LNR50S

Removable Base PlateIncluded with the LNR50S

& LNR50K1 Packages

50mm TravelMax™ Stage with Stepper Motor ActuatorITEM# METRIC ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

LNR50S LNR50S/M $ 2,548.30 £ 1,605.40 € 2.369,90 ¥ 24,336.30 50mm TravelMax™, Stepper Motor Drive

Upgradeable to Piezoelectric-Assisted Drives

Referring to the photograph at thetop, the LNR50S stage includes astatic pin that provides a stop for themotor drive. This pin is easilyremovable and can be replaced witha piezoelectric transducer tocomplement the manual drive, asshown on the left. Details ofcomplete piezo actuators can befound on pages 400-401.

7/3/07 2:43 PM Page 270


Motion Control

271

2" (50mm) Travel: Cross Roller Bearing Stage and Stepper Motor Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Motor Drive Specifications Leadscrew Pitch: 1mm Limit Switches: Ceramic Tipped

Electro-Mechanical Switches MicroStepping Resolution: <50nm

(25,600 Microsteps Per 1mm ofTranslation )

Speed Range: 200nm/s to 4mm/s Recommended Controllers:

BSC101 (Single Channel), BSC103 (3 Channels)

Controller Interface: USB

Single- and Three-Channel Models Available Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers up to 50W Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP Inputs

for Closed-Loop Positioning) Auto-Configure Function for All Thorlabs

Stages USB Plug and Play Plus Multi-Axis

Expansion Motor Control I/O Port (Jogging, Interlocks)

Full Software GUI Control Suite High-Resolution Micro Stepping Control

(For Very Fine Positioning Applications) Stable and Predictable Low-Speed Operation

(for Velocity Sensitive Applications) ActiveX® Software Graphical Panels ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Seamless Software Integration With

apt™ Family

The BSC series apt™ stepper-motor controllers are designed todrive larger framed 2-phase bipolar stepper motors, with andwithout encoder feedback. Single-and three-channel models areavailable. These units are capable of delivering powers up to48V/50W peak (25W average) and are compatible with most ofthe stepper-driven nanopositioning actuators & stages in theThorlabs range.

The controllers combine the latest high-speed digital signalprocessors (DSP) with low-noise analog electronics and ActiveX®software technology for effortless one, two, or three-axis motion.Additional axes can be driven by connecting one or morebenchtop units via a standard USB hub. The controllers aresupplied with a full suite of software support tools. An intuitivegraphical instrument panel allows immediate control andvisualization of the operation of the stepper controllers, and anyother controllers that are installed in the system. See page 380-382for a full description of the apt™ system software.

apt™ System: 3-Channel Stepper Motor Controller

50mm TravelMax™ Stage and apt™ Controller PackageSave 10% on the Complete Package: Includes Stage, Actuator, Controller, Cables, and SoftwareITEM# METRIC ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

LNR50K1 LNR50K1/M $ 3,509.00 £ 2,210.70 € 3.263,40 ¥ 33,511.00 50mm TravelMax™, Stepper Motor Drive & BSC101 Controller

Mechanical and Electrical Data Step Angle: 1.8º (50 poles and 2

Phases for 360º Divided by 200, or1.8º)

Step Accuracy: 10% (Nom) Rated Phase Current: 1A Phase Resistance: 4.6Ω Phase Inductance: 10.6mH Holding Torque: 23.1N-cm Detent Torque: 1.7N-cm Operating Temperature: -20ºC to

+40ºC (Motor Specification Only)

SAVE 10%

LNR50K1

Save 10% With This Complete Package Includes all Drives, Controller, Cables, and Software

7/3/07 2:43 PM Page 271


Motion Control

272

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Combining the TravelMax™ all-stainless steel stage with an integrated linear optical encoder provides the ideal solution forwhen stability, long travel, and high load capacity also need to be coupled to absolute position accuracy. When combinedwith the Thorlabs BSC series stepper motor controller, the high resolution encoder helps ensure a fully operational solutionout of the box.

The LNR50SE features a high, sub-micron resolution linear scale that is directly attached to the moving platform of thestage. This linear optical encoder provides the necessary feedback to the drive electronics to ensure true nanopositioningcapabilities. This means that mechanical positioning errors associated with backlash can be removed as the encoder providesa direct readout of the absolute position.

The glass scale encoder system has a resolution of 20nm and provides absolute position accuracies on the order of 5µm overthe full 50mm (2") of travel. The bidirectional repeatability is of the order of 0.1µm.

Specifications Travel: 50mm (2") @ 4mm/sec Home Location Accuracy: <0.5µm Grating Pitch: 20µm Interpolated Resolution: 20nm Linear Accuracy: ±3µm

(Over Full 50mm Travel) Bidirectional Repeatability: 100nm

Operating Temperature: 0-70°C Load Capacity:

• Horizontal <30kg (66lbs)• Vertical Load <10kg (22lbs)

Construction: Thermally Matched Stainless Steelfor Stability

Storage: -20 to 70°C Humidity: 10-90% RH Non-CondensingNote: All measurements were made with our BSC series stepper motor controller,see page 366 for details.

Linear Position Encoder


LNR50SE LNR50SE/M $ 3,687.30 £ 2,323.00 € 3.429,20 ¥ 35,213.70 50mm Linear Encoded TravelMax™ Stage, Stepper Motor Drive

The LNR50SE is the 50mm TravelMax™ Stepper Motor Drivecombined with linear optical encoder software that provides truenanopositioning with absolute accuracy. The stepper motor basedactuator utilizes a trapezoidal-shaped leadscrew with 1mm/revpitch that provides a high load carrying capability. Using theseproducts together provides a true micro-stepping resolution andposition accuracy of 50nm.

The exceptionally high performance of the LNR50SE is a result ofthe combination of rigid all-steel construction, optical linearencoder, and the sophisticated design of the DRV014 actuator.

The ability to automatically control and set the absolute positionof the stage with accuracies and repeatabilities in the range of100nm means that the LNR50SE stage can be used in a widevariety of automated analytical scanning characterization and testapplications.

The stage comes with a control unit that can be connected directlyto an BSC series stepper motor controller, which then allows thefast development of sophisticated automated routines via thecomprehensive ActiveX programming environment. See page 366for more details on the BSC series controllers.

LNR50SE

2" (50mm) Travel: Linear Position Encoder and Stepper Motor

7/3/07 2:43 PM Page 272


Motion Control

273

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com


LNR50SEK1 LNR50SEK1/M $ 4,535.00 £ 2,857.10 € 4.217,60 ¥ 43,309.30 50mm Linear Encoded TravelMax™ Stage, Stepper Motor Drive, and BSC101 Controller

50mm Travel: Linear Position Encoder and Stepper Motor Drives

LNR50SEK1 – This fully configured single-axis system incorporates theLNR50DE TravelMax™ all-steel stage with the DRV014 trapezoidal stepper motoractuator and the powerful BSC101 single-APT channel benchtop stepper motorcontroller.

Save 10% With This Complete Package Includes All Drives, Controller, Cables, and Software

BSC101Controller Details,See Page 366

LNR50SEK1

Linear Encoded TravelMax™ Package With apt™ Controller

Innovative products to help

you to get results. Visit us at

www.thorlabs.com, and let us

know what you think.


The BSC103 benchtop 3-axis stepper motor controller(page 367) combines the latest high-speed digital signalprocessor, low-noise analog electronics, and ActiveX®

software technology to provide effortless one- or three-axis control. Additional axes can be controlled byconnecting one or more benchtop units via a standard

USB hub or by utilizing the new midi-rackcontroller.

BSC1033-Channel Stepper Motor Controller

apt™ System: Multi-Channel Stepper Motor Controllers

Rack System AvailableSee Page 376

DXF







Motorized TravelMax™ Cross Roller Bearing StageThis combination of TravelMax stage and high-performance DC servo motoractuator has been designed for a combination of high speed 100m/s and highload capacity and is ideally suited for applications that require high speed,precision motion control. The design incorporates a 1024-lines (4096effective) rotary encoder for accurate and repeatablepositioning, especially when combinedwith the BDC101 DC motorcontroller (page 369).

The exceptional performance of theLNR50V is a result of the rigid all-steel construction of the stagecombined with the rugged design of the DRV414 actuator (page 406).

When stability, long travel, and high load capacity need to be combined withautomated control at high speeds, the DC servo-driven TravelMax™ stage is theperfect solution. The high-quality, cross roller bearing rails can carry loads up to10 times larger than equivalent sized ball slides. The precision-ground shaftsprovide excellent straight line accuracy and the alternately crossed rollers canhandle force in any direction. The performance is further enhanced by usingthermally matched materials that ensure stability and uniform performance overthe entire 50mm range of motion.

The modular design of the LNR50 family of stages allows optional elements(such as piezo actuators – see pages 400-401) to be added to the platformwithin minutes.

In Field, Left, or Right-Handed and XYZ ConfigurableThe TravelMax™ was designed with flexibility and functionality in mind.The top and bottom surfaces of the LNR series stages are equipped with awide array of 1/4-20 (M6) tapped holes to maximize the mounting flexibilityof components. The LNR50P1 baseplate and LNR50P2 angle bracket allowthe LNR series to be configured in left-or right-handed XY or XYZ systems.

Motion Control

274

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

2" (50mm) Travel: Cross Roller Bearing Stage with DC Motor

General Specifications Travel: 2" (50mm) Horizontal Load Capacity: 66lbs (30kg) Vertical Load Capacity: 22lbs (10kg) Weight with Drive: 5.0lbs (2.2kg) Runout Over Full Range: ±0.0004" (10µm)

Motor Drive Specifications Travel: 2" (50mm) Maximum Speed: 100mm/sec Leadscrew Pitch: 1mm Resolution: 250nm (With BDC101 Controller) Hall Effect Home Switch Accuracy: <1µm Rotary Encoder: 1024 Line (4096 Effective QEP) Recommended Controllers: BDC101 (Single Channel),

BDC103 (3 Channels) Controller Interface: USB


LNR50V LNR50V/M $ 2,703.30 £ 1,703.10 € 2.514,10 ¥ 25,816.50 50mm TravelMax Stage, DC Servo Motor DriveLNR50VK1 LNR50VK1/M $ 3,649.30 £ 2,299.10 € 3.393,80 ¥ 34,850.80 50mm TravelMax Stage, DC Motor Drive, BDC101 ControllerLNR50VK3 LNR50VK3/M $ 9,950.00 £ 6,268.50 € 9.253,50 ¥ 95,022.50 3-axis 50mm TravelMax Stage, DC Motor Drive, BDC103 Controller

50mm Travel: DC Servo Motor Actuator

Features High Speed Operation Solid Stainless Steel Construction Heavy-Duty Cross Roller Bearings Thermally Matched Stainless Steel

Construction Right- or Left-Handed XYZ

Configurable High Quality DC Servo Motor Offers

Excellent Dynamic and Static TorquePerformance

Hall Effect Limit Switches Magnetic Rotary Encoder Precision Ground Leadscrew Optional Piezo Actuators Extremely Long Life

LNR50V

BDC103

LNR50VK3

Specifications on theBDC101 and BDC103 Controllerscan be found on page 369.

7/3/07 2:44 PM Page 274


Motion Control

275

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

LNR50 TravelMax™ Mounting PlateThe LNR50P1 provides additional mounting options for the TravelMax™ series stages. The plate is 10mm (0.47") thick by 100mm(3.9") wide by 195mm (7.7") long. Tapped holes match up to the two mounting counterbored clearance holes of the LNR50 stage. Theset of four slots located in the middle of the plate allow the angle bracket shown below to be directly attached to this plate; these four slotsare counterbored for either 1/4"-20 or M6 socket head screws.

LNR50P1Features This Mounting Plate is Included With All LNR50 Stages

That Come Equipped With Stepper Motors Mounting Slots Allow Coarse XY Positioning of the System Assortment of Mounting Screws Included

Base Plate, TravelMax™ Series

Angle Bracket, TravelMax™ Series


LNR50P2 LNR50P2/M $ 93.50 £ 58.90 € 87,00 ¥ 892.90 TravelMax™ Series Angle Mounting Bracket

LNR50P2

Features Designed to Support the Construction of

XYZ Stage Assemblies Attaches Directly to an Optical Table for

Applications Requiring One Axis ofVertical Translation

Reconfigurable for Right- or Left-HandedApplications

Assortment of Mounting Screws Included

This right angle mounting bracket allows theTravelMax™ family of stages to be mountedvertically. This right angle bracket is useful forbuilding XYZ stage assemblies; it can also be usedto build XY and XZ configurations.


LNR50P1 LNR50P1/M $ 59.50 £ 37.50 € 55,30 ¥ 568.20 10mm Thick TravelMax™ Series Adapter Plate

Spacer Block for Stacking Motor Driven TravelMax™ Stages

LNR50 TravelMax™ Mounting Plate The LNR50P3 is specifically designed to allow the TravelMax™ stages outfitted withmotor drives to be stacked into an XY orientation, assuming Z to be the verticaldimension. The plate is 24mm (0.94") thick and comes complete with all themounting hardware to attach two LNR50 stages to its top and bottom surfaces.LNR50P3


LNR50P3 LNR50P3/M $ 47.60 £ 30.00 € 44,30 ¥ 454.60 Motor Drive TravelMax™ Stage Spacer Block

We help youPrecision Motion Controlfor basic research,industrial R&D,and high precision manufacturing

Put it all together

MAX342Patented6,467,762

See Page288 forDetails

7/3/07 2:44 PM Page 275


Motion Control

276

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The stepper motor used in the NRT stage has 50 individual magnetic teeth and is ideally suited formicrostepping applications. Aside from the obvious increase in resolution provided by increasing thesteps per revolution from 200 to 25,600, microstepping ensures smoother low-speed motion byallowing the discrete 1.8º step size, which produces vibrational noise, to be reduced to much smallersteps, resulting in lower vibrational noise.

The use of a trapezoidal leadscrew in the NRT series also provides a number of benefits over the morecommon Acme-style thread. The benefits include improved durability, lower friction due to improvedsurface quality, and very little backdrive, which eliminates the need for a braking mechanism commonlyrequired with ball screws.

See page 366 for our Benchtop Stepper Motor Controller.

Mechanical and Electrical DataStepper Motor-Based Actuator Step Angle: 1.8º (50 poles and ±2 Phases for

360º Divided by 200) Step Accuracy: 5% Rated Phase Current: 1A Phase Resistance: 4.6Ω Phase Inductance: 10.6mH Holding Torque: 23.1N.cm Detent Torque: 1.7N.cm Operating Temperature:

-20ºC to +40ºC (Motor Specification Only)

NRT Series Motorized Long Travel StagesThe NRT positioning stages are ideally suited for applications that require longtravel, high precision, and high load capacity such as measurement and inspection.

The main platform is supported by four recirculating ball carrier bearings mountedto precisely aligned linear guide rails. A backlash-free leadscrew produces smoothtranslation, directly driven with a two-phase stepper motor capable of 25,600microsteps per revolution, and positioning resolution of less than 100nm. Magneticlimit switches allow homing and as overdriving protection in both forward andreverse directions.


NRT100 NRT100/M $ 2,021.11 £ 1,273.30 € 1.879,60 ¥ 19,301.60 100mm Travel Motorized Linear StageNRT150 NRT150/M $ 2,247.77 £ 1,416.10 € 2.090,40 ¥ 21,466.20 150mm Travel Motorized Linear StageNRT150P1 NRT150P1/M $ 119.00 £ 75.00 € 110,70 ¥ 1,136.50 Vertical Mounting Bracket For NRT Series Stages

Specifications Load: 44.1lbs (20kg) Velocity: up to 20mm/s

(12mm/s using apt Controller) Resolution: <40nm Unidirectional Repeatability: 2µm Uncalibrated Accuracy: 30µm (RMS

Error Over Full Length)

Features Low Profile Lightweight Aluminum Body Microstepping Resolution XYZ Configurable

NRT100100mm Travel

NRT150150mm Travel

7/3/07 2:44 PM Page 276


277

Multi-Axis Flexure Stage Selection GuidePages 277-310

Two-Axis Stages

Versatile and Compact

0.12" (3mm) of Travel

Precise and Smooth Translation due to Flexure Design

See Page 278

Three-Axis Stages

PiezoBlock™

• Compact Design

• 90µm of X, Y, and Z Translation

MicroBlock™

• Provides Ultrafine Movement

• 0.16" (4mm) of Frictionless X, Y, and Z Travel

• Preconfigured Fiber Launch Systems Available

NanoMax™

• Unmatched Stability

• High Resolution Over 0.16" (4mm)

• Patented Flexure Design – All Actuators are Connected to Base

• Preconfigured Fiber Launch Systems Available

RollerBlock™

• Features Cross Roller Bearings

• 0.5" (13mm) of Travel

See Pages 279-297

Four- and Five-Axis Stages

Four or Five Degrees of Freedom Offer Precise Static Positioning

Can be Combined With 3-Axis Stages to Build Couplers

See Pages 298-301

Six-Axis Stage

NanoMax™

• Unmatched Combination of High Stability and Resolution

• Common Point of Rotation

• Ideal for Fiber Alignment and Positioning Tasks

apt™ 600 Series

• Multiple Mounting Surfaces

• Small Footprint

• Ideal for Fiber Alignment and Positioning Tasks

See Page 303

www.thorlabs.com

4 MultiAxisMicroblock 277-285.qxd.P 7/5/07 7:28 PM Page 277


Motion Control

278

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

3mm Travel NanoFlex™ Stages with Differential Adjusters & Piezoelectric Actuators

3.0mm Travel XY Flexure Stage, Differential Drives & Piezos

Features High Stability

Flexure Design Differential Drives Piezo Actuators Compact Size XYZ Configurable


NF3D2P50 NF3D2P50/M $ 1,379.00 £ 868.80 € 1.282,50 ¥ 13,169.50 Differential Adjuster and 50µm PiezoDual Axis Stage with 3mm Travel

NF3P1 NF3P1/M $ 49.00 £ 30.90 € 45,60 ¥ 468.00 Mounting Plate for the 3mm NanoFlex™ SeriesNF3P2 NF3P2/M $ 99.00 £ 62.40 € 92,10 ¥ 945.50 Angle Bracket for the 3mm NanoFlex™ Series

A very compact single channel controller and driver for easymanual and automatic control of a wide range of piezostacks and actuators.

NF3D2P50

The NanoFlex™ dual-axis flexure stageprovides 3mm (0.12") of manual displacementalong two orthogonal axes without kinetic orstatic friction. Differential drives provide 300µmof precision adjustment with 0.1µm resolution,while the piezoelectric elements provide 50µmof travel with approximately 50nm resolution.

The central apertures on the top and bottomplates have 0.8"-36 TPI RMS threads to allowthe use of standard microscope objectives orRMS to SM1 series adapters – see page 193.

The piezo can be controlled by two TPZ001drivers (see page 356) or our dual channelBPC202 controller (see page 371).

0.49” (13mm)TYP.

3 PLACESM6 THRU

4.18” (106mm)NOM.

± 3mm TRAVEL

4.46” (113mm)NOM.

± 3mm TRAVEL

1.28” (33mm)TYP.

1.34” (34mm)TYP.

0.79” (20mm)TYP.

2.56” (65mm)TYP.

4 PLACES#8-32 UNC THRU

4 PLACES#4-40 UNC THRU

4 PLACESM4 THRU

4 PLACESM2 THRU

RMS THREAD

FINE ADJUSTER

COARSE ADJUSTER

SMC PIEZOCONNECTOR

See Page 356

NEWTPZ001 Single

ChannelController

Specifications Load Capacity: 1.1lbs (500g) Coarse Mechanical Range: 0.12" (3mm) Fine Mechanical Range: 300µm Piezo Travel: 50µm (0-75V) Resolution: 2µm Coarse Control, 0-1µm

Fine Control, 50nm Piezo

Accessories for the Dual-Axis NanoFlex™ Flexure Stages

NanoFlex™ Translation StagesThese accessories allow the 3mm travel compactNanoFlex™ stages to be integrated into XY, XZ,and XYZ systems. The base plate provides for aconvenient means of attaching the stages to anoptical system or table.

NF3P1 NF3P2



Motion Control

279www.thorlabs.com

PiezoBlock™ 90µm XYZ Translator

The PiezoBlock™ 3-axis translator provides a unique solution to 3-axis piezo drivennanopositioning. This compact translator measures just 55mm (2.2") on each side andoffers 90µm of piezoelectric controlled displacement in three orthogonal directions.

The relatively long piezoelectric controlled travel is accomplished using a largedisplacement piezo stack that is mechanically multiplied to provide a full 90µm oftravel. This internal mechanism is flexure-based; it intrinsically possesses very lowfriction and high stiffness, allowing the PiezoBlock™ to be positioned with low settlingtime and high repeatability.

25nm Positioning Resolution

The drive voltage required for the full range of travel is 75V,while the displacement resolution is typically limited by thepiezoelectric driver that is used to power the actuators. ThePiezoBlock™ has been tested interferometrically to verify the25nm resolution specification; the test was performed withThorlabs' Model BPC201 piezoelectric driver (page 370).Thorlabs offers a number of other drive options, from simpleopen-loop drivers to closed-loop auto-alignment systems thatallow automated control for a nanopositioning applications.All of these options are featured in the Drive Electronicssection that begins on page 347.

PiezoBlock™ Innovation

The stage is fitted with the same grooved top plate as ourMicroBlock™ and NanoMax™ stages to allow for rapidsystem reconfiguration. An extensive selection of accessoriesfor the PiezoBlock™ can be found on pages 319-335. A baseplate to allow fixing to the work surface is also supplied asstandard. The overall package gives a standard deck height of62.5mm (2.46"), matching our other stage products.

90µm XYZ PiezoBlock™ Translator

Specifications Piezoelectric Travel: 90µm (x, y, z) Deck Height: 62.5mm (0.25") Optical Height: 75mm (2.95") Load Capacity: 2.2lbs (1kg)

Centered on Top Surface inHorizontal Orientation

Resolution: 25nm (WithDisplacement Sensor)

Resonant Frequency: >150Hz Repeatability: 50nm (Closed-Loop) Stiffness: 0.3µm/N Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Electrical Connectors: 3 SMC Piezo Drive Voltage: 0-75V Weight: 0.7lb (0.3kg) Dimensions: 55 x 55 x 55mm (2.2 x

2.2 x 2.2in) Excluding Adapter Plate Transfer Function: 1.33µm/V

Features Three Mounting Surfaces – Each

with an Array of 9 Mounting Holes Grooved Top Plate for Full Range

of Mounting Accessories Small, Compact Package Flexure-Based Design Offers

Smooth Continuous Motionand High Stiffness

High Resonant Frequency ProvidesImmunity to External Vibrations

Optional Strain GaugeDisplacement Sensor

0.16"(4.0mm)

0.79" (20.0mm)

2.46"(62.5mm)

3.54" (90.0mm)

2.36" (60.0mm)

2.36"(60.0mm)

9 Tapped Holes Through#8-32UNC (M4)



1.34"(34mm)

1.57"(40mm)

1.77"(45mm)

0.79"(20.0mm)

1.34" (34mm)

1.57" (40mm)

1.77" (45mm) RB13P1 Adapter Plate:1/4"-20 & #8-32This optionalmounting plate has agenerous array of both1/4"-20 (M6) and #8-32 (M4) mountingholes to adapt the PiezoBlock to generalpurpose optical table applications.See Page 320 for Details

APB302


APB302 APB302/M $ 2,057.00 £ 1,295.90 € 1.913,00 ¥ 19,644.40 Piezo Block 3-Axis Translator Without FeedbackAPB301 APB301/M $ 3,264.00 £ 2,056.30 € 3.035,50 ¥ 31,171.20 Piezo Block 3-Axis Translator With FeedbackAPBP2* APBP2* $ 59.50 £ 37.50 € 55,30 ¥ 568.20 Adapter Plate for Mounting to NRT Linear Stages

The fiber launch application photo aboveshows an APB301 PiezoBlock mountedon an NRT 150mm long travel stage(using an APBP2 adapter plate). The topplate of the PiezoBlock can be replacedwith one of our platform extension plates(AMA005 shown, see page 320). Thisextended mounting surface is convenientfor attaching extra components and allowseasier access into smaller spaces.

Application Example

APB301

*Compatible with Metric and Imperial

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials



Specifications Travel: 0.16" (4mm) of XYZ Travel Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5mm) Optical Height: 2.95" (75mm) Crosstalk: <20µm/mm Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Differential Adjusters:

• Coarse Adjust 0.5mm/rev• Fine Adjust 50µm/rev

Thumbscrew Drives: 0.5mm/rev

High Resolution Actuators: 50nmOver the 300µm Fine AdjustmentRange – Provided by Our PatentedConcentric Conical Drive Design

Mechanical Stability: Flexure DesignUtilizes Nested Flexure Plates toMinimize Mechanical Drift

Load Capacity: 2.2lbs (1kg) Weight: 1.65lbs (750g) Dimensions:

2.95" x 2.95" x 2.46" (75mm x75mm x 62.5mm) Not IncludingActuators

Motion Control

280

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The smooth continuous motion provided by theMicroBlock™ 3-axis translation stage makes this deviceideally suited for almost any micropositioningapplication. An innovative flexure design yieldsthree orthogonal linear translation degrees offreedom without the severe limitations of kinetic orstatic friction that are found in traditional bearingbased stages.

The use of nested flexure plates allows the stage tooperate indefinitely without the need for anylubricant, which is one of the primary sources ofdrift within positioning devices. In addition, theflexure spring design allows considerabletolerance to shock and vibration, even when fully loaded.

The central keyway that extends across the top mountingsurface of the stage is designed to allow rapid systemreconfiguration, while maintaining alignment; an extensiveselection of accessories for the MicroBlock™ system can befound on pages 318-336.

The stage is offered preconfigured with a choice of actuators.The Differential Adjusters (MBT616) provide 50nm resolutionover the 300µm fine adjustment range. The ThumbscrewDrives (MBT602) provide 0.5mm of travel per revolution ofthe screw, giving a positional resolution of around 0.5µm.

Features Flexure Design Ensures Smooth Continuous Motion Compact Design – 2.46" (62.5mm) From the Table to the

Moving Deck, and 2.95" (75mm) From the Table to theOptical Axis of the Accessories

No Sliding Parts (Minimizes Friction) The Flexure Design Enhances Long-Term Stability,

Traditional Linear Bearings Required Grease to Operate,Which Compromises Stability

MBT616Patent 6,186,016

CompactDesign

MicroBlock™ Three-Axis Flexure Stage, 4mm of Travel

MBT602


MBT602 MBT602/M $ 781.00 £ 492.00 € 726,30 ¥ 7,458.60 MicroBlock 3-Axis Positioner with Fine Thread ThumbscrewMBT616 MBT616/M $ 1,082.00 £ 681.70 € 1.006,30 ¥ 10,333.10 MicroBlock™ 3-Axis Stage with High Resolution Drives

4mm Travel

RB13P1 Adapter Plate1/4"-20 and #8-32

This optional mounting plate has agenerous array of both 1/4"-20(M6) and #8-32 (M4) mountingholes to adapt the MBT series togeneral purpose optical tableapplications.See Page 320 for Details

DXF







281

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

MicroBlock™ Preconfigured Fiber Alignment Systems

We Help YouPrecision Motion Controlfor Basic Research,IndustrialR&D, and HighPrecision Manufacturing

NanoMax™ Series SystemsFor applications requiring highresolution, stability, andadaptability, the NanoMax™series of highly stable flexurebased translation stagesoffers the ideal solution. See

Page 286

Put It All Together

MBT611 Free Space to MultimodeFiber Launch

This system is built around theMBT602 flexure stage, which isoutfitted with simple adjusters in placeof the high resolution drives. A higherholding force fiber clamp is used tosecure larger core multimode fibers.

MBT610 Free Space to SingleMode Fiber Launch

This system is similar to theMBT612 described above, exceptit includes a fiber clamp that isadaptable to fiber diameters from125µm to 2mm.

MBT612 Free Space to SingleMode Fiber Launch

This system consists of a fast releaseadjustable-force fiber clamp and alarge angle bracket that supports amicroscope objective holder. Acable strain relief is also included.

MBT613 Free Space to FCSingle Mode Fiber Launch

This system consists of an FC fiberholder, an angle bracket to supporta microscope objective holder, andthree of our high resolutiondifferential drives.

MBT614 Free Space/GRIN LensSingle Mode Fiber Launch

This system consists of an adjustableforce bare fiber clamp, a small anglebracket, and a GRIN lens holder.

MBT621 Free Space to SingleMode Polarization MaintainingFiber Launch

This system includes a fiber rotatorfor bare single mode fiber, an anglebracket to support a microscopeobjective holder, and an RMStheaded microscope objective holder.

Free-Space to Single ModeFiber Launch

See Page 282

Free-Space to MultimodeFiber Launch

See Page 282

Free-Space to FC Single ModePatch Cable

See Page 283

Free-Space to PolarizationMaintaining Bare Fiber

See Page 284

Free-Space to Single ModeFiber Launch

See Page 283

Free-Space/GRIN Lens SingleMode Fiber Launch

See Page 284



Motion Control

282

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Single Mode Fiber Launch – Bare Fiber

The MBT612 launch system features our high-resolution differentialadjusters that are ideal for optimizing the coupling of a free-spacelaser into a single mode fiber, even at visible wavelengths where themode field diameter of the fibers are as small as 3µm. The additionof a cable strain relief helps to prevent inadvertent disruption of thesystem, which can be a great time saver.

This preconfigured fiber launch is an ideal starter system that can bequickly adapted to many uses. Additional accessories are availablethat greatly enhance the flexibility of this platform to performmultiple functions. Please see pages 319-336 for details.

Multimode Fiber Launch – Bare Fiber


MBT612 MBT612/M $ 1,500.20 £ 945.10 € 1.395,20 ¥ 14,326.90 MicroBlock™ Free Space to SM Fiber Launch System

System Includes MBT602 Flexure Stage With 4mm (0.16") of Travel and 0.5mm Pitch

Thumbscrew Drives That Provide a 0.5µm Resolution – Descriptive Details on Page 280

HFF003 Adjustable Force Fiber Clamp for 250µm Jacketed Fibers – Details on Page 326

AMA009 Large Fixed Platform – Details on Page 319 HCS013 Microscope Objective Mount – Details on Page 324 Additional Accessories Shown on Pages 319-336 Enhance the Value of This

Product for Use in Any Laboratory HFS001 Cable Strain Relief on Page 326

The MBT611 launch system features our high-stabilty flexure stageoutfitted with fine 0.5mm per revolution adjusters. Unlikeconventional stages, our flexure-based translation stages do notrequire the use of lubricants since there are no sliding parts, otherthan the adjusters. This yields an athermalized stage design that

provides high stability, high repeatability, and no backlash. Thispreconfigured package is an ideal starter system, which can bequickly adapted to many other uses. Please see pages 319-336 fordetails on additional accessories.


MBT611 MBT611/M $ 1,088.19 £ 685.60 € 1.012,00 ¥10,392.20 MicroBlock™ Free- Space to Multimode Fiber Launch

MBT611 Complete System as

Shown Except for theObjective Coupling Optic

Specifications Travel: 0.16" (4mm) Crosstalk: <20µm/mm Load Capacity: 2.2lbs (1kg) Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C

Differential Adjusters:• Coarse Adjust 0.5mm/rev• Fine Adjust 50µm/rev

Specifications Travel: 0.16" (4mm) Crosstalk: <20µm/mm

Load Capacity: 2.2lbs (1kg) Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Thumbscrew Pitch: 0.5mm

System Includes MBT616 High-Resolution Flexure Stage With 0.16"

(4mm) of Travel, Details on Page 280 Three High Performance Adjusters Provide 300µm of

Fine Travel With 50nm Resolution HFF002, V-Groove Fiber Holder With Adjustable

Holding Force (25 to 200g); Rotating the KnurledKnob Extends or Retracts a Spring That Adjusts theHolding Force

AMA009 Large Fixed Platform – Details on Page 319 HCS013, Microscope Objective Mount – Details on

Page 324 HFS001 Cable Strain Relief on Page 326

Microscope Objective Sold SeperatelySee Page 658

MBT612Complete System as Shown Except

for the Microscope Objective

High PerformanceDrives: 50nm

Resolution

Microscope Objective Sold Separately(See Page 658)



Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

This system is configured from our MBT616 three-axis flexure stagedetailed on page 280. When considering a fiber launch system, theuse of nested flexure plates in place of more traditional linear

bearings provides a number of advantages. First, nearly perfectsmooth continuous motion is achievable with a flexure mechanism;second, there's no need for lubricants within the stage structure,which minimizes stage creep with traditional bearings; minorimperfections in the bearing or contaminates trapped in thelubricant create localized “rough spots” where the displacementresolution degrades significantly.

Motion Control

283www.thorlabs.com

Single Mode Fiber Launch – Adapts to Various Fiber DiametersThe MBT610 launch system features our high resolution drives which are ideal for optimizingthe coupling of a free-space laser into a single mode fiber, even the visible spectrumwhere the mode field diameter of the fibers are as small as 3µm. The quick releasefiber holder provides six mounting surfaces, each one designed to accept a differentsize fiber. The addition of a cable strain relief helps to prevent inadvertantdisruption of the system, which can be a great time saver.

This preconfigured system is an ideal starter system and can be quicklyadapted to many uses. Additional accessories are available that greatlyenhance the flexibility of this platform to perform multiple functions. Pleasesee pages 319-336 for details.

System Includes: MBT616 High Resolution Flexure

Stage With 4mm (0.16") of Travel– Page 280

Three High Performance DrivesProvide 300µm of Fine Travel With50nm Resolution

HFF001 V-Groove Fiber Holder WithAdjustable Force (25 to 200g).The V-Groove Can be Rotated toAccomodate Various Fiber Diameters,See Page 326

AMA009 Large Fixed Platform– Page 319

HCS013 Microscope Objective MountWith RMS Threads – Page 324

HFS001 Cable Strain Relief – Page 326Fiber V-Groove Adapts to

Various Fiber DiametersFrom 125µm to 2mm


MBT613 MBT613/M $ 1,318.30 £ 830.50 € 1.226,00 ¥ 12,589.80 MicroBlock™ Free-Space to SM Fiber Launch System

System Includes: MBT616 High Resolution Flexure Stage With

0.16" (4mm) Travel – Page 280 Three High Performance Drives Provide

300µm of Fine Travel

HFB004 FC Fiber Holder Securely PositionsAny Fiber Optic Cable That is TerminatedWith a Standard FC/PC Connector – Page 330

AMA009 Large Fixed Platform – Page 319 HCS013, Microscope Objective Mount With

RMS Threads – Page 324

Specifications Travel: 0.16" (4mm) Crosstalk: <20µm/mm Load Capacity: 2.2lbs (1kg)

Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Differential Adjusters:

• Coarse Adjust 0.5mm/rev• Fine Adjust 50µm/rev

Specifications Travel: 0.16" (4mm) Crosstalk: <20µm/mm Load Capacity: 2.2lbs (1kg) Thermal Stability: = 1µm/°C Differential Adjusters:

• Coarse Adjust0.5mm/rev

• Fine Adjust50µm/rev

Single Mode Fiber Launch – FC Connectorized Fibers


MBT610 MBT610/M $ 1,748.60 £ 1,101.60 € 1.626,20 ¥ 16,699.10 MicroBlock™ Free-Space to SM Fiber Launch System

MBT610Complete System as Shown, Microscope

Objective Sold Separately

MBT613Complete System as Shown, MicroscopeObjective Sold Separately, See Page 658

CouplingOpticsGeltech™ MoldedAspheric Lenses

See Page737

7/3/07 2:48 PM Page 283


Motion Control

284

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

System Includes: MBT616 High-Resolution Flexure Stage With 4mm of Travel – Details on Page 280 Three High-Performance Drives Provide 4mm of Coarse Travel and 300µm of Fine Travel

With 50nm Resolution HFR007 Fiber Rotator With Adjustable Force Magnetic Clamping Mechanism, Page 332 AMA009 Large Fixed Platform, Details on Page 319 HCS013 Microscope Objective Mount – Details on Page 324

PM Fiber Launch – Microscope Objective to Bare Fiber

The MBT621 launch system features our high resolution drivesthat are ideal for coupling a free-space laser into a single modefiber, even at visible wavelengths where the mode field diameter ofthe fibers are as small as 3µm. The rotary fiber holder providessmooth rotation with negligible run-out. When using polarizationmaintaining fibers, this system provides an easy means of

optimizing the extinction ratio of the signal being coupled throughthe PM fiber. Thorlabs offers a number of 5- and 6-axis systemsfor applications that require more advanced capabilities; please see page 298.

MBT621 Complete System as Shown,

Microscope Objective Sold Separately


MBT621 MBT621/M $ 1,424.50 £ 897.40 € 1.324,80 ¥13,604.00 MicroBlock™ Free-Space to PM Fiber Launch System

High Performance Drives:50nm Resolution

Microscope objective soldseperately, see page 658

Specifications Travel: 4mm Crosstalk: <20µm/mm Load Capacity:

1kg (2.2lbs) Thermal Stability:

1µm/°C

Differential Adjusters:• Coarse Adjust

0.5mm/rev• Fine Adjust 50µm/rev

Specifications Travel: 4mm Crosstalk: <20µm/mm Load Capacity:

1kg (2.2lbs) Thermal Stability:

1µm/°C

Differential Adjusters:• Coarse Adjust

0.5mm/rev• Fine Adjust 50µm/rev


MBT614 MBT614/M $ 1,437.00 £ 905.30 € 1.336,40 ¥ 13,723.40 MicroBlock™ Free-Space to Fiber GRIN Launch System

Single Mode Fiber Launch – GRIN Lens to Bare Fiber

The MBT614 fiber launch system is built around our MBT6163-axis flexure stage, which has been specifically designed to meetthe challenging requirements associated with alignment of singlemode fibers. The system features our high resolution differentialdrives that are ideal for coupling of a free-space laser into a singlemode fiber, even at visible wavelengths where the mode fielddiameter of single mode fibers can be as small as 3µm. The GRINlens holder accommodates lenses with diameters from 1mm to3mm and lengths as short as 2mm. To view the complete line offlexure accessories, please refer to pages 319-326.

System Includes: MBT614 System is Built From our High-Resolution

MBT616 Flexure Stage – Details on Page 280 Three High-Performance Drives Provide 4mm of

Coarse Travel and 300µm of Fine Travel With 50nmResolution

HGI003 Lens Holder – An Easy to Access SpringClamp Securely Holds Lenses With Diameters From1mm to 3mm

AMA009 Large Fixed Platform – Details on Page 319 GRIN Lenses Sold Separately – See Details on Page 325 HFF003 Fiber Clamp on Page 324 HFS001 Cable Strain Relief on Page 326

MBT614Complete System asShown, GRIN LensSold Separately

GRIN Lens Sold Separately,Please See Page 1016

GRIN lenses areideal fiber coupling

optics, please seepage 1016

Close-Up ViewThe GRIN lens holder provides easy access to the optic duringloading. The spring clamp allows easy, fast exchange of optics.



Motion Control

285www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

ACCESSORIES INDEX FORMULTI-AXIS STAGES A complete selection of platform accessories is provided to enhance the functionality of our 3-axis flexure based translation products.All of these accessories are compatible with both the MicroBlock™, RollerBlock™, NanoMax™, and PiezoBlock™stages.

PlatformsSee Pages 319-322

Yaw, Pitch, & Roll See Page 323

Lens/Optic MountsSee Pages 324-325

Fiber ClampsSee Pages 326-328

Touch SensorsSee Page 329

Fiber ChucksSee Page 330-331

Fiber RotatorsSee Page 332

Laser DiodeWaveguide Holders

See Pages 333-334

Adapters See Pages 334-335

7/3/07 2:49 PM Page 285


Motion Control

286

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 4mm Travel, Three-Axis Flexure StageThe MAX313 is the manual version of ourNanoMax™ series 3-axis stage. It provides anunmatched combination of high stability andhigh resolution. Major improvements inperformance, functionality, and robustness havebeen achieved by the patented parallel flexuredesign. This design has the unique feature that allthree actuators are connected directly to the base,thus providing a degree of rigidity unachievable inmulti-axis systems built from a series of stackedindividual single axis stages.

The advantages of the MAX300 Series parallelflexure design's are readily apparent when it is

implemented in alignment applicationsrequiring sub-micron resolution or better.

Typically, with a multi-axis stacked stage,touching one of the two drives that are notreferenced to the base will result in unwantedmotion within the assembly. With each of thedrives in a NanoMax™ series stage coupleddirectly to the base of the stage, these adverseeffects are eliminated.

All 3 actuators aredirectly attached to the

fixed portion of thestage body.

Moving Platform Provides 4mmof Travel in x y z directions.

4 PLACES

RB13P1Adapter Plate:1/4"-20 & #8-32This optional mounting platehas a generous array of both1/4"-20 (M6) and #8-32 (M4)mounting holes to adapt theMAX313 to general purposeoptical table applications.See Page 320 for details.

MAX313Patents 6,186,016 & 6,467,762

Over 50Mounting Accessories

The NanoMax™ series 3-axis stages can be easilyconfigured to meet the ever changingrequirements of both research and manufacturing.At the end of this section you will find a broadselection of NanoMax™ systems, each configuredfor different applications. We offer a series ofdifferent actuator options ranging from manualdrives to stepper motors to piezoelectric actuatorswith internal strain gauge displacement sensors.Additionally, we offer over 50 differentcomponent devices that are designed to interfacewith the 3mm wide keyway that is machined intothe top deck of the stage. This keyway allows theaccessories to be quickly exchanged with

minimum effort. See page 319for accessories.


MAX313 MAX313/M $ 1,615.00 £ 1,017.50 € 1.502,00 ¥15,423.30 NanoMax™ Stage with Differential Micrometer Drives

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") in x y z Directions Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Differential Adjusters:

• Adjust 0.5mm/rev (Coarse),50µm/rev (Fine)

High Resolution Manual Drives: PatentedDrive Design Provides 50nm of FineControl Resolution Over a Total Range of300µm

Crosstalk: Maximum 20µm/mm of Travel

Repeatability: 500nm RMSBidirectional

Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs)

Resonant Frequency (±10%): 375Hz, WithNo Load on the Stage; 200Hz With a 275gload, and 150Hz With a575g Load

Weight: 1kg (2.2lbs) Deck Height: 62.5mm

(2.46") From the BottomSurface of the Stage to theMoving Platform. TheAccessory Beam Height is75mm (2.95") From the Bottom of the Stage

7/3/07 2:50 PM Page 286


Motion Control

287

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 4mm Travel, Three-Axis Flexure Stage With PiezoNanoMax™ Stages: High Resolution,Manual Adjusters, and PiezoelectricActuators

The MAX312 and MAX311 stages have allthe same features as the MAX313 presentedon the previous page. In addition, these twostages have internal piezoelectric actuators.The MAX311 has the added benefitof a strain gauge-based displacement sensorthat is incorporated into the internalpiezoelectric actuator.

The internal piezoelectric actuators are builtdirectly into the body of the stage andprovide a 20µm range with a positionalresolution of 20nm for the MAX312 and5nm for the MAX311. Please note that theresolution is typically limited by the noisecharacteristics of the piezoelectric driver. Thespecified resolutions are measured using theThorlabs model BPC203 piezoelectric driver foundon page 371 of this catalog.

Closed-Loop Piezoelectric Actuators

The MAX311 utilizes three strain gaugedisplacement sensors to provide a voltage signal thatis linearly proportional to the displacement of thepiezoelectric element. Using this signal, it is possibleto compensate for hysteresis, creep, or thermal driftthat is inherent to all piezoelectric elements.

Utilizing a balanced bridge circuit along with thestrain gauge, the piezoelectric actuator can beoperated utilizing a closed-loop controller thatimproves the positional resolution from 20nmto 5nm. Hysteresis, mechanical creep, and driftcan be monitored and compensated via this sensor.

All 3 actuators aredirectly attached to the

fixed portion of thestage body.

Our new apt series piezoelectric controllers are able to utilize the optionalstrain gauge displacement sensor that is internal to the MAX311 stagedescribed above. The strain gauge provides a signal that is proportional to thedisplacement of piezoelectric element, allowing the controller to correct forthe inherent non-linear response of the piezoelectric actuators. Additionally,

the apt™ piezoelectric controller provides a full PID servo loopthat eliminates long term drift due to “piezo creep.” Thiscontroller incorporates the latest high-speed digitalsignal processing, low-noise analog electronics, andActiveX® software technology to provide an advancedinstrument with a user-friendly interface.

Complete details on this and other piezo driverscan be found on page 371

ActiveX is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

New Piezoelectric Driver with Sensor Inputs:

Specifications Manual Travel: 4mm (0.16") in XYZ Direction Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Differential Adjusters:

• Coarse Adjust: 0.5mm/rev• Fine Adjust: 50µm/rev

Piezoelectric Travel:20µm in XYZ Directions

Manual Drive Resolution: Patented DriveDesign Provides 50nm Resolution over a 300µmTravel Range

Piezoelectric Actuator Resolution: 5nm (WithInternal Piezo Displacement Sensors), 20nm(Without Sensors)

Maximum Piezoelectric Drive Voltage:75VDC

Crosstalk: Maximum 20µm/mm of Travel Repeatability: 500nm RMS Bidirectional Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Resonant Frequency (±10%): 375Hz (No

Load), 200Hz (275g Load), 150Hz (575g Load) Total Package Weight: 1kg (2.2lbs) Deck Height: 62.5mm (2.46") From the

Bottom Surface of the Moving Platform. TheAccessory Beam Height is 75mm (2.95") Fromthe Bottom Surface of the Stage

Note: All measurement related to the performance of thepiezoelectric actuators are made with the Thorlabs model BPC203piezo driver, which can be found on page 370.


MAX312 MAX312/M $ 2,125.00 £ 1,338.80 € 1.976,30 ¥20,293.80 NanoMax™ Stage With Piezoeletric ActuatorMAX311 MAX311/M $ 2,932.50 £ 1,847.50 € 2.727,20 ¥28,005.40 NanoMax™ Stage With Piezoeletric Actuator & Sensor

SMC Piezo Connector

Displacement Sensor

The strain gaugedisplacement sensor,directly attached to thebody of the piezoelectricelement, provides an analogsignal that is proportionalto its displacement. Whencombined with low-noiseelectronics, the resolutionobtained is better than5nm.

BPC203Photograph shows a 3-channel system;a single channel controller is also available

MAX311Patents 6,186,016 and6,467,762

5 MutiAxisNanomax 286-297.qxd.P 7/5/07 7:32 PM Page 287


Motion Control

288

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 4mm Travel, Flexure Stage with Stepper Motors

For applications requiring fast precision positioning, the NanoMax stages described on the previous pages are offered here with steppermotor drives. These stages offer all the advantages of the patented parallel flexure design, coupled with improved positioning resolutionand repeatability, as well as increased speed. A piezo drive option is also available, either with or without strain gauge feedback.

High-Resolution Stepper Motor Drives

The DRV001 actuators supplied with the MAX341,MAX342, and MAX343 stages have a resolution of 25nm.These actuators are capable of speeds as high as 4mm/sec aswell as providing bidirectional repeatability less than 1.0µmRMS. Ceramic-tipped, high-precision limit switches provide a high repeatability ideal for homing the motors. This iscritical for auto-alignment applications that rely on a highlyrepeatable zero point.

Moving Platform Provides 4mmof Travel in XYZ Directions

Patent6,467,762

MAX343

NanoMax™ Stepper Motor BasedActuators: Mechanical & Electrical Data Step Angle: 1.8° (50 poles and ±2

phases for 360° divided by 200, or 1.8°) Step Accuracy: 5% Rated Phase Current: 1A Phase Resistance: 4.6Ω Phase Inductance: 10.6mH Holding Torque: 23.1N.cm Detent Torque: 1.7N.cm Operating Temperature: -20°C to

+40°C (Motor Specification Only)

The stepper motor used in the MAX343stage has a rotor that consists of 50individual magnetic teeth that is ideallysuited for micro-stepping applications. Aside

from the obvious increase in resolutionprovided by increasing the steps perrevolution from the standard 200 to 25,600with BSC series controllers, microsteppingalso ensures smoother low speed motion byproducing 128 steps per standard 1.8° step,which significantly reduces the vibrationalnoise inherent when using the 1.8° steps.

The use of a trapezoidal leadscrew in thestepper motor drive assembly provides anumber of benefits over the more commonAcme style thread. The benefits includeimproved durability, lower friction due toimproved surface quality, and nearly nobackdrive thus eliminating the need for abraking mechanism.

Specifications Manual Travel: 4mm (0.16") in XYZ

Direction Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Stepper Motor Drives: Hybrid Stepper

Motor with 1.8° Step Angle and23N.cm of Holding Torque

Positional Resolution:25nm Minimum Step Size with 25,600Microstepping Driver (See Page 366)

Crosstalk: Maximum 20µm/mm of Travel Repeatability: 500nm RMS Bidirectional Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs)

Resonant Frequency (±10%): 375Hz (No Load), 200Hz (275g Load),150Hz (575g Load)

Weight: 1kg (2.2lbs), Total PackageWeight

Deck Height: 62.5mm (2.46") From theBottom Surface of the Moving Platform.The Accessory Beam Height is 75mm(2.95") From the Bottom Surface of theStage

Note: All measurement related to the performance of thepiezoelectric actuators are made with the Thorlabs modelBPC203 piezo driver, which can be found on page 370. ( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

Features Submicron Resolution Stepper Motor

Drives Optional Piezo Drives Flexure Design Ensures Smooth

Continuous Motion Compact Design – 62.5mm (2.46")

From the Table to the Moving Deck,and 75mm (2.95") From the Table tothe Optical Axis of the Accessories

No Kinetic or Static Friction Enhanced Long-Term Stability Unparalleled Stability

7/3/07 2:51 PM Page 288


Motion Control

289

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Closed-Loop Internal Piezoelectric Actuators

The MAX342 and MAX341 featureinternal piezoelectric actuators builtdirectly into the body of the stage,providing a 20µm travel range witha positional resolution of 20nm.Furthermore, the MAX341 featuresthree strain gauge displacement sensors,which provides a voltage signal that islinearly proportional to the displacementof the piezoelectric element. This signalis used to compensate for the hysteresis,creep, and thermal drift that is inherentin all piezoelectric elements. If driven by acontroller which uses a balanced bridge circuit, the piezoelectric actuator can becontrolled in a closed-loop feedback mode that improves the positional resolution from 20nm to 5nm.Hysteresis, mechanical creep, and drift can be monitored and compensated via this sensor.


MAX343 MAX343/M $ 2,466.70 £ 1,554.00 € 2.294,00 ¥ 23,557.00 NanoMax™ Stage With Stepper Motor DrivesMAX342 MAX342/M $ 3,032.80 £ 1,910.70 € 2.820,50 ¥ 28,963.20 NanoMax™ Stage; Stepper and Piezoeletric ActuatorMAX341 MAX341/M $ 3,714.50 £ 2,340.10 € 3.454,50 ¥ 35,473.50 NanoMax™ Stage; Stepper, Piezoeletric Actuator, & Sensor

Displacement Sensor

The strain gaugedisplacement sensor,directly attached to thebody of the piezoelectricelement, provides an analogsignal that is proportionalto its displacement. Whencombined with low-noiseelectronics the resolutionobtained is better than5nm.

Specifications Piezoelectric Travel: 20µm in Each XYZ

Direction Piezoelectric Actuator Resolution:

5nm (When Operating With InternalPiezo Displacement Sensors),20nm (Without Sensors)

Maximum Piezoelectric Drive Voltage:75VDC

Resolution: 5-20nm

MAX341Patented 6,467,762

You Choose!Do you require two steppers andone manual drive or some othercombination of options? Pleasesee page 290 to configure a stageto your specific needs.

NanoMax™ 4mm Travel, Flexure Stage with Stepper Motors (cont.)

SEE OUR ENTIRE POWER METER LINE ON PAGES 946-961


Expanding the LineOPTICAL POWER AND ENERGY METERS

NEW PM300Dual-Channel Power Meter

Large Selection of UV to IR Sensors Covering the Power Range 35nW to 30W Interchangeable Sensors With NIST Traceable Calibration Data



Motion Control

290

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Customer ConfiguredNanoMax™ StagesIn the event that you require a configuration otherthan our standard preconfigured stages, Thorlabsoffers custom configured NanoMax™ stages.These stages typically ship within 24 hours.

To achieve this degree of configurability, Thorlabshas designed a complete set of actuators that aremodular and connect to the mating stage withinseconds without the need for any tools.

Simply choose the base stagefrom the models below, andadd the required actuators fromthe facing page.

NanoMax™ Stage, Piezoelectric Actuators, and Sensors

Adding strain gauge displacement sensors to the internal piezoelectric elements of the NanoMax™stage enhances the resolution performance of the system by a factor of four. Additionally, it improvesthe linearity and drift performance of the stage while allowing the system to be operated in a closed-loop system. For complete details on the performance of the NanoMax™ stage with internal piezosand strain gauge displacement sensors please, refer to the MAX311 on page 287.

Use this base unit if your application does not require piezoelectric actuators. Please note that whilethe drives can be easily changed in the field, piezoelectric actuators are incorporated directly into thestage. If your needs change and you later require piezoelectric actuators, the piezo extenders shown onthe next page can be used along with our other drive options.

Adding internal piezoelectric elements to the basic NanoMax™ stage provides 20µm of high-resolution electrical control (0 to 75V). The typical resolution is 20nm. For complete details on theperformance of the NanoMax™ stage with internal piezoelectric actuators, please refer to ThorlabsItem# MAX312 on page 287.

NanoMax™ Stage with Piezoelectric Actuators

DISPLACEMENT SENSOR

SMCPiezo Connector

SMC Piezo Connector

MAX301

MAX302

MAX303

Patents 6,186,016 and 6,467,762

ITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB

MAX302 MAX302/M $ 1,273.04 £ 802.00 € 1.183,90 ¥12,157.50


MAX301 MAX301/M $ 2,184.50 £ 1,376.20 € 2.031,60 ¥20,862.00


MAX303 MAX303/M $ 918.00 £ 578.30 € 853,70 ¥ 8,766.90

NanoMax™ Stage Only

5 MutiAxisNanomax 286-297.qxd 8/29/07 4:48 PM Page 290


Motion Control

291

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Customer-Configured NanoMax™ Stages (continued)

This high-resolution micrometer drive with 50nmpositional resolution is ideally matched inperformance to the capabilities of the NanoMaxseries stages. Full details on this drive can be foundon page 398.

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") Coarse

with 300µm of Fine Resolution: 0.5µm Coarse

and 50nm Fine

High-Resolution Micrometer

This thumbscrew drive is often used in "set and forget"applications or positioning tasks that require a high degreeof stability, yet have lower resolution requirements.

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") Resolution: 1µm

(500µm Thread Pitch)

Thumbscrew

This stepper motor drive is fully detailed on page 406.When used with our apt™ series stepper motor driver, itprovides 25,600 microsteps per revolution.

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") Resolution: 25nm Holding Torque: 23.1 N•cm

Specifications Travel: 80µm Resolution:

20nm

Specifications Travel: 20µm Resolution: 5nm* Displacement Sensor

Piezoelectric ExtendersThese piezoelectric extenders provide 20µm or 80µm of high-resolution travel to any of the modular drives shown above. The modulardesign allows these extenders to be attached in series with any of Thorlabs’ modular drives. These extenders are ideal for applicationsthat require high-resolution movements over a small range. Coarse adjustments are made using any one of our modular drives shownabove.

Stepper Motor

*Closed Loop

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV002 $ 331.50 £ 208.80 € 308,30 ¥ 3,165.80

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV001 $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV004 $ 101.58 £ 64.00 € 94,50 ¥ 970.10

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV120 $ 1,057.40 £ 666.20 € 983,40 ¥ 10,098.20DRV181 $ 1,055.00 £ 664.70 € 981,20 ¥ 10,075.30

DRV120 DRV181

DRV004

DRV001

DRV002

DXF




5 MutiAxisNanomax 286-297.qxd.P 7/10/07 9:08 AM Page 291



292

3-Axis Flexure Stages Selection GuidePages 293-295

www.thorlabs.com

Free-Space to Single ModeFiber Microscope ObjectiveLaunch System

See Page 293

Free-Space to FC ConnectorizedSingle Mode Fiber GRIN LensLaunch System

See Page 293

Free-Space to PolarizationMaintaining Single Mode FiberLaunch System with Easy LoadVariable Force Rotator

See Page 294

Free-Space to PolarizationMaintaining Single Mode FiberLaunch System with a HighPrecision Fiber Rotator

See Page 294

Free-Space to Single ModeFiber Launch Enhanced by20µm Piezoelectric Actuatorsand Strain GaugeDisplacement Sensors

See Page 295

MAX350 Free-Space to SingleMode Fiber Launch

This system consists of a fast releaseadjustable force fiber clamp and alarge angle bracket, which supportsthe microscope objective holder. Acable strain relief is also included.

MAX355 Free-Space to SingleMode Fiber Launch

This system replaces the microscopeobjective mount with a GRIN lensmount and replaces the fiber clampwith an FC connectorized fibermount.

MAX361 Free-Space to PMSingle Mode Fiber Launch

This system consists of a fast releaseadjustable force fiber rotator and alarge angle bracket, which supportsthe microscope objective holder. Acable strain relief is also included.

MAX365 Free-Space to PMSingle Mode Fiber Launch

This system features our highestquality fiber rotation mount thatensures the fiber is held concentricto the rotational axis of the rotator.Using this system ensures fast, easyalignment of your PM fiber.

NanoTrak™ Series SystemsAn automated optical fiber or waveguidealignment, the NanoMax™ systemincorporates a servo-loop that providesautomatic optimized alignment of singlemode optical components.

MAX373 NanoTrak™ ReadyFree-Space to SMF Launch

This system consists of ourpremium components as well asbeing outfitted with a complete setof piezoelectric actuators and straingauge based displacement sensors.

We Help You

Put It All TogetherSee Pages 372



Specifications Travel: 4mm in XYZ Directions Thermal Stability: 1µm/C° Differential Adjusters:


High Resolution Manual Drives:Provides 50nm of Fine ControlResolution Over a Total Range of 300µm

Crosstalk: Max. 20µm/mm of Travel Repeatability: 500nm RMS

Bidirectional Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Resonant Frequency (±10% Hz):

375Hz (No Load), 200Hz (275g Load),150Hz (575g Load)

Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck(see photograph) of the Stage (From Leftto Right): Large Fixed Bracket, GRINLens Mount, FC Optical Fiber CableHolder, and Cable Strain Relief

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") in XYZ Directions Thermal Stability: 1µm/°C Differential Adjusters:


High-Resolution Manual Drives:Provides 50nm of Fine ControlResolution Over a Total Range of 300µm

Parallel 3-Axis Flexure Mechanism:Allows All Three Drives to be RigidlyAttached to the Main Body of the Stage

Crosstalk: 20µm/mm of Travel (Max) Repeatability:

500nm RMS Bidirectional Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Resonant Frequency (±10% Hz):

375Hz (No Load), 200Hz (275g Load),150Hz (575g Load)

Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck(see photograph) of the Stage (FromLeft to Right): Large Fixed Bracket,Microscope Objective Mount,Adjustable Force Fiber Clamp, andCable Strain Relief

Motion Control

293www.thorlabs.com


MAX350 MAX350/M $ 2,033.00 £ 1,280.80 € 1.890,70 ¥ 19,415.20 NanoMax Fiber Launch System


MAX355 MAX355/M $ 1,946.50 £ 1,226.30 € 1.810,20 ¥ 18,589.10 NanoMax Fiber Launch System for FC Cables

Single Mode Fiber Launch: FC Connectorized Fiber & GRIN LensFC Cable Holder

GRIN LensesAre Ideal FiberCouplingOpticsSee Page 1016

Single Mode Fiber Launch: Bare Fiber

Optical CableStrain Relief

NanoMax™ Model MAX350

The MAX350 series represents the latest generation of single mode fiber launchsystems. It utilizes our patented highly stable flexure design, which has the uniquefeature of allowing all three adjusters to be directly “grounded” (i.e. rigidly connectedto the main structure of the stage). Thisconcept of building a parallel multi-axisstage instead of simply stacking threesingle axis systems together in series isessentially what forms the basis of ourpatented design. By combining thisgrounded multi-axis feature with ourpatented dual stage high resolutionmicrometers we create a fiber launch systemthat ensures “best of the best” performance.When coupling a free-space beam into asingle mode fiber, the critical performancefactors are the resolution and stability ofthe system. The intrinsic stiffness andresultant stability of our flexure system, ascompared to a linear bearing design, provides superiorperformance during the initial alignment of the system as well as its long termoperation. The advantages are a direct result of the system being comprised of onestructure that flexes as opposed to being made from a series of independent movingparts. The resolution is ensured through the unique combination of our highperformance dual stage micrometers and the parallel flexure mechanism that providesa true nanopositioning capability.


One of the most challengingalignment tasks in a photonicslaboratory is the launching of lightfrom a free-space laser into a singlemode optical device or fiber,especially when the laser isoperating in the visible and themode field diameter of the deviceis less than 4µm. This MAX350series of fiber launch systems havebeen newly designed to performthis task with ease. From thepatented high-resolution, dual-stage adjusters (coarse range of4mm with <1µm resolution, andfine range of 300µm with <50nmresolution) to the patented flexuredesign that forms the foundationof the system, this 3-axis translatorprovides both the stability and theresolution required to hitsubmicron targets.

GRIN Lens Mount

Parallel Flexure DesignAllows All 3 Micrometersto be “Grounded”

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Patents6,186,016 and

6,467,762


7/3/07 2:52 PM Page 293


Motion Control

294

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Polarization Fiber Launch: High Performance Fiber Rotator


MAX361 MAX361/M $ 1,957.50 £ 1,233.20 € 1.820,50 ¥ 18,694.10 NanoMax PM Fiber Launch System With Fast Loading Rotator


The MAX361 fiber launch system is configuredfrom our highest-performing flexure stage and threeof our high-resolution, dual stage micrometers. Thiscombination provides both the resolution and thestability required to achieve true submicronpositional control. The system features the HFR007fiber rotator which provides the added degree ofrotational freedom that is required to optimize theextinction ratio of a PM fiber. By using our latestgeneration 3-axis translation stage, this newMAX361 polarization-maintaining fiber launchsystem provides a substantial improvement overlinear bearing based designs or other less advanced3-axis flexure stages. The base translator utilizes ourpatented, highly stable, flexure design, which hasthe unique feature that all three adjusters are rigidlyconnected to the fixed portion of the main structureof the stage. Competing products either utilize threestacked individual stages, or at best are designed asone integrated system with two of the threeactuators moving along with the moving portion ofthe stage. This “floating” of two of the three drivescauses unwanted motion in the form of cross-talkwhen the actuators are touched by the operatorshand, thus impeding true nanopositioning.



Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Rotation: Continuous Rotation

Over a Full 360° High Resolution Manual Drives: Provides

50nm of Fine Control Resolution Over aTotal Range of 300µm

Parallel 3-Axis Flexure Mechanism: AllowsAll Three Drives to be Rigidly Attached tothe Main Body of the Stage

Cross-Talk: 20µm/mm of Travel, Max Resonant Frequency (±10% Hz):

375Hz (No Load) 200Hz (275g Load)150Hz (575g Load)

Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck (SeePhotograph) of the Stage (From Left toRight): Large Fixed Bracket, MicroscopeObjective Mount, and Fiber Rotator WithAdjustable Clamping Force

Polarization Maintaining Single Mode Fiber Launch: Easy Load The Microscope Objective is SoldSeparately (See Page 658)

Patents 6,186,016and 6,467,762



High Resolution Manual Drives:Provides 50nm of Fine ControlResolution Over a Total Range of 300µm

Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) CrossTalk:

20µm/mm of Travel, Max Repeatability: 500nm RMS Bidirectional Resonant Frequency (±10% Hz):

375Hz (No Load) 200Hz (275g Load),150Hz (575g Load)

Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck(See Photograph) of the Stage (From Leftto Right) Large Fixed Bracket,Microscope Objective and Precision FiberRotator


The MAX365 has all of the high performance features of the MAX361 detailed above with the additionof an enhanced fiber rotator. Rotating a fiber in a typical rotation mount can introduce 10 to 20µm oflateral core offset. Although this offset can be corrected for by making lateral movements, this actioncomplicates the alignment procedure. Hence, it should be avoided if possible by using a precision fiberrotator. The MAX365 produces amaximum core offset of 2µmduring continuous rotation. Agraduated knob and vernierscale provide smooth,continuous, angularrotation through 360degrees with a resolution(setting sensitivity) of less thanone degree. The fiber is side-loaded andcan also be held in place via theintegrated vacuum chuck, which isideal for applications that requirequick fiber changes.


MAX365 MAX365/M $ 3,221.50 £ 2,029.50 € 2.996,00 ¥ 30,765.30 NanoMax PM Fiber Launch With Precision Rotator

Parallel FlexureDesign With

all 3 Micrometers“Grounded”

Microscope Objective SoldSeparately (See Page 658) Patents

6,186,016 and6,467,762

7/3/07 2:53 PM Page 294


Motion Control

295

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The apt (Advanced Positioning Technology) series NanoTrak™ controller combinesan active-feedback optical alignment system and a two channel piezoelectric

controller into a single benchtop unit. Although used primarily for aligningoptical fibers and integrated optical devices, the enhancedNanoTrak is ideal for simplifying and automating tasks suchas waveguide characterization and fiber pigtailing.

The NanoTrak alignment controller allows direct opticalcoupling of the fiber optic into the controller; consequently,the transmitted power through an optical system can beconstantly controlled. The NanoTrak uses advanced Fourier

analysis and digital filtering detection techniques to calculatecorrection voltages that are then directly applied to the piezeolectric

actuators to achieve automatic alignment.

Specifications Manual Travel: 4mm in XYZ

Directions Thermal Stability: 1µm/C° Differential Adjusters:


Piezoelectric Travel: 20µm in XYZDirections

Manual Drive Resolution:Provides 50nm Resolution Overa 300µm Travel Range

Piezoelectric Actuator Resolution:5nm When Operating With InternalPiezo Displacement Sensors.

Maximum Piezoelectric DriveVoltage: 75VDC

Crosstalk: 20µm/mm of Travel, Max Accessories: Referring to the

Photograph (From Left to Right):Large Fixed Angle Bracket, MicroscopeObjective Mount, Adjustable ForceFiber Clamp, and Cable Strain Relief

Resonant Frequency (±10%): 375Hz (No Load) 200Hz (275g Load)150Hz (575g Load)

Total Package Weight: 1kg (2.2lbs) Deck Height: 62.5mm From the Base

of the Stage to the Mounting Surfacesof the Moving Platform, the AccessoryBeam Height is 75mm From theBottom Surface of the Stage

Note: All measurements related to the performance of thepiezoelectric actuators are made with Thorlabs’ modelBPC002 piezo driver, which can be found on page 370.

Single Mode Fiber Launch System: 20µm Piezos and Sensors

NanoMax™ Stages: High Resolution Manual Adjusters and PiezoelectricActuators

The MAX373 fiber launch system is built from our MAX311 3-axis translationstage; for details on this stage, please see page 287. This stage and accessory packageare ideally suited for use with our NanoTrak™ auto-alignment system (see page372 for details). The 20µm of piezoelectric travel provides sufficient electricalcontrol of the position of the optical fiber to ensure rapid “first-light” detection aswell as automatic optimization of the coupling efficiency.

Closed-Loop Piezoelectric Actuators

The MAX373 utilizes three strain gauge displacement sensors to provide a voltagesignal that is linearly proportional to the displacement of the piezoelectric element.Using this signal, it is possible to compensate for hysteresis, creep, or thermal driftthat is inherent to all piezoelectric elements. Additionally, the use of thedisplacement sensor in combination with our NanoTrak™ auto-alignment systemallows one to optimize precisely the coupling efficiency of an optical system; then,once aligned, the displacement sensors can be used to stabilize the position of thesystem while subsequent operations are performed.

Displacement Sensor

The strain gauge displacementsensor, directly attached to thebody of the piezoelectricelement, provides an analogsignal that is proportional toits displacement. Whencombined with low noiseelectronics, the resolutionobtained is better than 5nm.

SMC PiezoConnector


MAX373 MAX373/M $ 3,350.70 £ 2,110.90 € 3.116,20 ¥31,999.20 NanoMax SM Fiber Launch System with Piezos & Sensors

Patents6,186,016 &

6,467,762


Auto-Alignment Fiber Launch System-BNT001

See Page 372

See Page 895

Laser SafetyGoggles

7/3/07 2:53 PM Page 295


Motion Control

296

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

13mm Travel 3-Axis RollerBlock™ Integral Bearing Stages

The RollerBlock™ XYZ translation stagefeatures cross roller bearing assemblies thatensure low stiction for true submicronresolution. An adjustable preload virtuallyeliminates all unwanted side play.

The combination steel and aluminum constructionof the RollerBlock™ translator is ideally suited for abroad range of photonics applications. The crossedroller bearing design provides a vertical load capacityof 4.4kg (9.7lbs) while maintaining the submicronresolution provided by the high-precision actuators.The integrated XYZ design, compared with othermodular approaches, provides a more compact stage,which enables this three-axis translator to meet theperformance demands of many positioningapplications over the entire 13mm (0.5") translationrange. Compared to translation stages constructedfrom stacking single axis stages, the unibodyapproach with steel construction provides improvedproduct lifetime as well as enhanced thermalstability.

The moveable deck has a full 13mm (0.5") of travelin three orthogonal directions and includesmounting features that allow our full line of opticalmounting accessories (see page 319) to be directlyattached to its surface. The deck height of thiscompact stage matches the 62.5mm deck height ofour flexure-based translation stages featured on page279. Utilizing this standard deck height allows thislonger travel stage to be incorporated into complexoptical systems built around our popular flexurebased stages that comprise our PiezoBlock,MicroBlock, and NanoMax series. One simpleexample of this cross-series compatibility is shown inthe photograph on the bottom of the next page.

RB13D(Left-Handed Version Also Available)

Moveable Top Plate, 62.5mm DeckHeight, ±6.5mm of Travel in XYZ

High PerformanceDifferential Micrometers

Features Cross Roller Bearing Design High-Load Capacity Hardened Steel Construction on All Wear Surfaces for Excellent Long

Term Stability Extensive Line of Accessories Compact Modular Design Available in Left- or Right-Handed Versions

Specifications Manual Travel: 13mm (0.5") in

XYZ Directions Coarse Adjustment Range: 13mm

(0.5") Coarse Adjustment Pitch: 0.5mm Fine Adjustment Range: 300µm Fine Adjustment Pitch: 0.5µm Deck Height: 62.5mm (2.46")

XYZ Directions Load Capacity: 4.4kg (9.7lbs)

7/3/07 2:53 PM Page 296


Motion Control

297

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

RollerBlock Adapter Plate,1/4"-20 (M6) and #8-32 (M4) Convert the RollerBlock Into a

General Purpose Optical Table Translator Easily Replaces Slotted Top Plate via Four

Mounting Screws.This optional mounting plate has a generous array of both 1/4"-20 (M6)and #8-32 (M4) mounting holes to adapt the RollerBlock to generalpurpose optical table applications.

13mm Travel 3-Axis RollerBlock™ Integral Bearing Stages (cont.)In the photograph we show a complete fiber launch system built from ourMicroBlock™ line of accessories.

Through the careful placement of the crossed-roller bearings within theRollerBlock™ translator, the bearing surfaces are protected from contamination.This enhances the product lifetime when compared to competing mounts that haveexposed bearing surfaces.

30µm PiezoelectricAssisted RollerBlock™ Manual Micrometer Drive:

13mm (0.5") Travel,5µm/Graduation

Piezoelectric Range:30µm @ 75V

Piezoelectric Resolution: 30nm withThorlabs’ Controller (See Page 370)

For applications requiring very precise positional control, themanual drives can be replaced with piezo-adjusted differentialmicrometers. With these drives (see page 399), the stageprovides submicron manual resolution that is supplimentedwith 30nm piezoelectric resolution. Our high-performancepiezoelectric controllers are an ideal companion product forthis stage (see pages 370-372 for details).

Micrometer Drive RollerBlock™ Steel Construction on All Wear Surfaces Manual Micrometer Drives 13mm (0.5")

Travel, 10µm/Graduation Compact Micrometers

13mm Travel RollerBlock™ Stages Available With Micrometers, Differential Adjusters and 30µm PiezosITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

RB13D RB13D/M $ 2,754.00 £ 1,735.00 € 2.561,20 ¥ 26,300.70 3-Axis RollerBlock with Differential MicrometersRB13M RB13M/M $ 1,395.70 £ 879.30 € 1.298,00 ¥ 13,328.90 3-Axis RollerBlock with MicrometersRB13P1 RB13P1/M $ 51.00 £ 32.10 € 47,40 ¥ 487.10 1/4"-20(M6) and #8-32(M4) Adapter Plate

How can I build a complete fiber launchsystem using the RollerBlock™ translator?

AnswerAs shown in the photograph, you can build a complete fiberlaunch system using the RollerBock™ translator. You willneed the complete parts from the list below.

Parts ListItem Number Description/Function Page #RB13D 13mm Translation Stage 297

HFV001 Optical Fiber Clamp 327

HCS013 Microscope Objective Holder 324

AMA025 Fixed Height Platform 320

RMS10X Microscope Objective 658

RollerBlock™ WithPiezo AssistedMicrometers

RB13P1

Micrometer With 30µmPiezoelectric Actuator

RB13MRollerBlock™ With SimpleMicrometer Drives

Question

For applications that require highstability and high load capacity but donot require the high resolution of our

performance actuators, the modelRB13M is an ideal choice.



Motion Control

298

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

MicroBlock™ 4-Axis Low-Profile Device Platform, 62.5mm Deck HeightVertical6mm Range

Horizontal13mm Range

Yaw±5° Range

Pitch±5° Range


MBT402 MBT402/M $ 2,040.00 £ 1,285.20 € 1.897,20 ¥ 19,482.00 MicroBlock 4-Axis Low-Profile Positioner

The use of nested flexure elements ensure smooth,continuous motion over all three rotational axesmaking this device ideally suited for highresolution optical applications. Aside from the lowprofile, the key feature that this particular stageoffers is the easy accessibility of the movingplatform. As can be seen from the photographabove, the moving platform is accessible fromthree of the four sides; this feature maximizes thefree space available for additional equipment thatyour setup may require.

An exampleshowing fiber to

fiber alignment witha MAX303 stage

and MBT402.

Patents6,186,016

Deck Height62.5mm

Specifications Travel:

• Coarse Travel:– Horizontal Axis (x) 13mm (0.5")– Vertical Axis (y) 6mm (0.24")– Pitch Axis (θy) 10°– Yaw Axis (θz) 10°

• Fine Travel:– Horizontal Axis 300µm– Vertical Axis 300µm – Pitch Axis 30arcmin – Yaw Axis 12arcmin

Resolution: • Coarse Travel:

– Horizontal Axis 1µm– Vertical Axis 1µm – Pitch Axis 40arcsec– Yaw Axis 20arcsec

• Fine Travel:– Horizontal Axis 50nm – Vertical Axis 50nm– Pitch Axis 2arcsec – Yaw Axis 1arcsec

Deck Height: 62.5mm to theMounting Surface of the MovingPlatform, Accessory Beam Heightis 75mm Measured From the BottomSurface of the Stage

Load Capacity: 500g (1.1lbs) Weight: 750g (1.7lbs)

This Low Profile MicroBlock™ Device Platform is a compact, cost-effective,four-axis positioner designed for precise orientation of photonics components andother planar devices. This device is intended to allow a complex optical element thateither has multiple single mode ports or has angled output surfaces to be properlypositioned with respect to one of our high-performance stages. The fourindependent degrees of freedom provide 13mm of horizontal translation, 6mm ofvertical translation, 10° of pitch, and 10° of yaw.

This stage when combined with any of our three axis stages (MicroBlock™,NanoMax™, PiezoBlock™, or RollerBlock™ on pages 279, 286, or 296,respectively) is ideal for building high performance fiber launch or single modewaveguide couplers (see photograph below). The 13mm of horizontial travel allowsthe individual channels of a multichannel waveguides to be readily accessed.

6 MultiAxis 4-5-6 298-309.qxd.P 7/5/07 7:35 PM Page 298


Motion Control

299

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

MicroBlock™ 4-Axis Device Platform, 62.5mm Deck Height

MBT401

This MicroBlock™ Device Platform provides four degrees of freedom, twotranslation and two rotation. The 62.5mm deck height is compatible with our3-Axis MicroBlock™, NanoMax™, PiezoBlock™, and RollerBlock™ families ofstages. The photograph below shows the MBT401 4-axis system integrated into alarger setup that contains both a long travel RollerBlock stage, as well as a 4mm travelNanoMax 3-Axis flexure stage. We recommend this narrow platform positioning

system for applications that require a device tobe positioned between two coupling stages. Theextensive selection of accessories that arepresented at the end of this section (see page319), are all compatible with the platform stagespresented in this section.

Given the large array of possible solutions toany particular alignment challenge, Thorlabsrecommends that you contact one of ourregional offices for expert technical assistance inconfiguring a system that is ideally suited toyour specific needs.

Vertical6mm Range

Yaw±5° Range

Patent 6,186,016

Deck Height62.5mm


MBT401 MBT401/M $ 1,870.00 £ 1,178.10 € 1.739,10 ¥ 17,858.50 MicroBlock 4-Axis Narrow Platform Positioner


• Coarse Travel:– Horizontal Axis (x) 13mm (0.5")– Vertical Axis (y) 6mm (0.24")– Pitch Axis (θy) 10°– Yaw Axis (θz) 10°

• Fine Travel:– Horizontal Axis 300µm– Vertical Axis 300µm – Pitch Axis 30arcmin – Yaw Axis 30arcmin


– Horizontal Axis 1µm– Vertical Axis 1µm – Pitch Axis 40arcsec – Yaw Axis 40arcsec

• Fine Travel:– Horizontal Axis 50nm – Vertical Axis 50nm– Pitch Axis 2arcsec – Yaw Axis 2arcsec

Deck Height: 62.5mm to theMounting Surface of the MovingPlatform, Accessory Beam Heightis 75mm Measured From the BottomSurface of the Stage

Load Capacity: 500g (1.1lbs) Weight: 1kg (2.2lbs)


Pitch±5° Range

DXF







Motion Control

300

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoBlock™ 4-Axis Device Platform, 112.5mm Deck HeightThis NanoBlock™ device platform is offered as a cost-effective, four-axispositioner designed for the precise orientation of integrated optical oroptoelectronic devices as well as general photonic components. With a112.5mm deck height, this system is intended to allow advanced opticalalignment stations to be built from our high performance NanoMax series6-axis waveguide alignment system that is presented on page 303. For opticalelements that have either multiple single mode port or have angled input andoutput facets, this device platform provides a convenient means for properlypositioning them with respect to our high performance NanoMax6-axis stages. Please note that we only recommend this device for the staticpositioning of the optical element or device; for the best results, anyoptimization of the coupling efficency should be accomplished using a matingpositioning system. The four independent degrees of freedom provide 13mmof horizontal translation, 6mm of vertical translation, 8° of pitch, and 8° ofyaw. The 13mm of horizontal travel allows the individual channels of amultichannel waveguide to be readily accessed.

The use of flexure hinges is the enabling element that makes this multi-axispositioning device appropriate for the ultra-precise, backlash-free orientation ofany integrated optical or optoelectronic device. This system has flexure hingesfor the rotational degrees of freedom. Both of the linear degrees of freedom areachieved using traditional bearing stages to obtain the longer travel. For devicecharacterization or industrial pigtailing applications, it is recommended that aNanoTrak™ control unit be used to servo-control the vertical and horizontalaxes of the NanoMax stage that positions the input/output fibers.

NBM413Patent 6,86,016

Vertical 6mmRange

Yaw±4° Range

Pitch±4° Range

Deck Height112.5mm


• Course Travel:– Horizontal Axis (y)

13mm (0.5") – Vertical Axis (z)

6mm (0.24")– Pitch Axis (θy) 8°– Yaw Axis (θz) 8°• Fine Travel:– Horizontal Axis 300µm – Vertical Axis 300µm – Pitch Axis 30arcmin– Yaw Axis 10arcmin

Resolution: • Coarse Travel:– Horizontal Axis 1µm– Vertical Axis 1µm – Pitch Axis 40arcsec– Yaw Axis 20arcsec • Fine Travel:– Horizontal Axis 50nm – Vertical Axis 50nm – Pitch Axis 2arcsec– Yaw Axis 1arcsec

Deck Height:112.5mm to the Mounting Surfacesof the Moving Platform, AccessoryBeam Height is 125mm From theBottom Surface of the Stage

Patented6,186,016


NBM413 NBM413 /M $ 3,827.02 £ 2,411.00 € 3.559,10 ¥ 36,548.00 NanoBlock 4-Axis Device Platform, 112.5mm Deck Height

Innovative ideas to help you

get results you expect. Visit us

at www.thorlabs.com and let

us know what you think.


The Nanopositioning Tools LineSee Page 310The apt™600 Seriesnanopositioning systemoffers superior performancewith six axes of motion,modular and interchangeableactuators, all within a smallpackage that is just 60mmthick, (see page 310 for details).

Horizontal 13mm Range

7/3/07 2:55 PM Page 300


Motion Control

301

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoBlock™ 5-Axis Device Platform, 112.5mm Deck Height

NBM513


YAW

PITCH

This 5-Axis Device Platform is designed to be used inconjunction with the NanoMax™ 600 six-axiswaveguide manipulator. It is well suited forapplications that require an optical element orassembly to be held at a fixed position in front of ahigh performance multi-axis alignment system. Thefive degrees of freedom that this device offers allowsthe fixed portion of the optical assembly to bepositioned such that it has the proper orientationwith respect to another positioning stage. Thephotograph below shows the NBM513, five-axisDevice Platform, mounted next to our highperformance NanoMax™ 300 (MAX313), which isuniquely qualified in its ability to perform complexoptical alignment routines at the nanometer level.(see page 286 for details).

The NBM513, 5-Axis Device Platform has flexurehinges for all the rotational degrees of freedom; boththe x and y linear axes utilize traditional bearingstages to provide for longer travel. The top deck ofthe NBM513 is located 112.5mm above the bottommounting surface of the device and is designed toaccept any of the accessories that are featured onpages 319-335.


NBM513 NBM513 /M $ 5,909.47 £ 3,723.00 € 5.495,80 ¥ 56,435.40 NanoBlock 5-Axis Device Platform, 112.5mm Deck Height


• Coarse Travel:– Optical Axis (x)

13mm (0.5")– Horizontal Axis (y)

13mm (0.5") – Vertical Axis (z) 6mm – Pitch Axis (θy) 8°– Yaw Axis (θz) 8°

• Fine Travel:– Optical Axis 300µm– Horizontal Axis 300µm– Vertical Axis 300µm – Pitch Axis 30arcmin– Yaw Axis 10arcmin


– Optical Axis 1µm – Vertical Axis 1µm – Horizontal Axis 1µm– Pitch Axis 40arcsec– Yaw Axis 20arcsec

• Fine Travel:– Optical Axis 50nm – Vertical Axis 50nm – Horizontal Axis 50nm – Pitch Axis 2arcsec – Yaw Axis 1arcsec

Deck Height: 112.5mmto the Mounting Surfaceof the Moving Platform,Accessory Beam Height is125mm Measured Fromthe Bottom Surface ofthe Stage

Load Capacity: 500g(1.1lbs)

Optical Axis13mm Range

Vertical6mm Range

7/3/07 2:55 PM Page 301


EFFORTLESSNANOPOSITIONING Introducing Our New Line ofNanopositioningTechnology

• 6-Axis Nanopositioning stages.

• Modular Actuators

• Full Line of Accessories

Optional Built-In PiezoActuators•

Active Feedback •

Full Line of Accessories •.

• Highly Stable Flexure Systems

• Single Mode Fiber Coupling

• Fiber–Fiber & Free Space Fiber Launch

• Waveguide Manipulators

• 4-, 5-, and 6-Axis

• Linear and Rotational

NanopositioningStages Page 286

Multi-AxisFlexure Stages

Page 296

Advanced Nanopositioning

Technology Page 310

Fiber LaunchSystems Page 292

• Auto Alignment

• Piezoelectric Control

• Stepper Motor Control

• Fully IntegratedMotion Control Systems

Advanced PositioningControllers Page 314

Application Specialist Contact: Thorlabs Tech Support 973-579-7227 [email protected]

7/3/07 2:55 PM Page 302

[email protected]

Motion Control

303www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief TutorialsSIX MODELS MAX601 – 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage

with Differential Micrometers (see page 306) MAX602 – 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage

with Internal Piezos and DifferentialMicrometers (see page 306)

MAX603 – 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stagewith Internal Closed-Loop Piezos andDifferential Micrometers (see page 306)

MAX604 – 6-Axis Motorized PositioningStage with Stepper Motors (see page 307)

MAX605 – 6-Axis Motorized PositioningStage with Internal Piezos and Stepper Motors(see page 307)

MAX606 – 6-Axis Motorized PositioningStage with Internal Closed-Loop Piezos andStepper Motors (see page 307)

NANOMAX™ 600 6-AXISWAVEGUIDE POSITIONERA powerful tool for nanopositioning, the NanoMax™ 600 Seriesoffers two innovative features: a common point of rotation and apatented design that fixes all actuators to the fixed world.

Patent6,186,016

& 6,467,762

Need a customconfigured stagewith a uniqueset of options.See page 308 orcall Thorlabs tospeak with atechnicalsupport expert.

Drive Options

APPLICATION OF ANANOMAX™ 600 SERIESWAVEGUIDEPOSITIONER

7/3/07 2:56 PM Page 303


Motion Control

304

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 600 6-Axis Parallel Flexure Stage

What Makes the NanoMax™ 600 Better? For complex, multi-axis positioning,parallel flexure stages that incorporate three or more degrees of freedom into a singlecompact unit provide significantly improved performance over serialized stacks oftranslation stages. The Thorlabs patented parallel flexure technology lies at the heartof the NanoMax family of nanopositioning stages. The starting point for theconceptual design is the observation that the motion of a rigid body has six uniquedegrees of freedom. Each actuator should subtract one degree of freedom from thebody so that with six actuators the body becomes fully constrained. This contrastswith serial designs that use a stack of single degree of freedom mechanisms toachieve the same result.

Reduced Part Count Improves Performance. The beauty of our parallel flexureapproach is its simplicity. Designers and users of nanopositioning equipment knowthat to transmit motion accurately it is preferable to have as few moving parts actingin series as possible. At each interface between parts, microscopic friction can occur.Such friction tends to be unpredictable and uncontrollable and is therefore the mostundesirable element of any high performance design. Parallel flexure stages have veryfew moving parts and can transmit motion very precisely.

Tests performed over 30µm in 1µm steps have yielded root-mean-squared bi-directional repeatability of 30nm, or 0.1% of full range for the NanoMax600 series

of stages. These results are made possible by the inherentsuperior performance of the parallel flexure mechanism thateliminates static and kinematic friction within the stage.

Stacked Systems Versus Inherently Parallel Multi-AxisStage Design. Multi-axis systems are traditionally built byconnecting together a series of single-axis mechanisms, asshown in the Diagram ‘A’. As the number of axes increases,

the design grows in complexity andbecomes cumbersome. In addition,stacking drives reduces stiffness and canintroduce a host of positioning errors.

All traditional designs of multi-axisstages – roller bearings, ball bearings, orflexures – suffer from the buildup oferrors as stages are stacked. For a simplestacking of two stages, two main errorsmust be considered: cosine and Abbeerrors. The cosine error arises when theaxes of two stages are not alignedorthogonal to each other. The Abbe

error arises from the finite height of the upperstage. Any angular roll, pitch, or yaw errors in thelower stage will be amplified by the overall heightof the stacked system. The situation is particularlypronounced for a six-axis stage, where themechanism providing the sixth degree of freedomis stacked atop five other stages. All of the errorsin the preceding stages combine to make theoverall volumetric accuracy of the complete stackfar worse than the errors associated with anyindividual stage.

Our Patented Parallel Flexure Design isIntrinsically Superior. The NanoMax600 stagehas been at the forefront of nanopositioningtechnology for a number of years. The parallelflexure design of the stage provides an unmatchedcombination of high stability and resolution in asix-axis nanopositioner. The mechanical stiffness isan order of magnitude higher than traditionalserial flexure designs. In addition to those alreadymentioned, there are several other intrinsicadvantages of the parallel flexure design, includinga much lower working height compared to othertraditional stacked axis designs, additionalresistance to external forces, and significantimprovements to damping capabilities. Also, sincethere are fewer moving parts, there is a reductionin the inertia of the moving platform, leading toexcellent dynamic performance and making thisproduct ideal for fast automated alignment.

A parallel stage design solves the problem of errorbuildup. The enabling design step was to conceiveof the flexure as a rigid rod that has a flexiblecoupling at each end thus leading to exactly tworotational degrees of freedom. This rod structureconstrains the motion of the stage platform, thusconnecting the platform to the “fixed world.” Sixsuch rods provide the six independent constraintsneeded to restrain the stage platform, neitherover- nor under-constraining it.

Patented6,186,0166,467,762

MAX603

Diagram A

Features Large Range of Motion 4mm (0.16") (x, y, z), and 6°(θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezoelectric Actuators for Closed-Loop Operation High Resolution High Stiffness Flexure Design, 1 N/µm in x and z, 0.5 N/µm in y Thermal Stability <100 nm/ºC for 15-30°C High Resonant Frequency Optical Height: 125mm (4.92") Deck Height: 112.5mm (4.43") Active Thermal Compensation Patented Parallel Flexure Mechanism with Fixed Drives Common Pivot Point for All Degrees of Freedom Simplifies

Alignment Low Maintenance

Specifications Stiffness Flexure Design: 1 N/µm

in x and z, 0.5 N/µm in y Optical Height: 125mm (4.92") Deck Height: 112.5mm (4.43")

See Page 737

AsphericLenses

7/3/07 2:56 PM Page 304


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

305www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 600 6-Axis Parallel Flexure Stagerarely hinder the alignment of fibers or other optical components since opticalbeams rarely propagate colinearly with the axes of any stage to better than the scaleof the arcuate motion. Furthermore, when using a NanoTrak™ auto-alignmentcontroller (see page 361) these effects are automatically compensated for by thecontroller itself. However, if arcuate motion is a defining parameter of a particularalignment or positioning application, its effects can also be compensated for withsoftware.

Modular Actuators Allow a System to be Quickly Adapted. Designed for ease ofuse, the stage has a selection of modular actuators that may be used in anycombination of stepper motor, external piezoelectric actuators, manual differentialmicrometers, and thumbscrew drives. However, the NanoMax600 range ofnanopositioning stages also includes a number of versions that have internalpiezoelectric actuators giving 30µm of ultra-finetravel, either open-loop or with strain gaugeposition feedback. For increased performanceand stability, the drive voltages are then alsocontrolled by built-in circuitry to compensatefor thermal variations.

The working platform of the NanoMax600™stage offers a 125mm optical axis height whenused with any of the standard tongue andgroove style accessories. Details of theseoptics and optical fiber holders can befound in the same accessory section as forthe MicroBlock™, NanoMax™ 300, andRollerBlock on pages 286-297. Additionally, arange of accessory adapter plates and riser blocksallows the stage to be used together with all ofthe other nanopositioning stages.

Low Maintenance and Long Life Ensured byFlexure Based Mechanism. During operation,the NanoMax600 series of stages do notappreciably suffer from wear and tear due to theminimal number of moving parts. Since thereare no bearings in the moving parts, there is nodegradation of positioning performance with time. This also reduces themaintenance costs since the only parts that may require servicing are the driveactuators. moreover, setups do not need to be completely disturbed in order tomaintain the product. Drives can be very easily and quickly swapped over,minimizing system down time and inconvenience.

Sophisticated Drive Electronics Ideally Suited for Automated Assembly Systems.Thorlabs offers a diverse selection of stepper motor, piezoelectric actuator, and

auto-alignment systems supported withadvanced software packages thatsignificantly ease the task of buildingcomplete alignment systems. Please see ourchapter on Motion Control DriveElectronics that starts on page 347.

To actuate the platform, the ends of the flexurerods not attached to the stage platform areconnected to linear actuators. Linear translationoccurs by moving the appropriate pairs of flexurerods in the same direction whereas rotation occursby moving the appropriate pairs of rods inopposite directions.

All Actuators are Attached to the “FixedWorld.” This 6-axis parallel flexure stage designhas all the benefits of a high performance flexurestage with the added benefit of improvedvolumetric accuracy. This accuracy is better thantraditional designs. A secondary advantage of thedesign is that its actuators are connected to the“fixed world” rather than the “moving world.”This means that, during manual operation,operators can achieve a higher resolution with lessskill. In motorized and automated applications,actuator vibration and shocks have little affect onthe stage’s moving platform.

A Common Pivot Point Simplifies AnyAlignment Challenge. A unique mechanicalfeature of the NanoMax600 is that there is asingle common pivot point for all three of therotation axes. In practical terms this means thatthe need for compensating lateral movement isnearly eliminated when making rotationalalignment movements. For complex alignmentsof planar optical devices this can vastly reduce thetime required for optimizing a system.

It is worth remembering that parallel flexures, likeserial flexures, exhibit cross-talk or “arcuatemotion”. As a stage is moved to either side of itscentral position, transverse arcuate displacementsof approximatey 10µm per millimeter of traveloccur. If several axes are moved at once, thecombined effect can be greater; however unlikethe random positioning errors found intraditional stages, this cross-talk is highlypredictable and hence can be corrected via smalladjustments. Although these arcuatedisplacements are sometimes of concern, they

APPLICATION OF A PARALLELFLEXURE STAGE

7/3/07 2:57 PM Page 305


Motion Control

306

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 600, Manual 6-Axis Parallel Stage


MAX603 MAX603/M $ 12,420.00 £ 7,824.60 € 11.550,60 ¥ 118,611.00 NanoMax 6-Axis Manual Stage with Piezos & Sensors


MAX602 MAX602/M $ 10,133.00 £ 6,383.80 € 9.423,70 ¥ 96,770.20 NanoMax 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage with Piezos


MAX601 MAX601/M $ 6,069.00 £ 3,823.50 € 5.644,20 ¥ 57,959.00 NanoMax 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage

NanoMax 601: Differential Manual Drives, No Piezos

NanoMax 603: Differential Manual Drives, Piezoelectric Actuators, & Displacement Sensors

NanoMax 602: Differential Manual Drives & Piezoelectric Actuators

Two Models Offered with Piezoelectric Actuators Piezoelectric Linear Travel: 30µm Linear and 1.8arcmin

Angular in Each Direction Displacement Sensor (MAX603 Model): Increases Resolution

By a Factor of 4 and Enables Closed-Loop Operation Piezoelectric Drive Voltage: Maximum Piezoelectric Drive

Voltage is 75VDC

Piezoelectric Actuator & OptionalDisplacement Sensor

The strain gauge displacement sensor, directly attached to the body of thepiezoelectric element, provides an analog signal that is proportional to itsdisplacement. With low noise electronics, the resolution obtained is betterthan 7nm over a 30µm range.

SpecificationsTravel: Coarse Travel:

4mm (0.16”) (x, y, z), 6° (θx, θy, θz) Fine Travel:

300µm (x, y, z), 18arcmin (θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezo Actuators:

30µm (x, y, z), 1.8arcmin (θx, θy, θz) Stiffness:

1N/µm in x and z, 0.5N/µm in y Resonant Frequency:

>130Hz (to ±10%) Bidirectional

Resolution & Repeatability: Coarse Travel:

1µm (x, y, z), 4arcsec (θx, θy, θz) Fine Travel:

50nm (x, y, z), 0.3arcsec (θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezoelectric Actuators:

30nm (x, y, z), 0.1arcsec (θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezoelectric Actuator with

Feedback:7nm Closed-Loop (x, y, z),0.03arcsec (θx, θy, θz)

RMS Repeatability: 30nm

General Data: Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Optional Piezoelectric Drive Voltage:

0–75VDC “Moving World” Platform Size:

70mm x 60mm (2.75" x 2.36")

These NanoMax 6-axis stages, fully detailed on the previous two pages, haveall the high stability features inherent in our new patented parallel flexuredesign. The three most important practical results of this completely newdesign approach are the following:

• The common point of rotation is located on the optical axis defined by theaccessory beam height; this feature simplifies, and consequently increases,the speed with which alignment tasks can be performed

• Increased stiffness of the backlash-free flexure mechanism that provides thestage’s movement, a direct result of significantly fewer linkages beingrequired to implement our parallel flexure design and thus providing greaterstability and immunity to vibration as well as improved resistance to externalforces that may arise in the assembly or bonding process

• All six actuators are stationary and held firmly to the “fixed world” by thesystem’s rigid frame. This ensures that the mass of the actuators do not add tothe inertia of the moving platform and isolates the system from the disturbances induced by the operator using the touch controls.

These features, plus many more, make this stage ideal for fiber alignment and positioning tasks, particularly those involving multi-channeloptical waveguides and complex optical circuits.

All models are available in a left-handed configuration; please call for details.

All models are available in a left-handed configuration, please call for details.

Patented6,186,0166,467,762

Your Choice!Require two steppers and one manualdrive for your application or any othercombination of options. Please see page 308to configure a stage to your specific needs.

MAX603

Customer Specific Configurations: As with all our products we encourage you to call usin the event you would like to have a system configured to your specific needs.Also, pleaserefer to page 308 for ordering custom stages.

7/3/07 2:57 PM Page 306


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

307www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 600, Stepper Motor 6-Axis Flexure Stage


MAX606 MAX606/M $ 13,904.00 £ 8,759.50 € 12.930,70 ¥ 132,783.20 NanoMax 6-Axis Stage, Stepper Motors, Piezos, & Sensors


MAX605 MAX605/M $ 11,617.00 £ 7,318.70 €10.803,80 ¥ 110,942.40 NanoMax 6-Axis Positioning Stage, Stepper Motors & Piezos


MAX604 MAX604/M $ 7,553.00 £ 4,758.40 € 7.024,30 ¥ 72,131.20 NanoMax 6-Axis Positioning Stage with Stepper Motors

NanoMax 604: Stepper Motors, No Piezos

NanoMax 606: Stepper Motors, Piezoelectric Actuators, & Displacement Sensors

NanoMax 605: Stepper Motors, & Piezoelectric Actuators

All models are available in a left handed configuration, please call for details.

These motorized NanoMax 6-axis stages combine the high thermal and mechanicalstability of our NanoMax™ 600 series stage with the automated control offered byoutfitting the system with micro-stepping stepper motors. When controlled by theapt™-Series Stepper Motor System Controllers, they provide fast, automatedpositioning.

The NanoMax TS series offers inherently low kinematic static friction and virtuallyzero backlash except for that associated with the leadscrew of the stepper motors.These feature combine to produce an automation tool that is capable of 24/7operation with a positional resolution of 20nm that will not degrade in industrialapplications. Compared to traditional flexure designs, the mechanical stiffness is anorder of magnitude higher, this offering additional resistance against the externalforces often encountered in the assembly process. Hence, this stage is ideal for fiberalignment and positioning tasks, particularly those involving multi-channel opticalwaveguides and complex optical circuits.

For an increased level of automation, we offer two models with internal piezoelectricactuators. One of these two is also offered with displacement sensors that attachdirectly to the piezoelectric stacks. This added feature increases the resolution by afactor of 2 and enables closed-loop operation.

SpecificationsTravel: Stepper Motor Range:

4mm (0.16") (x, y, z), 6° (θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezo Actuators:

30µm (x, y, z), 1.8arcmin (θx, θy, θz)Resolution: Stepper Motor Resolution: 20nm

(x, y, z), 0.1arcsec (θx, θy, θz), Testedwith Model BSC103 Stepper MotorDriver

Optional Piezoelectric Actuator:30nm (x, y, z), 0.1arcsec (θx, θy, θz)

Optional Piezoelectric Actuatorwith Feedback: 7nm (x, y, z),0.03arcsec (θx, θy, θz), The StrainGauge Sensors Improve the Resolutionby Ensuring Deterministic Control ofthe Piezo Movement

General Data: Deck Height:

• 112.5mm (4.43") for Mounting Surfaces of the Moving Platform.

• Add an Additional 12.5mm (0.5") for the Accessory Beam Height 125mm (4.92")*

Resonant Frequency: With No Loadon the Stage >130Hz (±10%)

Crosstalk: Maximum 20µm per mmof Travel (Also Known as ArcuateMotion)

Modular Stepper Motor Drives:Hybrid Stepper Motor with 1.8° StepAngle and 23N.cm of Holding Torque

The hybrid stepper motors used in theNanoMax600 series stages have a rotor thatconsists of 50 individual magnetic teeth ideallysuited for micro-stepping applications. Aside fromthe obvious increase in resolution provided byincreasing the steps per revolution from thestandard of 200 to 25,600, microstepping alsoensures smoother low speed motion by producing128 steps per standard 1.8° step, significantlyreducing the vibrational noise inherent with the1.8° steps.

Patented 6,467,762

NanoMax Stepper Motor Based Actuators:Mechanical & Electrical Data

Step Angle: 1.8° Step Accuracy: 5% Rated Phase Current: 1A Phase Resistance: 4.6Ω

Phase Inductance: 10.6mH Holding Torque: 23.1N.cm Detent Torque: 1.7N.cm

MAX605

*Measured from the bottom surface of the stage

DXF




6 MultiAxis 4-5-6 298-309.qxd.P 7/10/07 10:07 AM Page 307



Motion Control

308

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 600, Customer Configured 6-Axis StageThorlabs has designed a complete set of actuators that aremodular and connect to the mating stage within seconds,without the need for any tools.

To configure your own stage, simply choose the NanoMaxbare unit from below and the number and type of actuatorfrom the facing page.

NanoMax™ Stage Only, No Piezos

Patented

6,186,016 & 6,467,762

Use this base unit if your application does not require piezoelectric actuators. Please note thatwhile the drives can be easily changed in the field, the piezoelectric actuators are built directlyinto the body of the stage. If your needs change and you later require piezoelectric actuators,they can be added using the modular piezoelectric extenders shown on the next page.

Adding strain gauge displacement sensors to the internal piezoelectric elements provides 30µmof high resolution motion control (0 to 75V). However, including the strain gauge sensorsimproves the stage’s resolution, linearity and drift performance. For more information on theperformance of the NanoMax™ 600 stage with internal piezos and strain gauge displacementsensors, please refer to page 306.

Adding internal piezoelectric elements to the basic NanoMax™ 600 stage provides 30µm ofhigh resolution motion control (0 to 75V). The typical resolution of these piezo actuators is30nm. Please see page 370 for information on the range of piezoelectric drivers offered byThorlabs.

NanoMax™ Stage with Piezoelectric Actuators

DISPLACEMENT SENSOR


MAX607 MAX607/M $ 4,268.00 £ 2,688.80 € 3.969,20 ¥ 40,759.40


MAX608 MAX608/M $ 8,457.50 £ 5,328.20 € 7.865,50 ¥ 80,769.10


MAX609 MAX609/M $ 10,815.40 £ 6,813.70 € 10.058,30 ¥ 103,287.10

NanoMax™ Stage, Piezoelectric Actuators, & Sensors

7/3/07 2:58 PM Page 308


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

309www.thorlabs.com

NanoMax™ 600, Customer Configured 6-Axis Stage

This high-resolution micrometer drive with 50nmpositional resolution is ideally matched inperformance to the capabilities of the NanoMaxseries stages. Full details on this drive can be foundon page 398.

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") Coarse

with 300µm of Fine Resolution: 0.5µm Coarse &

50nm Fine

High-Resolution Micrometer

This stepper motor drive is fully detailed on page 406.When used with our apt™ series stepper motor driver, itprovides 25,600 microsteps per revolution.

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16") Resolution: 25nm Holding Torque: 23.1 N-cm

Specifications Travel: 80µm Resolution: 80nm

Specifications Travel: 20µm Resolution: 5nm (Closed-Loop) Displacement Sensor

Piezoelectric ExtendersThese piezoelectric extenders provide 20µm or 80µm of high resolution travel to any of the modular drives shown above. The modulardesign allows these extenders to be attached in series with any of Thorlabs’ modular drives. These extenders are ideal for applicationsthat require high resolution movements over a small range. Coarse adjustments are made using any one of our modular drives.

Stepper Motor

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV001 $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV120 $ 1,057.40 £ 666.20 € 983,40 ¥ 10,098.20DRV181 $ 1,055.00 £ 664.70 € 981,20 ¥ 10,075.30

DRV120 DRV181

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV002 $ 331.50 £ 208.80 € 308,30 ¥ 3,165.80

This Thumbscrew drive is often used in "set and forget"applications or positioning tasks that require a high degreeof stability but have lower resolution requirements.

Specifications Travel: 4mm (0.16")

(Overall) Resolution: 1µm

(500µm Thread Pitch)

Thumbscrew

ITEM# $ £ € RMB

DRV004 $ 101.58 £ 64.00 € 94,50 ¥ 970.10

DRV004

DRV001

DRV002



Motion Control

310

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Designed to Operate in AnyOrientation

SIX MODELS APT601: 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage with

a High Resolution Mechanical Drive.

APT602: 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage withInternal Piezos and High Resolution MechanicalDrives.

APT603: 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage withHigh Resolution Mechanical Drive and InternalClosed-Loop Piezos and Feedback.

APT604: 6-Axis Motorized Positioning Stagewith a High Resolution Stepper Motor Drive.

APT605: 6-Axis Motorized Positioning Stagewith Stepper Motors & Internal Piezos.

APT606: 6-Axis Motorized Positioning Stagewith Internal Closed-Loop Piezos and Feedback.

apt™ 600 SERIES 6-AXISADVANCE POSITIONINGTECHNOLOGY STAGEThe apt™ 600 Series offers a patented design that fixes allactuators to the fixed world.

7/3/07 3:00 PM Page 310


Motion Control

311www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Introducing: apt™ System 6-Axis Positioning StageA New Class of Positioning Systems: TheAPT600 Family of 6-Axis NanopositioningStagesThe APT600 series is based on a novelmechanism for mult-iaxis positioning. This newapt (Advanced Positioning Technology) systemprovides superior performance with six axes ofmotion, modular and interchangeable actuators,small footprint, and multiple mounting surfaces.

Novel Patented DesignAll apt system stages incorporate the patentedguided alignment system using linkage pins in aparallel configuration with a single movingplatform. This technology provides for asubstantially longer travel range as compared toother six-axis positioners.

Compact Package The APT600 six-axis stage is a long-travel,compact, modular, nanopositioning device. Thehighly reduced footprint compared to traditionaldesigns facilitates adding multiple stages in aconfined space; additionally, the actuators(differential drives, motors, piezos, and cables) areall on one side of the stage. These features areoften critical when assembling complex multiple-operation automated assembly systems.

Multiple Functional SurfacesA common weakness of many positioning systemdesigns is that they do not, or cannot, utilize all ofthe available surface area. With a typical six-axis,stacked-bearing stage, the functional surface ofeach individual stage is required to mount thenext stage in the series leaving only the topmoststage free to accommodate accessories andfixtures. Thorlabs' NanoMax™ stages were thefirst to break away from this constraint byproviding fixed mounting surfaces in addition tothe moving platform.

This capability has been further enhanced in theapt system. Now, in addition to attachingcomponents to the moving platform, objects suchas fixtures, cameras, holders, probes, and otherdevices can be mounted directly onto the fixedouter body of the stage via the mounting holes.This simplifies system setup, often eliminating theneed for additional posts, pillars, and brackets,thus saving time, space, and money.

Full Range of Modular Drives & SupportingDrive/Control ElectronicsThe APT600 stage offers interchangeable manualor stepper-motor actuators for all six axes. These

modular drives can be field upgraded to ensure that this stage can meet thechanging needs of present and future advanced nanopositioning applications. Thesystem may also be equipped with internal piezoelectric actuators, with or withoutfeedback capability. These drive options are all supported by a sophisticated libraryof software tools that allow the system designer to take full advantage of theadvanced performance offered by the APT600 family of stages. The companion aptdrive systems incorporate the latest high-speed digital signal processing (DSP), low-noise analog electronics, and ActiveX® software technology. Please see page 364 fordetails on the drive electronics.

Optional Internal Piezos & Closed-Loop OperationSeveral versions of the APT600 series 6-axis stage are offered with piezoelectricelements built directly into the stage. This option is part of the assembly and it musttherefore be included at the time of purchase. The piezoelectric elements add adegree of flexibility that is critical when high resolution nanometer level positioningis required. Adding strain gauge displacement sensors directly to the piezoelectricstacks allows the drift and hysteresis, inherent in all piezo actuators, to be removed.Our apt family of piezo drive electronics (see page 367) utilize the strain gaugesensors to form a feedback loop. The sensors measure the position of the piezo andthe driver circuitry subtracts the measured position from the required position toproduce an error signal. A proportional-integral feedback loop then adjusts thevoltage to the actuator until the error signal is driven to a minimum.

Mechanical/Thermal Performance The impact on the system stability of external mechanical and thermal forcesassociated with common industrial applications are minimized by the mechanicalstiffness and athermal design of the apt stage. Thermal stability is better than1µm/°C around room temperature.

Mechanical Drawing:Manual Drives (No Piezos)The drawing shows the model APT601, which features a full set of six differential micrometerdrives. If your application requires a mixture of mechanical and motorized drives, please see our"customer configurable" series of APT600 products detailed on page 313.

7 MultiAxis apt 310-317.qxd.P 7/5/07 7:39 PM Page 311


Motion Control

312

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Introducing: apt™ System 6-Axis Positioning Stage (cont.)Reduced FootprintMost six-axis stages, independent of their orientation, occupy a large volume, often dominating the available space within a workstation.The size, along with the associated equipment required to build a production system, results in large enclosures, which makes it difficultto locate tooling and work pieces are also limitsaccess for the operator.

The APT600 stage has a narrow body that measures just 60mm (2.36") wide and a considerably smaller envelope than traditional six-axisstages. The fact that all the cables and actuators emerge from the back surface of the stage is a feature that further enhances the utility ofthe device. Additionally, the design of the moving platform provides easy access from all but one side. These features, taken togetherenable the apt stage to be utilized to build high density, specialized, automated assembly workstations.

Flexible OrientationVirtually all other multi-axis stages are designed to be used in a single orientation. However, since the APT600 six-axis stage can beoperated in any orientation, it can be mounted in places and positions impossible with any other stage design. With apt™ stages,designers can build a truly integrated system without working around the alignment system.

Mechanical Drawing: Stepper Motors & PiezosThe drawing shows the model APT606, which features a full set of six stepper motors as well as sixpiezos all with strain gauge displacement sensors. The piezoelectric elements and sensors are housedwithin the main body of the stage. Please note that the piezoelectric elements are incorporated intothe system at the factory and are not a field upgradeable option. Comparing the two mechanicaldrawings shown on this page (one with the piezo option and one without) reveals that the overallpackage size grows by 85mm (3.35") when the piezos are added.

Features A Compact 6-Axis Positioner Multiple Mounting Surfaces Large Range of Motion Modular Interchangeable Actuators

Specifications Travel: 12mm (0.47") (x, y, z),

6° (θx, θy, θz) High Resolution (100nm) Mechanical

Drives or Stepper Motors with 40nmResolution

Optional Piezos 20µm Range, 20nmResolution

Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Thermal Stability: < 1µm/ºC

(15–30°C)

apt™ Series Control ElectronicsSee Pages 374-379

Piezo Controller Stepper Motor Driver NanoTrak

Auto-Alignment

Innovative products to help youto get results.


7 MultiAxis apt 310-317.qxd.P 7/10/07 10:10 AM Page 312


Motion Control

313www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief TutorialsFeatures Slim Package Differential Micrometer Drives All Drives Mounted on One Side

for Easy Access Operates in Any Orientation

The APT601 6-axis positioning stage is a manual version of the apt™ Stage that isfully described on the previous two pages. It provides superior performance with sixaxes of motion, interchangeable actuators, small footprint, and multiple mountingsurfaces. It is based on a novel mechanism design for multi-axis positioning and ischaracterized by exceptional stability, irrespective of the mounting orientation andstage configuration.

All apt™ system stages incorporate the patented guided alignment system usinglinkage pins in a parallel configuration with a single moving platform. Thistechnology provides for a substantially longer travel range as comparedto other six-axis positioners.

The three models featured on this page all have manual differential micrometerdrives; the last two models also have piezoelectric actuators incorporated directlyinto the internal structure of the stage.

APT601Patent Pending

apt™ System Axis Stage, Manual Adjusters, & Piezos


APT603 APT603/M $ 15,470.00 £ 9,746.10 € 14.387,10 ¥ 147,738.50 apt™ 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage with Piezos & Sensors


APT602 APT602/M $ 14,280.00 £ 8,996.40 € 13.280,40 ¥ 136,374.00 apt™ 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage with Piezos


APT601 APT601/M $ 9,937.00 £ 6,260.30 € 9.241,40 ¥ 94,898.40 Advanced Positioning Technology 6-Axis Manual Stage

APT601: Differential Micrometer Drives No Piezo’s

APT603: Differential Micrometer Drives, Piezoelectric Actuators, & Displacement Sensors

APT602: Differential Micrometer Drives, & Piezoelectric Actuators

SpecificationsTravel: Coarse Travel:

12mm (0.47") (x, y, z), 6° (θx, θy, θz) Fine Travel:

300µm (x,y,z), 18arcmin (θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezo Actuators:

20µm (x, y, z), 1.2arcmin (θx, θy, θz)Resolution: Coarse Travel:

1µm (x, y ,z), 4arcsec. (θx, θy, θz) Fine Travel:

100nm (x, y, z), 0.4arcsec(θx, θy, θz)

Optional Piezoelectric Actuators:20nm (x, y, z), 0.07arcsec(θx, θy, θz)

Optional Piezoelectric Actuatorwith Feedback: 5nm (x, y, z),0.02arcsec (θx, θy, θz)

Repeatability:X, Y, and Z– Unidirectional: Better than 1µm

Bidirectional: 5µmØX, ØY and ØZ– Unidirectional: Better than 3arcsec

Bidirectional: 16arcsecGeneral Data: Thermal Stability: (15–30°C):

<1µm/ºC Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lb) Total Weight: 7kg (15.4lb),

Without Drives Optional Piezoelectric Drive

Voltage: 0–75VDC

Specifications 12mm Coarse Travel 300µm Differential Travel 100nm Resolution

The apt™ differential micrometer actuator is intended to be used when only manual control on any of the APT600nanopositioning manipulator stages is required. The design incorporates an ergonomic finger grip to allow simple smooth operationof the fine drive, while the large diameter of the rear differential knob provides sensitive high resolution actuation.

apt™ High ResolutionMicrometer

DXF







Motion Control

314

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

apt™ System 6-Axis Stage, Stepper Motors, and Piezos


APT606 APT606/M $ 19,550.00 £ 12,316.50 € 18.181,50 ¥ 186,702.50 apt™ 6-Axis Stepper Motor Stage with Piezos and Sensors


APT605 APT605/M $ 16,830.00 £ 10,602.90 € 15.651,90 ¥ 160,726.50 apt™ 6-Axis Stepper Motor Positioning Stage with Piezos


APT604 APT604/M $ 11,900.00 £ 7,497.00 € 11.067,00 ¥ 113,645.00 apt™ 6-Axis Stepper Motor Positioning Stage

APT604: Stepper Motors, No Piezos

APT606: Stepper Motors, Piezoelectric Actuators, & Displacement Sensors

APT605: Stepper Motors & Piezoelectric Actuators

SpecificationsTravel: Stepper Motor Range:

12mm (0.47") (x, y, z), 6° (θx, θy, θz) Optional Piezo Actuators:

20µm (x, y, z), 1.2arcmin (θx, θy, θz)Resolution: Stepper Motor Resolution:

40nm (x, y, z), 0.14arcsec(θx, θy, θz), Tested with ModelBPC001 Stepper Motor DriverDetailed on Page 370

Optional Piezoelectric Actuator:20nm (x, y, z), 0.07arcsec(θx, θy, θz)

Optional Piezoelectric Actuatorwith Feedback:5nm (x, y, z), 0.02arcsec(θx, θy, θz), the Strain Gauge SensorsImprove the Resolution By EnsuringDeterministic Control of the PiezoMovement

Repeatability:X, Y, and Z– Unidirectional (Better than 1µm),

Bidirectional (5µm)ØX, ØY, and ØZ– Unidirectional: Better than 3arcsec

Bidirectional: 16arcsecGeneral Data: Total Weight: 15kg (33lbs)

(Including 6 Stepper Motors) Load Capacity: 1kg (2.2lbs) Thermal Drift: <1µm/°C

(15 to 30°C)

PiezoBlock™ Mounted on the6-Axis APT600 Series Stage

Specifications Travel: 12mm (0.47") Resolution: 40nm Based

on 25,600 Microsteps/Rev Maximum Velocity: 6mm/s

The apt™ stepper motor actuator has been designed to be used underhigh work load conditions providing excellent stability when used on theAPT600 series nanopositioning stage. The 25,600 microsteps perrevolution can be achieved when using our apt™ stepper motorcontrollers, which are available in 1 to 12 channel systems. For completedetails on all of our drive electronics, please see the Drive Electronicssection that begins on page 374.

APT Stepper Motor

APB302

APT604



Motion Control

315www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Fiber Clamp for 250µm Jacketed Fiber Easy Load Alignment V Guides Fiber

Into Place Kinematic Base Plate Allows for Fast

Exchange of Accessories Fiber Clamping Provided by Magnetic Forces


HFV601 $ 338.30 £ 213.10 € 314,60 ¥ 3,230.80 APT600 Fiber Clamp for 250µm Diameter Fibers

APT600 Connectorized Fiber Holders

These connectorizedfiber optic cable holdersfeature the samekinematic base systemas our bare fiber holderpresented in the abovesection. A three pointcontact is created by using a groovedbottom plate that contacts the movabledeck of the APT600 stage at threepoints, and a magnetic holding force isused to secure the accessory.

APT600 Blank Component Holder Kinematic Base Snaps into Place for Fast

Exchange of Fixtures Standard Beam Height Marked by Cross

Groove Front Plate Detaches for Easy Machining

of Custom Fixtures

HBB601


HBB601 $ 176.00 £ 110.90 € 163,70 ¥ 1,680.80 Blank Component Holder

The blank component holder is intended to fulfill theneed for custom fixturing that can mount uniquedevices to the APT600 series stage. The bottomsurface of this holder has the same kinematic locatingfeatures as the other accessories shown on this page.These features allow devices to be exchanged inseconds allowing increased up-time of the system.

This fast release fiber clamp is designed to snap into place on the deck of the APT600 series stage. A kinematic arrangement of mountingfeatures as well as strong rare earth magnets ensure it is held securely. This novel design provides for rapid exchange of accessories forindustrial applications that require a high throughput of devices. Using duplicate tooling allows the operator to pre-load the nextcomponent while the current device is being processed.

APT600 Series Fiber Clamp

HFV601

HFB601SMA Style Connector


HFB601 $ 188.70 £ 118.90 € 175,50 ¥ 1,802.10 APT600 SMA Style Connectorized Cable MountHFB602 $ 188.70 £ 118.90 € 175,50 ¥ 1,802.10 APT600 ST Style Connectorized Cable MountHFB603 $ 178.50 £ 112.50 € 166,00 ¥ 1,704.70 APT600 FC/PC Style Connectorized Cable MountHFB604 $ 178.50 £ 112.50 € 166,00 ¥ 1,704.70 APT600 SC Style Connectorized Cable Mount

Accepts Rectangular Fiber Arrays up to 12mm Wide Simple Load/Unload Provided by a Single Actuator Knob Kinematic Base Plate Allows for Fast Exchange of

Accessories Pivots Up to 8° to Allow for Angle Polished Fibers


HFA603 $ 1,020.00 £ 642.60 € 948,60 ¥ 9,741.00 APT600 Adjustable Fiber Array Holder

HFA603

Directly Accepts Industry StandardConnectors

Kinematic Base Plate Allows for FastExchange of Accessories

All Stainless Steel Construction

HFB603FC StyleConnector

HFB604SC StyleConnector

HFB602ST StyleConnector

APT600 Adjustable Fiber Array Holder

The adjustable fiber array holder is designed to accept any rectangular device that is less than 12mm in width and less than 4mm inthickness. Three angled clamping cylinders provide a slight downward pressure on the device while the three point contact ensuresstability. One of the clamping cylinders is mounted on a flexure rod that provides a spring loading of the device being clamped.

7/3/07 3:01 PM Page 315


Motion Control

316

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

KJP601 – Mounts theAPT600 Stage in aHorizontal Orientation orStack Several Stages Together

KBB601 – Bolt ComponentsSuch as Fixtures or Camerasto the Side Faces

ITEM# METRIC ITEM $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

KJP601 KJP601/M $ 129.03 £ 81.30 € 120,00 ¥ 1,232.20 apt™ Kinematic Mounting and Joining PlateKJP601L KJP601L/M $ 129.03 £ 81.30 € 120,00 ¥ 1,232.20 Left-Handed Kinematic Mounting and Joining PlateKBB601 KBB601/M $ 121.30 £ 76.40 € 112,80 ¥ 1,158.40 apt™ Breadboard Plate

Fixed Bracket with Kinematic Seat

The AMA609 fixed angle bracket is designed to accept all of the APT600 seriesaccessories shown in this section. The hardened carbide steel guide pin and ballvisible on the top of the platform serve to locate the accessories when they areplaced on the surface. A high strength rare earth magnet is used to hold theaccessory in place. The repeatability of this kinematic base design is better than±2µm, reducing the time required to cycle through a large number of devices ina manufacturing environment.

The KJP601 joiner plate allows the APT600 stage to be mounted horizontally. It also allows the stages to be bolted together in a closestacked configuration. For horizontal mounting, the correct plate must be used to mate up with the face of the APT600 being fixed tothe mounting surface, either left or right-handed. For close stacking, both the right and left-handed plates are required.

The KBB601 breadboard plates allow accessories such as fixtures, cameras, and probes to be mounted to the side faces of the APT600 stage.

Fixed Mounting Bracket forAPT600 Series Accessories

The AMA609 Attaches to theAPT600 Stage in EitherRight- or Left-HandedOrientation

Kinematic Base Plate Allowsfor Fast Exchange ofAccessories

Kinematic Base for APT600 Series Stages Kinematic Base Snaps into Place for

Fast Exchange of Fixtures Mounting Holes Provided to Allow

Customer Supplied Devices to beAttached

Precision Register Points EnsureLoad/Unload Repeatability of±2µm

KMT601


KMT601 $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 Kinematic Base for APT600 Series Stages

This blank kinematic base plate is provided to allow users of the APT600 series stages to build quickly their own device fixtures. Theon the right photograph shows a series of precision machined grooves in the bottom of the plate. These grooves form a highly stablekinematic assembly when the plate is dropped into place on the stage. The rod and ball that are visible in the close-up photograph ofthe stage provide the mating features that create a series of register points for the top plate.

Kinematic Breadboard & Joiner Plates

AMA609


AMA609 $ 145.00 £ 91.40 € 134,90 ¥ 1,384.80 Fixed Bracket for APT600 Series Stage

KBB601 KJP601

DXF







Motion Control

317www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

PAA101

PAA100/A PAA101/A

PAA622 PAA623

Piezoelectric Drive CablesThe drive cables PAA100 and PAA101 are the standard SMC terminated cables usedwith all the Thorlabs 75V piezoelectric actuators and nanopositioning stages withinternal piezoelectric actuators. These cables are compatible with Thorlabs MAX andNF series stages as well as our full line of piezo actuators and extenders.

The PAA100/A and PAA101/A drive cables are for use with the internal piezoelectricactuators of the APT600 six-axis stage that can be found on pages 310-314. Primaryfunction of these cables is to extend the standard length of factory installed cables.

The feedback cable PAA622 can be used to connect any Thorlabs stage equippedwith strain gauge feedback to Thorlabs wide range of controllers. The PAA623 cablesallow any newer Thorlabs stage to be connected to older generation pre 2002 MellesGriot controllers.

The PAA605 and PAA606 feedback cables are for use with the internal piezoelectricactuators of the APT600 six-axis stage that can be found on pages 310-314. Thesecables are fitted with 9 pin D-type connectors on both ends and are available in twolengths 1.5m or 3m.

These cables are fitted with D-type connectors on both ends; the male end connects tothe controller, and the female end connects to the actuator. These cables can be usedwith any of the individual stepper motor actuators that can be found in the separateactuator section on page 406 (Use with BSC101, BSC103, and SCC101).

The PAA620 can be used to connect any stepper motor previously sold by Melles Griot or any Thorlabsproducts equipped with LEMO connectors with the latest range of controllers from Thorlabs. Alternatively, theconversion cable PAA621 can be connected to any stepper motor controller with 8-pin LEMO connectorspreviously sold by Melles Griot to drive any of the Thorlabs’ stepper motor actuators.

PAA100

PAA605 PAA606

PAA612 PAA613

PAA620


PAA100 $ 34.00 £ 21.40 € 31,60 ¥ 324.70 Drive Cable for Piezo Actuators (3.0m)PAA101 $ 39.10 £ 24.60 € 36,40 ¥ 373.40 Drive Cable for Piezo Actuators (1.5m)


PAA100/A $ 51.00 £ 32.10 € 47,40 ¥ 487.10 Drive Cable Extension for Piezo Actuators (3.0m)PAA101/A $ 51.00 £ 32.10 € 47,40 ¥ 487.10 Drive Cable Extension for Piezo Actuators (1.5m)


PAA622 $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 Piezo Feedback Cable, Male D-Type to Female LEMO Converter (3.0m)PAA623 $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 Piezo Feedback Cable, Female D-Type to Male LEMO Converter (3.0m)


PAA605 $ 54.82 £ 34.50 € 51,00 ¥ 523.50 Feedback Cable Extension for Piezo Actuators (1.5m)PAA606 $ 57.80 £ 36.40 € 53,80 ¥ 552.00 Feedback Cable Extension for Piezo Actuators (3.0m)


PAA612 $ 85.00 £ 53.60 € 79,10 ¥ 811.80 APT Stepper Motor Drive Cable (1m)PAA613 $ 69.70 £ 43.90 € 64,80 ¥ 665.60 APT Stepper Motor Drive Cable (3.0m)


PAA620 $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 Stepper Motor Drive Cable, Male D-Type to Female LEMO Converter (3.0m)PAA621 $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 Stepper Motor Drive Cable, Female D-Type to Male LEMO Converter (3.0m)

Stepper Motor Drive Cables

Legacy LEMO Stepper Motor Drive Cables

Piezoelectric Feedback Cable Extension

Piezoelectric Feedback Cables

Piezoelectric Drive Cable Extension



Motion Control

318

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

ACCESSORIES INDEXFOR MULTI-AXIS STAGES A complete selection of platform accessories is provided to enhance the functionality of our 3-axis, flexure-based translation products.All of these accessories are compatible with the MicroBlock™, RollerBlock™, NanoMax™, and PiezoBlock™ stages.

PlatformsSee Pages 319-322

Yaw, Pitch & Roll See Page 323

Lens/Optic MountsSee Pages 324-325

Fiber ClampsSee Pages 326-328

Touch SensorsSee Page 329

Fiber ChucksSee Pages 330-331

Fiber RotatorsSee Page 332

Laser DiodeWaveguide Holders

See Pages 333-334

Adapters See Pages 334-335

8 FlexureStageAcces 318-336.qxd.P 7/3/07 4:52 PM Page 318


Motion Control

319

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

LockDown ClampsThese small clamps are used to attach accessories to the mounting surfaces of the NanoMax™,MicroBlock™, RollerBlock™, and PiezoBlock™ families of stages. The flat that is milled alongone side of the clamp allows it to be rotated such that when the flat is facing the center alignmentgroove, it is possible to drop an accessory into place between two clamps.

Fixed Angle Brackets

These two angle brackets mount directly to the fixed portion of the NanoMax™ andMicroBlock™ stages. The smaller bracket is often used for fiber launch systems that utilize ouraspheric lenses in place of much longer microscope objectives. The larger bracket is used in theThorlabs’ preconfigured fiber launch systems. The larger mounting surface is generally usefulwhen space permits.

Mounting Surface AMA007: 26mm Long at 62.5mm Deck Height Mounting Surface AMA009: 56mm Long at 62.5mm Deck Height

AMA009


AMA010 AMA010/M $ 37.40 £ 23.60 € 34,80 ¥ 357.20 Accessory Clamp, Package of 15 with Hexagon Key

Moving Angle Brackets

Moving platforms replace the top plate of an x-y-znanopositioner (NanoMax™ or MicroBlock™) andprovides convenient, vertical mounting surface forattaching other components or accessories to the stage.

AMA011

AMA007

Compatible With Both theNanoMax™ and MicroBlock™Series 3-Axis Stages


AMA011 AMA011/M $ 75.00 £ 47.30 € 69,80 ¥ 716.30 Moving Angle Bracket for the3-Axis NanoMax & MicroBlock Stages


AMA007 AMA007/M $ 68.00 £ 42.80 € 63,20 ¥ 649.40 Small Angle Bracket for 3-Axis Flexure Stage

AMA009 AMA009/M $ 75.00 £ 47.30 € 69,80 ¥ 716.30 Large Angle Bracket for 3-Axis Flexure Stage

We help youPrecision motion control for basic research,industrialR&D, and high-precision manufacturing

NanoMax™ Series SystemsFor applications requiring highresolution, stability, andadaptability, the NanoMax™series of highly stable, flexure-based translation stagesoffers the ideal solution. See

Page 286

Put it all together

Package of 15

7/3/07 3:06 PM Page 319


Motion Control

320

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

1/4"-20 (M6) & #8-32 (M4) Adapter Plate

Converts the 3-Axis Stages Into a GeneralPurpose Optical Table Translator

Easily Replaces Slotted Top Plate via FourMounting Screws

Adds 2mm to the Deck Height

Free-Standing Table Platforms

These free-standing stationary table platformshave a standard slotted top surface that attachesdirectly to the optical table, and are designed tomatch the platform height of the NanoMax™,MicroBlock™, and PiezoBlock™ series of stages.In addition to the standard slot and tapped-holepattern on the top surface, there are tapped holeson the sides, which can be used to mount otheraccessories or positioning stages.

AMA02362.5mm Deck Height 12mm wide

AMA02562.5mm Deck Height, 25mm Wide


AMA023 AMA023/M $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 12mm Wide Table Mounting Platform, 62.5mm Deck Height

AMA025 AMA025/M $ 102.00 £ 64.30 € 94,90 ¥ 974.10 25mm Wide Table Mounting Platform, 62.5mm Deck Height

Front mounting holes onthe table platform allowextended platforms to bebuilt from the angle bracketsshown on the previous page.

RB13P1 Adapter Plate ShownMounted on a NanoMax™MAX311 Stage(Stage Detailson Page 286)

This optional replacement mounting plate has a generous array of both 1/4"-20 (M6)and #8-32 (M4) mounting holes to adapt the NanoMax™, MicroBlock™,PiezoBlock™, or the RollerBlock™ to a general purpose optical table translation stage.


RB13P1 RB13P1/M $ 51.00 £ 32.10 € 47,40 ¥ 487.10 1/4"-20 (M6) #8-32 (M4) Adapter Plate

Deck HeightIncreases to 64.5mm With Plate

Platform Extension PlatesAMA00185mm Long

AMA00395mm Long

AMA005105mm Long


AMA001 AMA001/M $ 91.00 £ 57.30 € 84,60 ¥ 869.10 85mm Extended Platform for NanoMax300 & MicroBlock



These three extendedplatforms replace the top plateof any of the NanoMax™,MicroBlock™, RollerBlock™,or APB30X PiezoBlock™series stages. The extendedmounting surface is convenientfor attaching components oraccessories that need to reachinto smaller spaces.

DXF




8 FlexureStageAcces 318-336.qxd.P 7/10/07 10:19 AM Page 320


www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control

321

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Deck HeightDeck Height

NanoMax600 (Details on Page 306)with Fixed Platform Assemblies

Fixed Platform Assemblies


AMA029A AMA029A/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform, Matches 62.5mm Standard Deck Height

AMA029B AMA029B/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform for the Moving Carriage of the NST Stage

AMA029C AMA029C/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform, Matches 3-Axis Stage & 19mm Tilt Stage

AMA029D AMA029D/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform, Matches 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Stages with 112.5mm Deck Height

AMA029E AMA029E/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform, Matches NanoBlock 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Stage on LNR Stage

AMA029F AMA029F/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform, Matches MAX600 6-Axis Stage on LNR Stage

AMA029G AMA029G/M $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Platform, Matches NanoBlock Stages on XY LNR Stage

ITEM# USE DECK HEIGHT AMA029A Matches 62.5mm Standard Deck Height 62.5mmAMA029B Platform for Moving Carriage of the NST Stage 105.8mm (39mm Stage + 66.85mm)AMA029C Matches 3-Axis Stage & 19mm Tilt Stage 81.5mm (62.5mm + 19mm)AMA029D Matches 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Stages with 112.5mm Deck Height 112.5mmAMA029E NanoBlock 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Stage Mounted on LNR Stage & Base Plate 158.15mmAMA029F MAX600 6-Axis Stage Mounted on LNR Stage & Base Plate 162.5mmAMA029G NanoBlock 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Stage Mounted on XY LNR Stage & Base Plate 189.4mm

The AMA029 series of platform assemblies is intended to aid in theconstruction of complex optical systems that utilize multiple families of ourmotion control products. If a custom height assembly is required, please contactyour local Thorlabs office (see back cover for contact details).


Large Selection of Sensors and Displays Interchangeable Sensors with NIST Traceable Calibration Data Power Meters for Measurements from 35nW to 30W New UV Sensors



NEW PM300 Dual-Channel Power Meter

7/3/07 4:29 PM Page 321


Motion Control

322

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The ATP002 platform provides ±4 degrees of both roll and pitch adjustment, andwas designed for use with our family of 3-axis flexure stages (NanoMax™,RollerBlock™, PiezoBlock™, and MicroBlock™). The optical axis height isthen raised by 15mm to 90mm when mounted directly on the stage whenreplacing the top plate.

Alternatively, an optional (sold separately) base assembly allows thisroll and pitch platform to be directly mounted to an optical table such

that the top surface is at the proper beam height when placed infront of any of our 3-axis flexure.

Roll & Pitch Platform With Adjustable Thickness

Specifications Travel: +4 and -8 Degrees/Axis Resolution: 10arcsec Deck Height: 62.5mm (2.46")

Adjuster Travel: ±4mm Platform Thickness: 24mm

(0.95") at the Center of HeightAdjustment

PitchRoll

Roll & Pitch Platform

Specifications Roll & Pitch Platform Travel: ±4 Degrees/Axis

Resolution: 10arcsec Effective 3-Axis to 5-Axis Stage

Upgrade Tilt Platform 19mm (0.75")

Thick


ATP002 ATP002/M $ 494.00 £ 311.20 € 459,40 ¥ 4,717.70 Roll & Pitch Platform with Thumbscrew Drives

AMA501 AMA501/M $ 54.40 £ 34.30 € 50,60 ¥ 519.50 Base Assembly for 62.5mm Deck Height

ATP002Shown Mounted on a

NanoMax™ Stage (ModelMAX313), See Page 286

AMA501 Base AssemblyThe ATP002 is shown mounted on a AMA501 base assembly; the resultingplatform height matches the 62.5mm deck height of our 3-axis flexure Stages.

ATP002

Pitch

Roll


AMA027 AMA027/M $ 306.00 £ 192.80 € 284,60 ¥ 2,922.30 Roll & Pitch Tilt PlatformWith Adjustable Thickness

AMA027 Complete Assembly asShown in the Photograph

62.5mm Deck Height

AMA027 AssemblyThe AMA027 comes complete with the tilt platform as well asthe support structure that is designed to position the platform atthe proper height for use with our multi-axis flexure stages.

The AMA027 is intended to allow an angled optical component to be positioned infront of one of our 3-axis flexure stages. This add-on stage provides pitch and rolladjustment using the two labeled thumbscrews indicated in the photograph. Boththe roll and pitch adjustment provide -8º and +4° of range; use of all three adjustersallows for the adjustment of the overall height of the platform. The amount ofheight adjustment ranges from -1mm to +4mm around the nominal 62.5mmheight of the entire assembly.

This platform is designed for use with our family of 3-axis flexure stages includingthe RollerBlock™, the MicroBlock™, and the NanoMax™. This same roll andpitch device is available for use with our 4-, 5-, and 6-axis stages; details for theseproducts are presented in the next catalog section.

See Page 737

AsphericLenses

7/3/07 4:30 PM Page 322


Motion Control

323

Pitch & Yaw Platforms, 19mm Thick Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

15mm Thick Bracket Spacers for Roll, Pitch, & Yaw Platforms

When either of the Pitch & Yaw or the Roll & Pitch platforms are mounted in place of the top plate of oneof our 3-axis flexure stages, the deck height is increased by the 15mm thickness of the accessory. These spacerplates mount directly to the top surfaces of the large and small fixed angle brackets (as shown in the abovephotographs) leading to this increase in deck height. The fixed “L” brackets are found on page 319.


AMA502 AMA502/M $ 44.20 £ 27.80 € 41,10 ¥ 422.10 15mm Thick, Small Angle Braket Spacer Plate

AMA503 AMA503/M $ 56.10 £ 35.30 € 52,20 ¥ 535.80 15mm Thick, Large Angle Braket Spacer Plate

Specifications Travel: ±4 Degrees/Axis Resolution: 10arcsec


ATP001 ATP001/M $ 204.00 £ 128.50 € 189,70 ¥ 1,948.20 Pitch & Yaw Platform with Thumbscrew DrivesATP003 ATP003/M $ 510.00 £ 321.30 € 474,30 ¥ 4,870.50 Pitch & Yaw Platform with Micrometer DrivesAMA501* AMA501* $ 54.40 £ 34.30 € 50,60 ¥ 519.50 Base Assembly for the Standard 62.5mm Deck HeightAMA036* AMA036* $ 60.00 £ 37.80 € 55,80 ¥ 573.00 Base Assembly for 112.5mm Deck Height

The ATP001 and ATP003 tilt platforms provide ±4° of both pitch and yawadjustment. They are designed specifically to offer a low-cost, five-axis solutionwhen used in conjunction with the NanoMax™, RollerBlock™, PiezoBlock™, or MicroBlock™ stages. The optical axis height is then raised by 15mm to 90mmwhen mounted directly on the stage.

Alternatively, the ATP series can be mounted to a base assembly to ensure theproper beam height [62.5mm (2.46") deck height plus 12.5mm (0.49") accessoryheight for 75mm (2.95") beam height] when placed in front of the stage. Typicalapplications include angled pigtails and placement of components requiring manualadjustment on the angular axes. All standard nanopositioning accessories (see page319) may be fitted to the platform by means of the grooved keyway interface.

ATP00119mm Thick

ATP00319mm Thick

ATP001 shown with an optional base (AMA501), whichallows the ATP001 or ATP003 platform to be mounteddirectly on an optical table at the required 62.5mm height.

Pitch

YawPitch

Yaw

These platforms can beattached to our flexure stages

in place of the top plate.

77.5mmDeck Height

AMA501 Base Assembly

AMA502 shown in a typical application where the fixedbracket height needs to be increased to match a pitch &yaw accessory that has replaced the removable top deckof a NanoMax™ MAX311 Stage.

AMA502

AMA503 shown in a typical application where the fixedbracket height needs to be increased to match a roll &pitch accessory that has replaced the removable top deckof a MicroBlock™ MBT616 Stage.

AMA503

Increases the Height of the Fixed Brackets of Our Multi-Axis Flexure Stages by 15mm (0.59") Easily Attaches to the “L” Bracket via 2 Screws (for the AMA502) or 4 Screws (for the AMA503)

15mm ThickSpacer

*Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible



Motion Control

324

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Microscope Objective HolderThe new compact HCS013 flexure stage mount is internallythreaded with the standard RMS microscope objective thread. Thisallows a microscope objective, or any component with externalRMS thread, to be mounted with its optical axis, 12.5mm (0.5")above any of our Multi-Axis Flexure Stages (NanoMax™,MicroBlock™, PiezoBlock™, or RollerBlock™ series).

Thorlabs also offers a complete selection of microscope objectivesthat are well suited to fiber coupling applications (see page 658).


HCS013 $ 66.50 £ 41.90 € 61,80 ¥ 635.10 Microscope Objective Holder

Microscope Objectives,See Page 658

*Both the Imperial and Metric Models are Equivalent

SM05 Threaded AdapterThe HCS020 adapter is an essential tool to integrate ourextensive line of SM05 products into any of Thorlabs’ flexuresystems and is ideal for use with our 1/2" lens tubes tominimize stray light. Other applications include use with theSM05PM5 linear polarizer holder in order align a PM fiber toa connector keyway.



HCS011 $ 40.00 £ 25.20 € 37,20 ¥ 382.00 Ø11mm Collimation Packages HolderHCS012 $ 40.00 £ 25.20 € 37,20 ¥ 382.00 Ø12mm Collimation Packages Holder

HCS015 $ 35.00 £ 22.10 € 32,60 ¥ 334.30 Ø15mm Collimation Packages Holder


HCS013

SM05PM5See Page 994

Collimation Packages,See Page 1010

HCS020

HCS011

HCS012

HCS015

RMSNT

RMSRR

SM05RMS

Collimation Package Holders


RMSRR $ 10.00 £ 6.30 € 9,30 ¥ 95.50 RMS Retaining RingRMSNT $ 10.00 £ 6.30 € 9,30 ¥ 95.50 RMS Locking NutSM05RMS $ 14.30 £ 9.00 € 13,30 ¥ 136.60 SM05 to RMS Adapter

The RMSNT locking nut is used to lock RMS threaded components into place. The knurled external surface provides improved grip for tightening into position.

Similar to the RMSNT, the RMSRR retaining ring serves the same purpose but uses aninternal thread to retain the component.

This SM05RMS adapter allows any SM05 compatible products to be integrated intoapplications fitted with RMS threads. The adapter has an SM05 internal thread and anRMS external thread. (Use SPW603 Spanner Wrench).


HCS020 $ 50.00 £ 31.50 € 46,50 ¥ 477.50 SM05 Threaded Adapter

RMS Retaining Rings & Adapter

Thorlabs’ Ø11mm, Ø12mm, &Ø15mm Collimation Packagesmay be integrated with our 3-axistranslation stages using theHCS011 (Ø11mm Collimators),HCS012 (Ø12mm Collimators),and HCS015 (Ø15mmCollimators) mounts.

Nylon-tipped setscrews secure the collimation package withoutmarking the housing.

www.thorlabs.com

See Page 737

AsphericLenses

7/3/07 4:31 PM Page 324


MMP1Detail View Showing Updated

Alignment Groove

The HCS030 holds 1" (25mm) optics, keeping the center of the lensconcentric to the 12.5mm beam height optical axis. A delrin pin isused to secure the optic and prevent marking while securing intoplace. The HCS030 must be used with the updated alignment grooveas shown to provide clearance for 1" optics.

Allows Most 1" (25mm) Optics to be Mounted to Any ThorlabsFlexure Stage

Maintains 12.5mm (0.5") Optical Axis Height Must be Used With Grooved Top Plates as Shown

Motion Control

325

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

GRIN Lens HoldersThe HGI003 lens holder secures gradient-index lenses with

diameters ranging from 1 to 3mm in a precision V-groove with a spring

clamp. This easy-load holder fits intothe locating keyway of our multi-axisflexure stages. The keyway allows theGRIN lens to be slid into its coarse

position before tightening; final positioning is thenaccomplished using the precision control of the stage.

Gradient-index lenses are used to collect light from laser diodes and focus it into fibers (0.29pitch), to collect and collimate light from laser diodes, or to focus collimated beams into fibers(0.23 pitch); please see page 1016 for details on our selection of GRIN lenses.

Holds 1 to 3mm Diameter GRIN Lenses Easy to Use, Simple, Spring Clamping Action


HGI003 HGI003* $ 118.00 £ 74.30 € 109,70 ¥ 1,126.90 GRIN Lens Holder for 1mm to 3mm Diameter Optics

1" Optic Mount for Flexure Stages


HMM001 HMM001* $ 134.72 £ 84.90 € 125,30 ¥ 1,286.60 Pitch and Yaw Flexure Mount for Multi-Axis Stages

HMA001 HMA001* $ 29.32 £ 18.50 € 27,30 ¥ 280.00 RMS Adapter Plate for Pitch and Yaw Flexure Mount

This pitch and yaw flexure mount is intended to address two primaryapplications. First it can be used as a pitch and yaw mount for a fibercoupling objective; when every effort must be made to maximize the coupling efficency of a fiber launch system, optimizing theperformance of the objective optic by adjusting its angle relative to the input beam is often a critical parameter. This pitch and yaw mount can also be used with 1/2" diameter optics to retro-reflect a laser beam when constructing a fiber-basedinterferometer. Using one of our multi-axis flexure stages and a 1/2" diameter mirror provides an easy solution.



GRIN LensesSee Page 1016

This Microscope Objective mount is comprised of theHMM001 flexure mount and a HMA001 adapter plate.The adapter plate is threaded with RMS threads, which acceptstandard microscope objectives.

HMM001 & HMA001

HMA001

HMM001Mirror Sold Separately on Page 769

Kinematic Pitch/Yaw Mount: Microscope Objectives for 1/2" Optics

HCS030

See page 658 for available microscope objectives.


HCS030 HCS030 $ 50.00 £ 31.50 € 46,50 ¥ 477.50 1" Optic Mount for Flexure Stages

MMP1 MMP1/M $ 68.00 £ 42.80 € 63,20 ¥ 649.40 Replacement Mounting Plate for Flexure Stages

HGI003

7/3/07 4:32 PM Page 325


This fiber clamp is intended for thoseapplications that do not require theextra features offered by our designsshown directly above. The clampingarm is designed to swingapproximately 120° up from the clamping surface, thus providing for easy loading of the fiber into the V-groove. A rare earth magnetis used to hold the clamping arm in place once it is lowered onto the fiber. A magnetic set screw is also embedded in the arm toprovide a simple means of adjusting the clamping force.

Motion Control

326

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com


HFF001 HFF001* $ 476.00 £ 299.90 € 442,70 ¥ 4,545.80 Fiber Clamp for 125µm to 2mm Diameter Fibers

Adjustable Force 250µm Fiber Clamp This fast release, adjustable force fiberclamp is similar to our full-featureddesign detailed above, except insteadof a V-groove insert, it has a single V-groove that is designed to acceptindustry standard 250µm jacketedfiber. The top knob is used to adjust theclamping force that the clamping arm exerts on the fiber. This feature allows the clamping force to be adjusted from a minimum of 25g toa maximum of 200g. The addition of a tapered channel (see the photograph shown above) provides a guide when inserting fibers into thefiber clamp, making fiber loading significantly easier.

Adjustable Force Fiber Clamping Arm, 25-200g Multi-Purpose V-Groove Insert Features 5 Different

V-Grooves and 1 Flat Surface Accomodates Fibers or Cylindrical Optical Elements

in the Range of 125µm to 2mm in Diameter


HFF003 HFF003* $ 116.79 £ 73.60 € 108,60 ¥ 1,115.30 Fiber Clamp for 250µm Diameter Fibers


HFF002 HFF002* $ 227.80 £ 143.50 € 211,90 ¥ 2,175.50 Fiber Clamp for 250µm Jacketed Optical Fibers

This fast release, adjustable force fiber clamp has a series of features that make it our most versitile fiber clamp.The top knob is used to adjust the clamping forces that the clamping arm exerts on the fiber. This feature is useful whenworking with speciality fibers such as highly birefringent fiber, photonic crystal fiber, or exotic glass fibers (for example, flouride ortellurite fibers). This fiber clamp has been designed to allow rapid mounting and dismounting of a variety of photonic components, frombare optical fibers or optical fibers mounted in ceramic ferrules to multichannel waveguides.

Fiber Clamp: Multi-Fiber, Fast Release, & Adjustable Force

This strain relief accessoryensures that disturbances tothe fiber optical cable are

not translated intounwanted movementof the fiber end face. This device will offer considerable time savings, especially

when using large diameter cabled fibers.


HFS001 HFS001* $ 45.90 £ 28.90 € 42,70 ¥ 438.30 Cable Strain Relief*Both the Imperial and Metric Models are Equivalent




Control Knobfor Setting the

ClampingForce

Adjustable Force Fiber Clamping Arm, 25-200g Designed for Industry Standard 250µm Jacketed Fiber Tapered Channel Cut on V-Groove Provides Easy Loading

of Optical Fibers

Securely Clamps 250µm Jacketed Optical Fiber Magnet Holds Clamping Arm In Place Simplified Mechanical Design Provides Economical Device

Secures both 900µm and 3mm Diameter Cables Prevents Accidental Misalignment

Control Knob for Settingthe Clamping Force

Simplified 250µm Fiber Clamp

Cable Strain ReliefHFS001

HFF001

HFF002

HFF003



Motion Control

327

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

For ease of mounting and experimental flexibility, the HFV001 standard V-groove fiberholder is an ideal solution for securing bare, single mode fibers. The fiber is held in theprecision V-groove by two magnetic clamps. The clamps have a special elastomer pad thatlocally distorts around the fiber to provide a secure but delicate grip. The base of the holderis aluminum, but the top plate is made of nickel-plated magnetic steel.

Tapered V-Groove Fiber Holder

The longer HFV002 tapered V-groove fiber holder is designed to allow access tosmaller devices. When butt-coupling single mode fibers to small waveguidedevices (particularly when thedevice is mounted on a waveguidemanipulator), users sometimes

find it difficult to support and position the end of the fibers close enough to the input portsof the waveguide with the standard V-groove holder. The tapered top plate of this mountimproves the visual observation of the fiber-waveguide interface. The fiber is secured withthe two magnetic clamps that are provided.

HFV001


HFV001 HFV001* $ 136.00 £ 85.70 € 126,50 ¥ 1,298.80 Standard V-Groove Fiber Holder


HFV002 HFV002* $ 140.00 £ 88.20 € 130,20 ¥ 1,337.00 Tapered V-Groove Fiber Holder

Precision V-Groove Designed to Hold 125µm Diameter Fibers Nickel-Plated Steel Provides Robust Wear-Resistant Surface Magnetic Clamps Have a Soft Elastomer Pad to Protect the Fiber Cladding From

Damage

Precision V-Groove Designed to Hold 125µm Diameter Fibers Nickel-Plated Steel Provides Robust Wear-Resistant Surface Tapered End for Maximum Access for Industrial Coupling Applications

Replacement Magnetic Clamps

IR Viewing and Alignment Disk With RMS Thread

These magnet assemblies are used to securely hold the fiber on our V-groove fiber holders. Please note that two of these fiber clamps areincluded with each V-groove style fiber holder. These magnetic clamps are offered as replacement parts. We have also had many requestsfor these simple, yet well-designed fiber clamps from customers who are building customized fiber optic assembly systems.

The RMSIR is an integral tool for aiding IR fiber alignment. The thin phosphorus-coated membrane fluoresces green allowingthe beam to be seen from either side of the active area. The frontsurface is etched with a crosshair to help gauge the position of thebeam relative to the center of the target. The backside of the vieweris externally threaded for use with any internal RMS thread.


HFM001 HFM001* $ 131.00 £ 82.50 € 121,80 ¥ 1,251.10 Package of 6 Magnetic Clamps

Soft Elastomer Bottom Surface Protects Exposed Fiber Cladding Sold in Packages of 6

Standard V-Groove Fiber Holder




Slow Fading, Constant Emission for Viewing CW Beams Ideal Alignment Aid for Use Within RMS Threads Compatible With RMS Threads

IR VIEWINGSURFACE

Operation Range for VISualize


RMSIR $ 80.00 £ 50.40 € 74,40 ¥ 764.00 IR Viewing Disk with RMS Thread, 800-1700nm

HFV002

HFM001

DXF




8 FlexureStageAcces 318-336.qxd.P 7/10/07 10:20 AM Page 327


www.thorlabs.com

Accepts Rectangular FiberArrays up to 12mm Wide

Easy Loading with aActuator Knob Controlling the Clamping Mechanism

Angled Contact Pads Ensure that the Optical Element Sits Flat on the Support Surface

Generally Useful for Mounting Rectangular Shaped Optics

The HFA001 fiber array holder is part of our extensive line of accessories that serveto enhance our multi-axis flexure stages. As can be seen from the drawing to theright, the operation of this device is achived via a single actuator knob. This knobsimultaneously moves both sides of the clamping mechanism to ensure that thedevice being mounted is centered on the support surface of the HFA001. Threeangled clamping surfaces provide a slight downward pressure on the optical element,while the three point contact guarantees stability. The third clamping point offerssupport at the end of a flexure rod that provides for some spring loading of theelement being clamped.

Motion Control

328

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

HFA001


HFA001 HFA001* $ 340.00 £ 214.20 € 316,20 ¥ 3,247.00 Adjustable Fiber Array Holder

The main advantage of using a vacuum to secure the fiber is that it reduces the cycletime for the automated assembly of fiber pigtailing devices. The load/unload time istypically reduced because the vacuum action quickly and consistently pulls the fiberinto place. In addition, the clamping and unclamping of the fiber can be automated.All of these factors lead to this device being an attractive alternative for manufacturingapplications.

HFV004


HFV004 HFV004* $ 396.10 £ 249.50 € 368,40 ¥ 3,782.80 Inverted Vacuum Fiber Holder

10.0(0.39)

82.5 (3.25)

Dimensions in mm (in.)

11.5 (0.45)

17.1(0.67)

12.6(0.5)

Vacuum Fiber HolderThe unique geometry of this fiber holderprovides clearance around the side of themount in order to allow the use of anoptical inspection tool (video orconventional microscope) to monitor thealignment process. The vacuum holdingforce is exerted on the fiber jacket along the20mm length of the holder, thus ensuringthat the fiber is well secured.



Open the Jaws

Load the Fiber Array

Close the JawsJust Until the FiberArray is Gripped

Fiber Array Holder, Adjustable

Simple & Fast Vacuum Loadingof Optical Fibers

Inverted Design Provides ExtraClearance for Inspection Tools

Ideal for Industrial ApplicationsWhere Cycle Time is Critical

Requires a Customer SuppliedVacuum

7/3/07 4:33 PM Page 328


Motion Control

329

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

V-Grooved Fiber Holder Axial Force Sensor

This force sensing cell is used specifically to position a bare optical fiber with respect toanother device in the direction of the optical axis. When the fiber makes contact with thedevice, a force arises that is detected by a strain gauge. An electrical signal is generated thatenables the controller to indicate when the desired position has been reached. The TSG001T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader (see page 358) is an ideal driver for this sensor.


FSC102 FSC102* $ 722.50 £ 455.20 € 671,90 ¥ 6,899.90 V-Grooved Fiber Holder Axial Force Sensor

TSG001 TSG001* $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader

Load Capacity: 30N Sensitivity: 0.03N Clamps 250µm Fiber Jacket Two Magnetic Fibers Holders


FSC102

Axial Force/Touch Sensor Mounting PlatformThese force sensing cells can be used to position one device (e.g. a fiber) with respect toanother in the direction of the optical axis. When the fiber makes contact with the device,a force arises that is detected by the cell, generating an electrical signal that is sent to thecontroller to indicate that the desired position has been reached. These cells mount in thetongue-in-groove assembly on the NanoMax™, MicroBlock™ PiezoBlock™, andRollerBlock™ systems. It accepts the full range of accessories described in this section. TheTSG001 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader (see page 358) is an ideal driver for this sensor.

4.0mm

M3 MountingHoles

6 Places

3mm Mounting Slot

3mm Mounting Tab

Input Connector

Load Capacity: 30N Sensitivity: 0.03N Use AMA034 Support Post for

62.5mm (2.46") Deck Height

AMA034


FSC103 FSC103/M $ 707.20 £ 445.50 € 657,70 ¥ 6,753.80 Axial Force/Touch Sensor Grooved Mounting Platform

TSG001 TSG001* $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader

FSC103

The photograph to theright shows the FSC103Touch Sensor mountedon the AMA034 postassembly. Thisarrangement positionsthe FSC103 TouchSensor at the properdeck height of 62.5mmfor use with our multi-axis flexure stagesystems.

*Both the Imperial and Metric Models are Equivalent.

T-Cube apt™ USBStrain Gauge ReaderSee Page 358

7/3/07 4:33 PM Page 329


Motion Control

330

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Classic 1/4" Fiber Chucks & Mounting Block

Side-Loading Fiber ChuckThe HFC007 industry-standard fiber chuck allows the fiber to be loaded from theside, making it possible to strip and cleave the fiber prior to loading. This chuck isdesigned to accept 250µm fibers and secures the fiber in place with a spring clip thatslips into place as shown in the photograph to the left. The dimensions of the chuckare 60mm (2.36") in length and 6.35mm (0.25") in diameter.

HFC007


HFC005 HFC005* $ 137.70 £ 86.80 € 128,10 ¥ 1,315.00 Classic 1/4" Diameter Fiber Chuck With Collet ClampHFC007 HFC007* $ 76.50 £ 48.20 € 71,10 ¥ 730.60 Classic 1/4" Diameter Fiber Chuck With Side-Loading FiberHFG001 HFG001* $ 71.40 £ 45.00 € 66,40 ¥ 681.90 Mounting Block for Classic 1/4" Fiber Chucks

HFC005 Back-Loading, Collet-Style Fiber ChuckThis traditional fiber chuck uses a collet mechanism to secure the fiber in place. The popular design,requires that the fiber be fed through the length of the chuck. Therefore, the fiber needs to be fed through the holder prior to being cleaved, in order to prevent the end face of the fiber from being damaged. The HFC005 has the same industry-standard dimensions as the HFC007 [i.e. 6.35mm (0.25") diameter and 60mm (2.36") long].

HFG001 Fiber Chuck Mounting Block

The HFG001 mounting block is designed to accept the industry standardfiber chucks. The double bore ensures that two lines of contact aremaintained along the length of the 1/4" diameter chuck. A nylon-tippedsetscrew is used to apply the pressure required to hold the fiber chuckfirmly in place. While these 1/4" diameter fiber chucks were popular anumber of years ago, Thorlabs strongly recommends that users considerusing one of the newer designs that utilize either a clamping arm or twomagnetic caps to hold the fiber in place.

Mounting Block Shown Withthe Collet Style Fiber Chuck.


The FC connectorized fiber holder HFB004 is a new design thatimproves positional repeatability of the fiber through increased constraintof the fiber optic ferrule. It enables industry standard FC/PC connectorsto be secured to the mounting platforms of our multi-axis stages. Thecenter of the connector is positioned 12.5mm (0.5") above the platformto provide the appropriate optical axis height.

The ST® connectorized fiber holder HFB002 can be used to secure fiber cables with industry-standard ST® connectors to the mountingplatforms of nanopositioners and brackets. The ST® style connector ismost often used for industrial or medical applications that include singlemode optical fibers.

The SMA connectorized fiber holder HFB001 can be used to securemultimode fiber cables to our family of flexure-based nanopositionersand accessories. The SMA style connector is almost exclusively usedfor multimode optical fibers.

ITEM# METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTIONHFB001 HFB001* $ 91.80 £ 57.80 € 85,40 ¥ 876.70 SMA Fiber Optic Cable Mount

HFB002 HFB002* $ 91.80 £ 57.80 € 85,40 ¥ 876.70 ST Fiber Optic Cable Mount

HFB004 HFB004* $ 45.00 £ 28.40 € 41,90 ¥ 429.80 FC Fiber Optic Cable Mount

Connectorized Fiber Optic Cable Holders


HFB001

HFB002

HFB004

7/3/07 4:34 PM Page 330


This photograph shows the HFR001 Fiber Chuck Rotatorassembled with a side-loading 1/4"fiber chuck. This assembly allows aninexpensive polarizationmaintaining fiberlaunch system to beconfigured fromour multi-axisflexure stages featuredearlier in this section.

Motion Control

331

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Fiber Chuck Adapter for RMS Microscope Objective Mount

Fiber Chuck Pitch & Yaw Mount


HFG003 HFG003* $ 148.75 £ 93.70 € 138,30 ¥ 1,420.60 Adjustable Flexure, 12.7mm Diameter Optic Holder

RMS Threaded Classic Fiber Chuck Rotator

The HFR001 fiber chuck rotator is designed to hold and allow the continuous rotation of a fiber chuck through 360 degrees. It has a maleRMS thread, which, when mounted in a microscope objective mount, can be secured to the top plate of one of our multi-axis flexure stagesor fixed brackets. The phosphor-bronze and Teflon bearing in the fiber chuck rotator provides smooth, low friction rotation for preciseangular orientation of a polarization maintaining fiber. The lateral offset during rotation is typically less than 20µm. This relatively smalloffset allows a single mode fiber at 1.5µm to be rotated by about 90 degrees before requiring compensation with the y and z adjustments.

HFR001


HFR001 HFR001* $ 226.00 £ 142.40 € 210,20 ¥ 2,158.30 RMS Threaded Fiber Chuck Rotator


HFG005 HFG005* $ 92.65 £ 58.40 € 86,20 ¥ 884.80 Standard Fiber Chuck Holder

Adapts Any RMS Microscope Objective Mount intoa Fiber Mount

Compatible With All Industry Standard 1/4" DiameterFiber Chucks

The HFG005 is an adapter that threads into any RMS microscopeobjective mount. The double bore that extends through the lengthof the body of the adapter allows the fiber chuck to be firmlysupported along 30mm of its 60mm length. Please see page 324for details on our HCS013 RMS mounting block.

HFG005

This photograph shows the HFG005 FiberChuck Adapter in a typicalassembly that includes aFiber Chuck HFC007and a RMS MicroscopeObjective HolderHCS010. Ourselection ofFiber Chucksare shown onthe previous page.

High-Stability Flexure Pitch and Yaw Fiber Chuck Holder Adjustment of Pitch and Yaw via Back Plate Adjuster Screws

The HFG003 flexure mount provides two degrees of angularadjustment (pitch and yaw) and is designed to accept our 1/4"diameter fiber chucks detailed on page 330. When working with lownumerical aperture optical fibers, the angular adjustment of theoptical fiber with respect to the incoming laser beam can be a criticaldegree of freedom that may be required to optimize the couplingefficiency. Additionally, if small core fibers are being used, the highdivergence angle of tightly focused laser beams can also require careful alignment of the input angle to ensure that the input NA of the fiber is not exceeded.

Smooth, Low Friction Fiber Rotator for 1/4"Fiber Chucks

RMS Threaded Mounting Feature Allows ThisRotation Device to be Incorporated Into Existing Mounts

Three Nylon-Tipped Setscrews Secure the FiberChuck (Allows the Lateral Offset to beMinimized when Operating the Rotation Stage)

HFG003



This photograph shows the HFG003 Fiber Chuck Pitch& Yaw Mount, along with our side-loading 1/4" fiberchuck. The flexure-based design of the HFG003 offersthe stability that is required for a fiber coupling system.




10µm Maximum Eccentricity Over 360° Range Graduated Scale Provides 2° Accuracy Easy-to-Load V-Groove Design Uses a Swing

Arm and Magnetic Force to Firmly HoldOptical Fiber

Clamps on Fiber Cladding MinimizeOffset Errors

Adjustable Holding Force Allows Controlof the Stress Induced Birefringence Causedby the Clamping Force Exerted on the Fiber

The HFR007 is intended for applications that require easy loading of the opticalfiber. The swing arm lifts out of the way to expose a precision V-groove, which allowsthe fiber to be dropped down through the body of the rotator. An engraved dial,graduated in increments of 5°, is provided to allow measured angular changes in theorientation of the fiber.

Motion Control

332

High-Precision Bare Fiber Rotator: Mechanical & Vacuum ClampSingle Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

The HFR003 precision fiber rotator is designed to provide accurate rotation about the core of a single mode fiber. Lateral offset isminimized so that an optical signal can be maintained during rotation. This is of particular interest when butt-coupling or splicingpolarization-preserving fibers. The precision fiber rotator is pre-adjusted for fibers with an outer cladding diameter of 125µm (withthe buffer coating removed). Assuming no core or cladding eccentricities, the precision fiber rotator rotates about the center of thecore with an accuracy of 2µm.

Fibers are located in the rotator by a unique mechanical or vacuum clamping arrangement that ensures that the fiber remains firmlyin place. Either method, mechanical or vacuum, provides the same performance. The precision fiber rotator allows side loading of thefiber and provides smooth, continuous, angular rotation through 360 degrees. A graduated knob and vernier scale allow setting tobetter than 1 degree.

The HFR005 precision fiber rotator is similar to the HFR003 shown directly above. It is designed toprovide accurate rotation about the core of a single mode fiber. Lateral offset is minimized so that anoptical signal can be maintained during rotation. This is of particular interest when butt-coupling orsplicing polarization-preserving fibers. The precision fiber rotator is pre-adjusted for 125µm fibers held ina standard fiber chuck. Assuming no core or cladding eccentricities as well as an ideal fiber chuck, the

precision fiber rotator rotates about the center of the core with an accuracy of 2µm. In practice 5µm of run-out can be expected when usingthe HFC007 side-loading fiber chuck detailed below. This is typically dominated by the eccentricity between the core and the fiber jacket.


HFR003 HFR003* $ 1,864.00 £ 1,174.30 € 1.733,50 ¥ 17,801.20 Precision Fiber Rotator for Bare 125µm Clad Fibers


HFR005 HFR005* $ 1,539.00 £ 969.60 € 1.431,30 ¥ 14,697.50 Precision Fiber Rotator For Standard Fiber Chuck

2µm Maximum Eccentricity Over 360° Range Graduated Scale Provides 1° Accuracy Mechanical or Vacuum Clamping of the Fiber Split Bushings Allow Drop-In Fiber Load

for Ease of Use Vacuum Clamping Option is Ideal for Industrial

Applications that Require Repetitive Loading and Unloading

5µm Maximum Eccentricity Over 360° RangeIncluding Fiber Chuck Offset

Graduated Scale Provides 1° Accuracy Accepts Any Industry Standard 1/4" Diameter

Fiber Chuck

Collet Mechanism Firmly Locks the FiberChuck in Place

Adjustable Cable Support Ensures thatMinimal Stress is Applied to the Optical Fiber


HFR007 HFR007* $ 198.00 £ 124.70 € 184,10 ¥ 1,890.90 Precision Fiber Rotator for Bare Fiber

High-Precision Fiber Rotator: Quick-Load Bare Fiber




High-Precision Fiber Rotator: 1/4" Fiber Chucks

HFR003

HFR005

HFR007

7/3/07 4:35 PM Page 332


Motion Control

333

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

In order to achieve the best possible performancefrom a laser diode, stabilizing is often required.For applications that require power and/orwavelength stability, the laser diode should beoperated utilizing a constant current driver asopposed to a constant power driver, whichcompensates for power flucuations by varying thedrive current. When operating in a constantcurrent mode, the laser drive current is heldconstant. Consistently, to stabilize the outputpower the temperature of the laser must also beheld constant, since the power and wavelengthoutput of a laser diode have a strong temperaturedependence.


HLD001 HLD001* $ 454.07 £ 286.10 € 422,30 ¥ 4,336.40 Diode Laser Mount With Thermoelectric Cooling

Adjustable Waveguide Mount

The HWS001 adjustable waveguide mount, whileoriginally intended for use with planar waveguides, isuseful for mounting a broad range of optical devices.Any thin (<2mm thick) rectangular device that needsto be integrated into an optical system built from oneof our multi-axis flexure stages can be mounted inthis holder provided the width of the device is lessthan 38mm. The narrowest device that this mount isdesigned to accommodate is 4mm. This broad rangeof sizes is supported by moving the two slidingplatforms (see photographs to the right) to within afew millimeters of the width of the device and thenlocking them into position with the setscrews; agentle holding force is applied via a spring loadedplunger that pushes the optical element against twoangled white plastic pegs. These pegs are clearlyvisible in the photographs to the right. A kinematicthree point contact is also achieved using threehardened chromium steel balls as optical supportpoints.


HWS001 HWS001* $ 346.80 £ 218.50 € 322,50 ¥ 3,311.90 Adjustable Waveguide Mount

HLD001

Diode Laser Mount With Thermoelectric Cooling Laser Diode Mount With a Built-In TEC Element Mounts Directly Onto the Deck of Our Multi-Axis Flexure Stages Supports the Mounting of Both 9mm and 5.6mm Laser Diode Packages Can be Driven by Our TTC001 T-Cube TEC Controller


HWS001

Adjustable Optic Mount Accepts Thin Rectangular Elements from 4mm to38mm in Width, up to 2mm in Thickness and Unlimited Length

Three Points of Contact Provided by Hardened, Precision-Ground ChromiumSteel Balls

An Adjustable Holding Force is Provided by a Spring-Loaded Plunger that isBeveled so that it Provides a Slight Downward Pressure on the Optical Element

These twophotographs show

the HWS001 fullycompressed (above) so

that it is ready to clamp a4mm wide optical element as well as fullyopen (below) so that itcan accept a 38mmoptic. The twomovable portions of theadjustable clamp are lockedin place with the two setscrews that are visible on theleft and right side of the device.


See Page 895

Laser Safety Goggles

7/3/07 4:43 PM Page 333


Motion Control

334

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

While we offer the most extensive line of fiber launch and waveguide accessoriesavailable, it is difficult to anticipate all of the possible requirements that may arisefor customers. Hence, we have added this simple component, which eases theproduction of one-of-a-kind mounting accessories. As can be seen in thephotograph, the front surface is clearly marked with witness lines that are centeredon the 12.5mm high optical axis of our multi-axis flexure systems.

Waveguide Mounts


HWM001 HWM001* $ 66.30 £ 41.80 € 61,70 ¥ 633.20 Standard Waveguide Mount, 10mm Length



Vacuum Waveguide MountHWV001

The HWV001 waveguide holder utilizes a vacuum to provide the holding force to secure planar waveguide devices.The mount consists of a platform into which a series of connected holes are provided. A series of conical-tippedsetscrews are used to block the unused ports. By removing just the setscrews that will lie underneath the opticalelement, a vacuum-generated holding force appropriate for the size of the component is obtainable.


HWV001 HWV001* $ 206.10 £ 129.80 € 191,70 ¥ 1,968.30 Vacuum Waveguide Mount

Eight User-Selectable Vacuum Ports Provide Supportfor a Broad Range of Optic Sizes

Small, Compact Design Allows Easy Access to YourPlanar Optical Element

Available in Three Different Sizes (10mm, 15mm, & 32mm)

Our standard waveguide mounts are used to mount customer-supplied waveguide devices. Allwaveguide mounts are supplied with a tongue that fitssnugly into the locating slots of the nanopositionerplatforms or brackets. Users can glue experimentaldevices directly to the waveguide mounts. All are9.5mm high (with 3mm clearance to the nominaloptical axis) and 32mm wide. All of the plainwaveguide mounts are designed to accommodatedifferent sized devices while allowing access for singlemode fibers or microscope objectives.

Blank Mounting Bracket and Block


HBB001 HBB001* $ 74.00 £ 46.60 € 68,80 ¥ 706.70 Blank Mounting Bracket

HBB002 HBB002* $ 52.00 £ 32.80 € 48,40 ¥ 496.60 Blank Mounting Block

HBB001

Cross Platform Mounting Plates

This plate mounts the NanoMAX™ series 3-axis flexure stages to the 50mm travel cross-roller bearing TravelMax™ series stages.Please see page 268 for details on the LNR50family of stages.AMA562

AMA055




HWM003

HWM001

HWM002

HBB002

Deck Height: 108mm Optical Axis:

120.5mm

Deck Height:97.5mm

Optical Axis: 110.0mm


AMA055 AMA055/M $ 83.30 £ 52.50 € 77,50 ¥ 795.50 Adapter Plate for NanoMax™ to NST Series Long Travel Stage

AMA562 AMA562/M $ 83.30 £ 52.50 € 77,50 ¥ 795.50 Adapter Plate for NanoMax™ to LNR Series Stages

This plate mounts the NanoMAX™ series 3-axis flexure stages to thelong travel NST series stages that offer 100mm or 150mm of travel.Please see page 276 for details on the NRT family of stages.



Motion Control

335

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

HCS031The HCS031 allows most Thorlabs SM1-based products to be mounted toany stage using the standard 3mm wide alignment groove. The optical axisheight of this mount is 18mm, which requires any accessories being used inthe same system to be fitted with the shim block shown below.

AMA093The AMA093 shim block fits under any Thorlabs accessories and increasesthe optical axis height to 18mm to match the HCS031. The shim blockincludes two mounting cleats with extended screws to fasten accessories tothe top deck of the stage.

AMA181The AMA181 height adapter fits under the base of theMicroBlock and NanoMax stages. The riser block increases theheight of any current generation flexure stage to match the deckheight of Thorlabs' older generation stages.

Conversion Adapters for Older Generation Thorlabs Accessories


AMA090 AMA090/M $ 63.00 £ 39.70 € 58,60 ¥ 601.70 Spacer Plate for Short Bracket

AMA091 AMA091/M $ 71.40 £ 45.00 € 66,40 ¥ 681.90 Spacer Plate for Large Bracket

AMA092 AMA092/M $ 51.00 £ 32.10 € 47,40 ¥ 487.10 Conversion Adapter for Moving Deck


HCS031 $ 37.00 £ 23.30 € 34,40 ¥ 353.40 SM1 MountAMA093 $ 14.00 £ 8.80 € 13,00 ¥ 133.70 Accessory Shim Block AMA181 $ 34.00 £ 21.40 € 31,60 ¥ 324.70 Stage Height Adapter

AMA090

0.69"(18mm)

Conversion Adapters Allow theMicroBlock Family to be Used withOlder Thorlabs Flexure Stages andAccessories

Provides 4mm Keyway and 74mmDeck Height

Simple Bolt-On Design Allows EasyChange-Over

Multi-axis flexure systems are designed around a 3mm wide keyway, 62.5mm deck height, and 12.5mm beam height as measured fromthe deck of the stage. Our older design utilized a 4mm wide keyway, 74mm deck height, and 18mm beam height.

AMA092

AMA090Converts the Small “L” BracketDeck Height to 74mm andIncreases Keyway Width to 4mmto Accommodate Older Accessories

AMA091Converts Large “L”

Bracket Deck Height to74mm and Increases

Keyway Width to 4mmAMA091

Deck Height:74mm

Optical Axis:92mm

Keyway: 4mm

Deck Height: 74mm Optical Axis: 92mm Keyway:

4mm

DeckHeight:74mm

OpticalAxis: 92mm

Keyway: 4mm

SM1 Mount & Height Adapters

AMA181

74mm

AMA093

HCS031




AMA560 AMA560/M $ 179.00 £ 112.80 € 166,50 ¥ 1,709.50 NanoMax™ Right Angle Mounting Bracket

Right Angle Bracket for MAX300 SeriesMotion Control

336

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

LNR50DDetails on the LNR50D Stage Can

be Found Beginning on Page 268

AMA560

AMA560 – Vertical Mounting Bracket for NanoMax300 to LNR50 and NST Series Stages. This vertical mounting bracket can beused to attach the NanoMax™ family of stages to either our long travel NST series or the compact LNR series of stages.Details on the LNR50 stages can be found on page 268, and for details on the NST® see page 276.

AMA560

MAX311


AMA554 AMA554/M $ 104.00 £ 65.50 € 96,70 ¥ 993.20 NanoMax300 & MicroBlock Riser Blockfor 125mm Beam Height

AMA557 AMA557/M $ 83.30 £ 52.50 € 77,50 ¥ 795.50 Three-Axis Stages plus Tip/Tilt Riser Blockfor 125mm Beam Height

Adapting 3-Axis Systems to 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Systems

The AMA554 Height Adapter Shown withOur 3-Axis Flexures. This simple heightadapter accessory can be used to increase theworking height of the NanoMax™,PiezoBlock™, and MircoBlock™ family ofstages. The 50mm thickness increases the deckheight from 62.5mm to 112.5mm, and itincreases the beam height to 125mm.

AMA554AMA554

MicroBlock™3-Axis StageSee Page 280

NanoMax™3-Axis Stage

See Page 268

The AMA557 Height Adapter Shownwith the RollerBlock™Translator. This height adapteris designed to provide a112.5mm deck height for the3-axis stages (i.e.MicroBlock™,

NanoMax™, & RollerBlock™) when a tip/tiltaccessory is also being used. The adapter is 35mmthick. Hence, the composite height (35mm) achievedfrom the adapter, stage (62.5), and tip/tilt accessary(15mm) is 112.5mm.

Photograph showing a typical application for the AMA554 spacer block.Please see page 303 for details on the 6-axis stage.

RollerBlock™ 3-Axis Stage See Page 296

AMA557



Priced 10% below the cost of the kinematic mounts and actuators

10% SAVINGS!

KS1-Z7

Motion Control

337

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabls.com

Priced 10% below the costof the kinematic mounts and actuators.

Price shown includes a 10% discount off the cost of the KS1 and two ZST13 actuators if purchased separately.


KS1-ZST $ 1,261.40 £ 794.70 € 1.173,10 ¥ 12,046.40 Stepper Motorized Kinematic Mirror Mount for 1" Optics

Resolution: <1arcsec Range: ±3° Limit Switching:

Electromechanical Leadscrew Pitch: 0.5mm Gear Reduction: 76:1 Speed: 1arcsec/s to 0.5°/sec 25,600 Steps per Revolutions

Using Thorlabs’ Stepper MotorController (See Below)

DC Servo Motorized Ø1" Mirror Mounts

Stepper Motorized Ø1" Mirror MountPrice shown includes a 10% discount below the cost of the KS1 and two Z712 actuators if purchased separately.


KS1-Z7 $ 918.40 £ 578.60 € 854,10 ¥ 8,770.70 Motorized Ultra-Stable Kinematic Mount for 1" Optics

The KS1-ZST combines our traditional KS1 kinematicmount with two ZST13 stepper motor actuators. By usingthe same body as our standard KS1 kinematic mount, theKS1-ZST works as a drop-in replacement whenautomating an optical setup. Additionally, the motorizedactuators enable finer, more precise positioning thanpossible with manual adjusters. Integratedelectromechanical limit switches prevent damage if theactuator is over driven, while providing homing betterthan 15arcsec.

KS1-ZST

10% SAVINGS!

Motorized Pitch and Yaw Adjustment for 1" Optics

Compact Design Allows for Use in Tight Locations

Angular Resolution <30arcsec 12,288 Counts/Revolutions Rotary

Encoder Limit Switches to Prevent Damage

PIN DESCRIPTION1 Ground (Limit and Vcc)

2 Forward Limit

3 Reverse Limit

4 No Connection

5 Motor (-)

6 No Connection

7 Motor (+)

8 No Connection

9 Identification Resistor

10 5V Vcc

11 Encoder Channel A

12 No Connection

13 Encoder Channel B

14 No Connection

15 No Connection

The new unique T-Cube USB apt™ motor controllers are compact (2.4" x 2.4" x 1.8"), high resolution,single channel drivers for easy manual or automated control of the Z7 or ZST13 motor series.

T-Cube apt™ USB Single Channel DC Servo and Stepper Motor Controllers

SEE PAGE 352 FOR MORE DETAILS

The KS1-Z7 is a KS1 mirror mount, but two of the manual actuators that controlthe pitch and yaw on the KS1 have been replaced with the new Z712 motorizedactuators. The KS1-Z7 mirror mount features a thick back plate with heavy-dutysprings for excellent optical stability. Counterbored #8-32 (M4) holes allow the KS1-Z7 to be mounted on a TR series post in a right- or left-handed configuration. Themotorized actuators have 6mm of travel and increase the angular adjustmentprecision to better than 30arcsec. The manual translation actuator can be easilyreplaced with a Z712 motorized actuator. This substitution can be done in the lab,or the KS1-Z7 mount can be custom ordered with all three actuators motorized. Theoverall depth of the KS1-Z7 is approximately 96mm (3.8") while both the widthand height measure 50mm (1.97").

The motorized actuators can be connected to the T-Cube aptTM USB DC Driver forplug-and-play compatibility via the graphical interface software. The power andcontrol cable is nine feet long; the end attached to the motorized actuator has astrain relief feature while the other end of the Ø4.6mm shielded cable is terminatedwith a male 15-pin, high-density D-sub connector.

9 MotMirrorMounts 337-338.qxd.P 7/10/07 2:56 PM Page 337


Cage SystemCompatible

Motion Control

338

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Piezoelectric Controlled Optics MountThis compact piezo-controlled mirror mount uses a flexure mechanismand a series of low-voltage piezoelectric elements to ensure an angularresolution of better than 1arcsec. The piezoelectricelements, embedded within the housing of the mount,make the extremely high angular resolution possible.The mount has a 6mm clear aperture and is designedto accept Ø7mm optics.

Three fine-pitch manual adjusters (0.3mm/revolution)provide for ±2° of angular control and 1mm oftranslation. The three piezo elements can also be used simultaneously to provide pure translation.

The piezo elements, when driven by our MDT693A series piezo drivers,are capable of operating at up to 2kHz. Please see page 364 for detailson the MDT693A series controllers. This makes the ASM series idealfor use as a laser cavity mirror holder when rapid scanning of a resonatorcavity length is required.

The photograph shows the ASM003 piezoelectric-controlled mirror mount on the deck of a RollerBlock™XYZ translator. See page 296 for details on our 13mmcross-roller bearing translator.

Standard 12.5mmBeam Height

ASM003

SpecificationsNanoFlex™ Miniature Piezo Flexure Mirror Mounts

ASM003Weight 35g (1.2oz)Load Capacity 100g (0.2lbs)Piezoelectric Pushing Force 100N MaxAccepted Optic Size Ø7mmBandwidth Up to 2KHzθy, θz Rotation:Fine Thread 4°Piezo Actuator 2arcminX-Axis Travel:Fine Thread 1mmPiezo Actuator 7µmResolution:X-Axis Fine Thread 1µm

Piezo Actuator 20nmθy, θz Fine Thread 15arcsec

Piezo Actuator <1arcsec

Piezoelectric Kinematic Mount

Piezoelectric DriverSee Page 364

The KC1-PZ combines the mechanical features ofthe KC1 with the electromechanical features of ourpiezoelectric stack AE0505D08F (see pages 402-403)for an extended selection of piezo actuators). Thepiezoelectric stacks are mounted in the front platedirectly under the tips of the three adjuster screws.This allows for a coarse and fine control of both the translation and the angle of the front plate.

SpecificationsMechanical 10arcsec Angular Resolution ±4° Mechanical Angular RangePiezoelectric (150V Max) 0.06arcsec Angular Resolution 30arcsec Angular Range 8µm Translation Range (All Three Drives)

KC1-PZ

Removable KnobsExpose Hex Sockets

DXF





KC1-PZ KC1-PZ/M $ 595.00 £ 374.90 € 553,40 ¥ 5,682.30 Cage Assembly Piezoelectric Mount

KC1-T-PZ KC1-T-PZ/M $ 596.00 £ 375.50 € 554,30 ¥ 5,691.80 SM1 Threaded Cage Assembly Piezoelectric Mount


ASM003 $ 1,530.00 £ 963.90 € 1.422,90 ¥ 14,611.50 NanoFlex Mirror Mount with 7µm Piezo Travel

*Imperial and Metric Compatible

9 MotMirrorMounts 337-338.qxd.P 7/10/07 2:57 PM Page 338


www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control

339www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Rotation Mount for Ø2" Optics

RSP2

Compatible With Our SM1 SeriesStackable Lens Tubes Starting on Page 207The RSP1 rotation stage utilizes two precision bearings for smooth backlash-free rotation. The

center aperture accepts Ø1" optics, which are securely held in place with a threaded retainingring. (Additional retaining rings are available.)

The knurled edge of the RSP1 allows fine angular adjustment. The position is indicated on a360° scale, which has been graduated into 2° increments.

The largest member in its family, the RSP2 rotation mount is designed to accept a Ø2" (50.8mm)optic, which can be secured into position using an SM2RR threaded retaining ring (one is includedwith the RSP2). In addition, the two precision bearings provide the smooth backlash-free rotationthat is characteristic of all RSP mounts. The mount has laser engraved markings in 2° increments,allowing for precise, repeatable positioning and fine angular adjustment. A setscrew is located onthe top of the mount so that the rotational position of the stage can be secured once alignment isachieved.

With an overall size of 1" tall by 0.45" thick, the RSP05 Ø1/2" Optic Rotation Mount is an ideal solutionfor compact optical assemblies. The center aperture accepts Ø1/2" optics up to 0.23" (6mm) thick, held inplace with an SM05RR retaining ring (one included with RSP05). The knurled dial and 360° laser engravedscale marked at 2° increments allow for precise, repeatable positioning. A convenient top-located setscrewsecures the rotational position of the stage. The mount comes with one retaining ring (SM05RR); extraretaining rings are useful when mounting thin optics that need to be offset in the rotation stage.

Directly Mounts Ø1/2" Optics up to 0.23" (6mm) Thick

2° Graduation Marks, Labeled Every 20° Continuous 360° Rotation

Lockable Compact 1" x 0.87" x 0.45"

(25mm x 22mm x 11mm) One SM05RR Included With Each Unit

Accepts Ø2" (50.8mm) Optics up to 0.55"(14mm) Thick

2° Graduation Marks Labeled Every 20° Continuous 360° Rotation

Lockable 3.30" (84mm) O.D. x 0.63" (16mm) Thick Compatible With Our Ø2.0" Stackable

Lens Tubes (Starting on Page 208)


RSP1 RSP1/M* $ 81.10 £ 51.10 € 75,40 ¥ 774.50 Rotation Mount for Ø1" OpticsSM1RR SM1RR $ 5.30 £ 3.30 € 4,90 ¥ 50.60 Extra Retaining Ring for RSP1SPW602 SPW602 $ 28.40 £ 17.90 € 26,40 ¥ 271.20 Spanner Wrench for SM1RR


RSP05 RSP05/M* $ 67.60 £ 42.60 € 62,90 ¥ 645.60 Rotation Mount for Ø1/2" OpticsSM05RR $ 5.10 £ 3.20 € 4,70 ¥ 48.70 Extra Retaining Ring for RSP05SPW603 $ 28.40 £ 17.90 € 26,40 ¥ 271.20 Spanner Wrench for SM05RR

SM05RR

One SM05RR Included

MountingPost NotIncluded

TR Mounting PostNot Included

TR Mounting Post Not Included

SPW603Spanner Wrench

*Comes with one retaining ring (SM05RR); extra retaining rings are useful when mounting thin optics that need to be offset in therotation stage.

RSP05

Rotation Mount for Ø1" Optics

Directly Mounts Ø1" Optics up to 0.47"(12mm) Thick

2° Graduation Marks Labeled Every 20° Continuous 360° Rotation Lockable

Backlash-Free Thrust Bearing Design Compact 2.2" (56mm) O.D. x 1.02"

(26mm) I.D. x 0.60" (15mm) Thick

One SM1RR Included With Each Unit #8-32 (M4)Mounting Hole


RSP2 RSP2/M* $ 151.80 £ 95.60 € 141,20 ¥ 1,449.70 Rotation Mount for Ø2" OpticsSM2RR SM2RR $ 9.70 £ 6.10 € 9,00 ¥ 92.60 Extra Retaining Ring for RSP2SPW801 SPW801 $ 94.00 £ 59.20 € 87,40 ¥ 897.70 Spanner Wrench for SM2RR

*RSP1 comes with one SM1RR retaining ring

*RSP2 comes with one SM2RR retaining ring

LockingScrew

LockingScrew

LockingScrew

Rotation Mount for Ø1/2" Optics

DXF




10 MotionRotation 339-346.qxd.P 7/10/07 3:02 PM Page 339


www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

High-Precision Rotation Mount for Ø1/2" Optics

High-Precision Rotation Mount forØ1" OpticsThe PRM1 Rotation Mount combines easy-to-use continuous manualrotation with high-precision, backlash-free micrometer adjustment. While theknurled dial is in an unlocked state (see locking screw photo below right),continuous smooth rotation can be measured with the 1° laser-engravedgraduation marks. While in a locked position, the micrometer drive canprovide ±7° of rotational motion with 5arcmin of resolution. This high degreeof resolution is made possible by the top-mounted vernier plate. For evenhigher angular resolution, the vernier can be used to calibrate the micrometerhead graduations to as low as about 1arcmin across a ±5° range with accuracybetter than 1%.

Vernier Provides 5arcmin Resolution 360° Coarse Rotation 1° Graduations on Main Dial When Locked, Micrometer Driven ±7° of Fine Rotation

(~2.4arcmin per Micrometer Division) Directly Accepts Ø1" Optics up to 0.50"(13mm) Thick One Retaining Ring Included to Secure Optic in Place Fully Compatible With Our SM1 (1.035"-40) Lens Tube Accessories

(Starting on Page 208)

2.67"(68mm)

Micrometer HeadProvides ±7° Adjustment

1.2"(30mm)

3.10"(78mm)

1.181"(30mm)

360° RotationContinuously Adjustable

Locking Screw Engages Micrometer Head Adjustment

#8-32 (M4) Tapped Hole

#4-40 Mounting Hole in4 Places

SM1 ThreadAccepts Ø1" Optics

Vernier Dial

LockingScrew

MicrometerDrive

PRM1

SM1RROne SM1RR Included

*One SM1RR is included with each rotation mount.


PRM1 PRM1/M* $ 255.00 £ 160.70 € 237,20 ¥ 2,435.30 High-Precision Rotation MountSM1RR SM1RR $ 5.30 £ 3.30 € 4,90 ¥ 50.60 Additional Retaining RingSPW602 SPW602 $ 28.40 £ 17.90 € 26,40 ¥ 271.20 Spanner Wrench

*Comes with one retaining ring (SM05RR), extra retaining rings are useful when mounting thin optics that need to be offset inthe rotation stage.

SM05RR

PRM05

One SM05RR Included

SPW603Spanner Wrench

TR Mounting Post Not Included

Continuous 360° Coarse Rotation Direct Read 2° Graduations on Main Dial Vernier Scale Provides 10arcmin Resolution When Locked, 0.25mm Pitch Screw Driven ±9°

of Fine Rotation Fully Compatible With our SM05 Lens Tubes

(0.535"-40 Thread) on Page 208

Directly Accepts Ø1/2" Optics up to 0.25"(6mm) Thick

Ideal for Ø1/2" Polarization Optics

Wave Plates


PRM05 PRM05/M* $152.00 £ 95.80 € 141,40 ¥1,451.60 Rotation Mount for Ø1/2" OpticsSM05RR $ 5.10 £ 3.20 € 4,70 ¥ 48.70 Extra Retaining Ring for PRM05SPW603 $ 28.40 £ 17.90 € 26,40 ¥ 271.20 Spanner Wrench for SM05RR

TOOLS OF THE TRADE

Thorlabs has increased the range of waveplates that it offers. Please see pages 809-824

for details.

Zero-OrderWave PlatesSee Page 811



The PRM1-Z7 is a small, compact, motorized rotation stage that accepts 1" optics and is basedon our popular PRM1 rotation mount (see page 175). Manual and automated control ispossible using the new TDC001 DC servo controller, which can be found on page 353.

Rotation is driven via a DC servo motor that is equipped with a 256:1 gearbox and a rotaryencoder for accurate closed-loop position control. The TDC001 DC servo controller is the idealcompanion for achieving smooth, continuous motion, which can be automated via the softwareinterface. The user can measure the angular displacement by using the Vernier dial inconjunction with the graduation marks that are marked on the rotating plate in 1° increments.The precision DC motor actuator provides one arcsecond of resolution over the entire 360 degreesof rotation. This rotation stage is also equipped with a precision home limit switch to facilitateautomated rotation to the zero datum position, thus ensuring absolute angular positioningthereafter. The limit switch is designed to allow continuous rotation of the stage over multiple 360°cycles.

For complete flexibility, the stage can be mounted either vertically on a post or horizontally using anadaptor plate (PRM1SP2). When in the vertical orientation, the reduced thickness of the stage isextremely beneficial for optical path applications where space is limited. When used in the horizontalorientation, an upper adaptor plate (PRM1SP1) can be fitted to provide a compact and usefulrotation stage for any motion control applications.

PRM1-Z7Base Assembly

Sold Separately

Motion Control

341www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

1" Motorized High-Precision Rotation Mount

Features 360° Coarse Rotation 1° Graduations on Main Dial Compact Design High Load Capabilities Precision Home Limit Switch Post Mountable Ideal for SM1 (1.035"-40) Compatible Accessories Directly Accepts Ø1" Optics up to 0.50" (12.5mm) Thick Fully Compatible With Our Lens Tube (SM1 1.035"-40 Thread) Accessories

(Starting on Page 208)

The TDC001 DC Servo T-Cube is a highly flexible, yetcompact controller. It is possible to pre-program the jogbuttons fitted to the unit with user-specified angularsteps. In this way, repeated discrete and accurate angularmoves are easily supported simply using these buttons.Furthermore, variable speed rotation to any angularposition can be achieved using the velocity slider. Allstage operations can be carried out remotely on a PCusing the highly flexible apt™ support softwaresupplied. Intuitive graphical panels provide all requiredstage settings and commands for quick and easyoperation. In addition, a comprehensive programminglibrary enables fully customised and automated controlsequences to be readily constructed in manyprogramming languages, including LabVIEW, VisualBasic, and C++.

1.18" (30mm)

1.18" (30mm)

Cbore For1/4"-20 (M6) Cap Screw 2Places

SM1 ThreadThrough Hole

#4-40 For Cage Mounting4 Places

#6-32 (M3)4 Places

#8-32 (M4)4 Places

0.07" (1.8mm)

#8-32 (M4)Post Mounting

#8-32 (M4) For Vertical Post Mounting

Cable 10'(3m)

#8-32 (M4) For Inclined Post Mounting

0.49"(12.5mm)

0.49"(12.5mm)

1.68"(42.5mm)

4.84"(123mm)

0.87"(22mm)

3.03"(77mm)

0.9"(23mm)

Specifications Resolution: 1arcsec Range: 360° Continuous Max Velocity: 24°/s Backlash: <100arcsec

*One SM1RR retaining ring included with each unit.


PRM1-Z7* PRM1-Z7/M* $ 795.00 £ 500.90 € 739,40 ¥ 7,592.30 Compact Motorized Rotation StagePRM1-Z7E* PRM1-Z7E/M* $ 1,330.00 £ 837.90 € 1.236,90 ¥ 12,701.50 Compact Motorized Rotation Stage w/ Servo Motor ControllerPRM1SP1 PRM1SP1/M $ 40.00 £ 25.20 € 37,20 ¥ 382.00 Solid Adapter PlatePRM1SP2 PRM1SP2/M $ 40.00 £ 25.20 € 37,20 ¥ 382.00 Horizontal Mounting PlateSM1RR SM1RR $ 5.30 £ 3.30 € 4,90 ¥ 50.60 Additional Ø1" Retaining Ring

PRM1-Z7

PRM1-Z7ECompact Motorized Rotation

Stage w/ Servo MotorController and Power Supply



Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control


Receive a 10% Discount on the TDC001 When OrderingBoth the CR1-Z7 and TDC001 Together (CR1-7E)

TDC001DC Motor Controller

See Page 353

Worm Driven Continuous Rotation Stage

The CR1 rotation stage provides high precision along with lowbacklash. The low backlash is achieved using an antibacklash gearin the worm gear mechanism. The added ability to stack our line of translation stages on the rotation platform makes this stageuseful in any lab.

Driven by Fine Pitch Worm Gear Providing 360° Continuous Motion

Graduation Marks in 2° Increments Vernier Scale Offers 5arcmin Resolution Resolution: 15° per Revolution of Adjuster Knob Application Tested to 25lbs Vertical Load Backlash Free Compatible for Mounting MS1, T12, & T25

Series Translation Stages (Using Adapter Plate) Compatible With PM1/PM2 Prism

Mounting Hardware (Not Included)

The CR1A is an adapter plate, which allows the followingmounts to be connected to the CR1 rotation stage: PH Seriesof Post Holders (see page 79), T12 Series of 1/2" MiniTranslators (see page 258),and the GN Series of Goniometers(see page 181). It should be noted that the MS Series of 1/4"Mini Translators (see page 256) connect directly to the CR1Continuous Rotation Stage and do not require the CR1Aadapter plate.


CR1 CR1/M $ 299.00 £ 188.40 € 278,10 ¥2,855.50 Continuous Rotation StageCR1A CR1A/M $ 18.90 £ 11.90 € 17,60 ¥ 180.50 Rotation Stage Adapter PlatePM1 PM1/M $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Small Clamping ArmPM2 PM2/M $ 14.70 £ 9.30 € 13,70 ¥ 140.40 Large Clamping Arm

CR1 CR1A

Motorized Rotation Stage

The CR1-Z7 motorized rotation stage offers high-precision,continuous motion in a sturdy, compact package. The backlash-free worm gear design, coupled with a high-resolution opticalencoder, provides the rotational precision required in opticallaboratories. The high torque 12VDC Servo Motor suppliesample power for rotating vertical loads of up to 25lbs.

2.76"(70.1mm)

4.21"(107mm)

1.00"(25.4mm)

Ø1.70"(Ø43.2mm)

Continuous 360° Rotation Low Backlash Design High Torque DC-Servo Motor With Gear Head & Optical Encoder High Count Optical Encoder (12,288 pulses/rev) Angle Readout of 2° Increments Plus a Vernier Scale Provides

5arcmin Resolution Application Tested to 25lbs Vertical Load

CR1-Z7

*Price includes 10% discount on the drive module TDC001 Power Supply Included. **Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible


CR1-Z7 CR1/M-Z7 $ 800.00 £ 504.00 € 744,00 ¥ 7,640.00 Motorized Rotation StageCR1-Z7E CR1/M-Z7E* $ 1,373.75 £ 865.50 € 1.277,60 ¥ 13,119.30 Rotation Stage With Servo-Motor ControllerCR1A CR1A/M $ 18.90 £ 11.90 € 17,60 ¥ 180.50 Rotation Stage AdapterTPS001** TPS001** $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 15V Power Supply Unit for a Single T-Cube

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control

343www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Rotation Platform

(57mm)2.23"

(62mm)2.45"

(6mm)0.23"

(50mm)2.00"

(62mm)2.45"

1/4"-20 (M6) Mounting Hole

Knurled Edge

Cap Screws

CboresFor 1/4"-20 (M6)

#8-32 (M4) Tapped Holes4 Places 0.5" (12.5mm)Centers

(16mm)0.63"

(31mm)1.23"

#8-32 (M4) Mounting Hole

Rotating Surface Continuous 360° Rotation Accepts Heavy Loads of up

to 50lb (23kg) Lockable 2° Increments Horizontal or Vertical

Mounting Double Thrust Bearing

Design

The RP01 Rotation Platform provides asolution for applications necessitatingsmooth, backlash-free rotation. Thisplatform can be fastened to an optical tableor breadboard using the four corner-located1/4" (M6) counterbored holes, providescontinuous 360° rotation, has a radial scalewith markings every 2°, and is capable ofaccepting vertical loads as heavy as 50lb(23kg) Once the desired position isachieved, a ball driver actuated setscrew locks the platform into place.

The PR01 Precision Rotation Platform combines easy-to-usemanual rotation with high-precision, backlash-free micrometeradjustment. While the platform dial is in an unlocked state,continuous smooth rotation can be measured with the 1° graduation marks. When locked, the dial is adjusted by the ±7° micrometer drive system, offering 5arcmin resolution from theside vernier. For even higher angular resolution, the vernier can beused to calibrate the micrometer head graduations to as low as 1arcmin across a ±5° range with an accuracy of better than 1%.

360° Coarse Rotation 1° Graduations on Main Dial Vernier Scale Provides 5arcmin Resolution When Locked, Micrometer Driven ±7° of Fine Rotation

(~2.4arcmin per Micrometer Division) Directly Accepts Ø1" Optics Up to 0.70" (17.5mm) Thick Compatible With Our SM1-Series Lens Tubes and

Accessories 1.035"-40 Thread Starting on Page 208 Mounts Horizontally or Vertically Compatible With PM1/PM2 Prism

Mounting Hardware (Not Included)

Precision Rotation Plaform


PR01 PR01/M* $ 318.00 £ 200.30 € 295,70 ¥ 3,036.90 Precision Rotation PlatformPR01A PR01A/M $ 18.90 £ 11.90 € 17,60 ¥ 180.50 PR01 Solid Adapter PlateSM1RR SM1RR $ 5.30 £ 3.30 € 4,90 ¥ 50.60 Additional Ø1" Retaining Ring

1/4”-20 (M6) &#8-32 (M4)

TAPPED HOLES

METRICITEM# ITEM# $ £ € RMB

PM1 PM1/M $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70PM2 PM2/M $ 14.70 £ 9.30 € 13,70 ¥ 140.40

Description: Prism Mounting Hardware

PM2(Not Included)

PR01AAdapter

Plate

*One SM1RR retaining ring included with each unit.

One SM1RR Included With Each Rotation Mount

PR01SM1RR

PM1

PM2

RP01


RP01 RP01/M $ 91.00 £ 57.30 € 84,60 ¥ 869.10 Rotation Platform

See Page 809

PolarizationOptics



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Mounting Plate, NR Series Rotation Stage

NanoRotator™ 360° Stage

Table Spacer Plate: This adapter plate is used to mount the NR360S rotationstage to a large flat surface. The 10mm thickness ensures the stage sits flat to themounting surface, providing clearance for the stepper motor that extends belowthe bottom surface of the stage.


NR360SP1 NR360SP1/M $ 74.80 £ 47.10 € 69,60 ¥ 714.30 Adapter Plate for the NR360S

NR360SP1NR360SP1

Features Resolution of Better Than 1arcsec1

Stepper Motor Drive – 1arcsecIncremental Movement With 25,600Microstepper Driver1

Manual Control of the RotatingCarriage

High Capacity – 50kg MaximumAxial Load

Preloaded Worm Gear DriveMechanism With Minimal Backlash

Origin Indicating Switch Every 360°1 All measurements made with our BSC series stepper motorcontroller, see page 366 for details.

Highlights Construction: Aluminum Body and

Platform with Black Finish Approximate Weight: 3.1lbs (1.4kg) Load Capacity: 50kg (110lbs) Travel: 360º of Continuous Rotation Resolution: <1arcsec Eccentricity (Run-Out) of Top Plate:

<50µm Repeatabilty: Approx. 100arcsec Max Speed: 15º/sec

Rotation Stage With Stepper Motor DriveITEM# METRIC ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

NR360S NR360S/M $ 2,550.00 £ 1,606.50 € 2.371,50 ¥ 24,352.50 Rotation Stage, 50mm Center Hole & Stepper Motor Drive

The NanoRotator™ series rotation stage provides arcsecondresolution when driven from a microstepping steppermotor control (see our BSC101 stepper motor driver onpage 366). The low profile design, just 55mm (2.17")high, is made possible by the use of two compact precisionbearings. The rotating carriage of the stage providescontinuous rotation of loads up to 50kg (110lbs) and has a50mm (2") clear aperture to allow a light source to passdirectly through the stage.

The main body of the stage is made from aluminum alloy, and canattach directly to an optical table. Alternatively, it can be mounted atany orientation via the nine mounting holes provided along four surfacesof the device. A worm gear assembly is used to transfer the rotary motion ofthe stepper motor into rotary motion of the carriage. There is a mechanicalreduction in this gear assembly that provides one revolution of the carriage forevery 66 turns of the stepper motor.

The hybrid stepper motor used in the NR360S actuator is ideally suited for micro-stepping applications that require high resolution. The rotor, with 50 individualmagnetic teeth, ensures smoother low-speed motion by allowing the discrete 1.8ºstep size, which produces vibrational noise, to be reduced to much smaller stepswith inherently lower resultant vibrational noise.

When used with the apt™ Series stepper motor controller, the stepper motorprovides 25,600 microsteps per revolution, resulting in 66 x 25,600 steps perrevolution of the stage. This results in a 0.213µm of platform rotation permicrostep.2

2) 360° / (66 x 25,600)

NR360S

7/3/07 5:01 PM Page 344


Motion Control

345www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief TutorialsNR Series M15 Adapter Plate

NR Series SM1 Adapter Plate


NR360SP3 NR360SP3/M $ 118.25 £ 74.50 € 110,00 ¥1,129.30 M15 Adapter Plate for the NR360S

This adapter plate is used to provide a number of different mounting optionswhen attaching devices to our NR360S rotation stage. The mounting holesconsist of six 1/4"-20 (M6), four #8-32 (M4), and one M15 that is centered onthe carriage plate.

NR360SP3

NR Series Grooved Adapter Plate


NR360SP4 NR360SP4/M $ 118.25 £ 74.50 € 110,00 ¥1,129.30 Grooved Adapter Plate for the NR360S

This adapter plate provides an easy means tointegrate all of the miscellaneous accessoriesfrom our fiber launch systems product line.These accessories include optical mounts, tip-tilt mounts, and fiber holders; please refer topage 318 for the complete selection ofproducts.

Adapter Plate ShownWith Waveguideand Fiber AccessoriesSee Page 318

NR360SP4

NR360SP3


NR360SP8 $ 48.00 £ 30.20 € 44,60 ¥ 458.40 SM1 Adapter Plate for the NR360S

This adapter plate bolts to the top of the NR360S. A SM1-threaded through-hole allows 1" optics and Thorlabs’ SM1 family of product to be mounted to theNR360S. Thorlabs’ standard 30mm cage assemblies can be attached via #4-40taps.

SM1-Threaded Through-Hole #4-40 Taps for Integrating

30mm Cage AssembliesNR360SP8

NR360SP8

NR Series Right Angle Bracket

NR360SP2

METRICITEM# ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTIONNR360SP2 NR360SP2/M $238.00 £149.90 €221,30 ¥2,272.90 Right Angle Bracket

NR Series Adapter Plates

NR360SP5Bottom MountingAdapter

The NR360SP5 allows the NR360S to be mounted directly to anyLNR or NRT stage. The LNR stage is found on page 268, and theNRT stage is found on page 276.

METRICITEM# ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTIONNR360SP5 NR360SP5/M $ 93.50 £ 58.90 € 87,00 ¥892.90 Base Plate

7/3/07 5:02 PM Page 345


Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Goniometers, Small Platform

The GNL Series of Goniometers are a larger versionof our popular GN Series of Goniometers. Byincreasing the package size, a precision micrometer

has been incorporated into thedesign to improve the angularplacement of the top plate. Eachgoniometer provides a precision

machined dovetail thatprovides smooth rotationabout a “Virtual Point”

located above the topsurface. All goniometers are alsoequipped with a locking screw toensure stability once the stage hasbeen adjusted to its desiredposition.

GN05

GN1

The GN Series of Goniometers offer unobstructed purerotational motion about a “Virtual Point.” Thecompact, stackable design allows the GN05 to operatein cooperation with the GN1. The two stacked unitscan be purchased together (Item# GN2).

Precision Machined Dovetail Design ±250µm Error on Common Rotation Point M3-0.25 Actuator Screw

GN2

GNL18

1.75"(44mm)

10' VERNIER SCALE

303060 0 60

5 0 5

0.75"(19mm)

VIRTUAL POINTOF ROTATION

Precision Machined Dovetail Design Lockable Design Micrometer Actuator

*Each unit ships complete with mounting base plate †10% savings when purchased together

Specifications Virtual Point From Top Surface:

GN05: 0.50"GN1: 1.00"

Rotation: GN05: ±15°GN1: ±10°

Accuracy: 10arcmin Package Size:

1.00" x 1.00" x 0.70" (25mm x 25mm x 18mm) (Height Includes Base Plate)


GNL10: 1.00"GNL18: 1.75"

Rotation: GNL10: ±10°GNL18: ±5°

Accuracy: 10arcmin Package Size:

1.50" x 1.50" x 0.95" (38mm x 38mm x 24mm) (Height Includes Base Plate)

GN05

1.00"

0.70"

GNL10

VIRTUAL POINTOF ROTATION

10' VERNIER SCALE

60 030

10 5 0

6030

105

1.00"(25mm)

0.75"(19mm)

GNL10

GNL20

1.5"

Visit www.thorlabs.com for Drawing of GN2

1.5"

1/4"-20 (M6)Cap ScrewClearance Slot

GNL18

ITEM#* METRIC ITEM#* $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

GNL10 GNL10/M $ 183.00 £ 115.30 € 170,20 ¥ 1,747.70 Large Goniometer With 1" Virtual PointGNL18 GNL18/M $ 196.00 £ 123.50 € 182,30 ¥ 1,871.80 Large Goniometer With 1.75" Virtual PointGNL20 GNL20/M $ 356.00 £ 224.30 € 331,10 ¥ 3,399.80 Large Dual Axis Goniometer Pair GNL10-Z7† GNL10/M-Z7† $ 579.00 £ 364.80 € 538,50 ¥ 5,529.50 Large Motorized Goniometer - 1" Virtual PointGNL18-Z7† GNL18/M-Z7† $ 590.00 £ 371.70 € 548,70 ¥ 5,634.50 Large Motorized Goniometer - 1.75" Virtual PointGNL20-Z7† GNL20/M-Z7† $1,150.00 £ 724.50 € 1.069,50 ¥ 10,982.50 Large Dual-Axis Motorized Goniometer Pair

Virtual RotationPoints of Stacked Stages Align


GN05 GN05/M $ 99.00 £ 62.40 € 92,10 ¥ 945.50 Goniometer with 1/2" Virtual PointGN1 GN1/M $ 103.00 £ 64.90 € 95,80 ¥ 983.70 Goniometer with 1" Virtual PointGN2 GN2/M $ 194.00 £ 122.20 € 180,40 ¥ 1,852.70 Goniometer Pair

Goniometers, Large Platform

1.00"

TDC001Motor DriverSee Page 353

NEW

GNL18-Z7


GNL10-Z7: 1.00"GNL18-Z7: 1.75"

Rotation: GNL10-Z7: ±8°GNL18-Z7: ±5°

Accuracy: 10arcmin

Precision: GNL10-Z7: 0.5° per Revolution(Nominal)GNL18-Z7: 0.3° per Revolution(Nominal)

Package Size:1.50" x 1.50" x 0.95" (38mm x 38mm x 24mm) (Height Includes Base Plate)



Item Page Stepper DC Servo Piezo Auto-Align Strain Gauge Solenoid ChannelsChannels Controller Controller Controller Reader Controller

TDC001 352 15V 1

TST001 351 15V 1

TPZ001 357 150/75V 1

TSG001 359 1

TSC001 354 15V 1

TNA001 361 10V 2

BSC101 367 48V 1

BSC102 367 48V 2

BSC103 367 48V 3

BDC101 369 48V 1

BDC102 369 48V 2

BDC103 369 48V 3

BPC201 371 75V 1

BPC202 371 75V 2

BPC203 371 75V 3

BNT001 373 75V 2

MST601 376 48V 2

MPZ601 377 75V 2

MNA601 378 75V 2

T-CubePlatform

Benchtop

19" RackSystem

347www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control Electronics Selection GuidePages 348-382

T-Cube™ Controllers Stepper Motor Driver DC Servo Driver Solenoid Controller Piezo Driver Strain Gauge Reader NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller T-Cube™ USB Controller Hub

See Pages 348-363

Benchtop Controllers High-Power Stepper Motor Controllers Open-Loop Piezo Controllers High-Power DC Motor Controllers Stepper Motor Drivers Closed-Loop, High Current Piezo Controllers NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller

See Pages 364-373

Rack-Based ControllersRack-based systems support up to 12 Channels of Operation in a Single Chassis Three Plug-In Modules

• Dual-Channel Piezoelectric Controller

• Dual-Channel Stepper Motor Controller

• NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Module

See Pages 374-379

Software User-Friendly Graphical Interface Used With Any of Our Motion Control Stages Advanced Programming With ActiveX® Controls

See Pages 380-382

ActiveX is aregisteredtrademark ofMicrosoft Corp.

11 DriveElecTcubes 347-363.qxd.P 7/10/07 3:22 PM Page 347


Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Motion Control ElectronicsThorlabs' engineers have worked closely with customers, systemintegrators, and leading researchers to better understand theirrequirements for sophisticated yet easy-to-use motion controlelectronics and software. The result is the highly flexible apt™(Advanced Positioning Technology) controller family. In addition toa stepper motor, DC motor, piezo controllers, a strain gauge reader,and a solenoid driver, we offer sophisticated feedback controllers(Nanotrak™) that fully optimize coupled optical powersautomatically in a variety of alignment scenarios. There are threeformats of controller to meet the performance requirements for arange of applications and budgets:

Compact, Table-Mounted T-Cube™ apt™ Controllers(Pages 348-363)

High-Power apt™ Benchtop Controllers (Pages 364-373) Modular Rack-Based apt™ Control Systems

(Pages 374-379)All the controllers are USB interfaced and supportedby unified PC-based user and programming utilities(the apt™ software pages 380-382). This enableshigher level custom applications to be constructedeffectively and quickly using any combination of theapt™ controllers.

Features Highly Flexible and Easy to Use Manual and Software Control Common Software Interfaces Setup With Minimal Effort – Plug-and-Play 3 Formats Available: Tabletop T-Cubes™, High-Power

Benchtop, and Rack-Based Systems Stepper Motor, DC Motor Controllers, Open- and

Closed-Loop Piezo Drivers, Strain Gauge Reader, ShutterController, Auto-Alignment Controllers

All USB Interfaced – All Software Included

The apt™ system software is described in more detail on page 380.

The following pages describe the range of apt™ controllers:

T-Cube™ Controllers – Pages 348-363

Benchtop Controllers – Pages 364-373

Rack-Based Controllers – Pages 374-379

TST001 TCH002 TPZ001

MPZ601

MMR601

MNA601

BPC203MDT693A

BSC103

11 DriveElecTcubes 347-363.qxd.P 7/5/07 11:30 AM Page 348


Motion Control

349

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

T-Cube™ apt™ USB ControllersThe T-Cube™ range of controllers provides a highly functional, flexible, and expandable electronics platform in a cost-effective andcompact format. Their footprint measures just 60mm x 60mm x 47mm (2.4" x 2.4" x 1.8"), making them ideal for optomechanicalapplications where the controller is required to be in close proximity to the apparatus on the optical table. Each T-Cube™ is equippedwith local controls to allow convenient manual operation, as well as a USB interface for automated PC control. The supplied apt™software is easy to use and exposes the full motion control capabilities of the T-Cube™ controllers, including simultaneous command ofmultiple controllers. The optional T-Cube™ hub can provide both power distribution and USB communications for up to six controllers.

Stepper Motor Driver TST001Page 350

DC Servo Driver TDC001Page 352

Solenoid Controller TSC001Page 354

Piezo Driver TPZ001Page 356

Strain Gauge Reader TSG001Page 358

T-Cube™ USB Controller Hub TCH002Page 362

NanoTrak™ Auto-AlignmentController TNA001

Page 360

7/3/07 5:08 PM Page 349


Motion Control

350

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Stepper Motor Controller (Page 1 of 2)

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

TST001

The T-Cube™ USB apt™ Stepper Driver (TST001) is a verycompact, single channel controller for easy manual and automatedcontrol of small, 2-phase, bipolar stepper motors. This driver hasbeen designed to operate with a variety of lower-power motors (upto 15V/5W operation), equipped with or without encoderfeedback. Although targeted at lower power operations, this product

offers full control features with a highly flexible andpowerful DSP controller providing a unique highresolution microstepping capability in a compact unit.The TST001 is optimized for “out of the box” operationwith the Thorlabs range of ZST mini stepper motoractuators (see page 405); however, its highly flexibleparameterization also supports operation with a widerange of third party stepper motors and associated stagesand actuators.

USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PCcontrolled operation. Multiple units can be connected toa single PC via standard USB technology or by using thenew T-Cube™ Controller Hub (TCH002) for multi-axis

motion control applications – see page 362.

Features High-Resolution Microstepping Supports 2-Phase, Bipolar, Low-Power Stepper Motors Compact Footprint Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP Inputs) for

Closed-Loop Positioning Auto-Configure Function for Thorlabs' ZST Actuators USB Plug-and-Play PC-Controlled Operation Easy-to-Use Manual Controls With Velocity Slider and

Jog Buttons Full Software Control Suite Supplied Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Fully Software Integrated With Other apt™ Family

Controllers

Specifications Motor Drive Connector (15-Way, High-Density D-Type Female):

• Phase A and B Drive Outputs• Differential Quadrature Encoder (QEP)

A and B Inputs• Forward, Reverse Limit Switch Inputs• 5V Encoder Supply

Stepping:• 128 Microsteps per Full Step• 3072 Microsteps per Revolution (for 24

Full Step Motor – e.g. ZST Series) Front Panel Controls:

• Potentiometer Slider• Bidirectional Velocity Control• Dual Buttons• Forward/Reverse Jogging or Position

Presets Motor Drive Voltage: 15V (Supports 2-Phase, Bipolar Stepper

Motors Up to 15V/5W) Motor Drive Current: 500mA (peak) Motor Drive Type: 10-Bit Sign/Magnitude PWM Control Algorithm: Open-Loop Microstepping

(Closed-Loop using PC) Position Feedback: Quadrature Encoder

(QEP) Input, 5V Differential Encoder Feedback Bandwidth: 500kHz Position Counter: 32-bit Operating Modes: Position, Velocity Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal Input Power Requirements:

15V Regulated DC, 500mA (Peak) Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):

60.3 x 60.3 x 47.5mm (2.37" x 2.37" x 1.8") Weight: 100g (3.5oz)

3.66

1” [

93m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 0.250” [6.35mm]

2.100” [53mm]

3.07

1” [

78m

m]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

0.059” [1.50mm]

2.362” [60mm]



Motion Control

351

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Stepper Motor Controller (Page 2 of 2) Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

See pages 380-382 for more information on the apt™ softwareincluded with the TST001 Stepper Controller.


TST001 $ 637.50 £ 401.60 € 592,90 ¥ 6,088.10 T-Cube™ Single Channel USB Stepper Motor Controller/DriverTPS001 $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 15V Power Supply Unit for a Single T-CubeTPS008 $ 187.00 £ 117.80 € 173,90 ¥ 1,785.90 15V Power Supply Unit for up to 8 T-CubesTCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

TST001 Stepper Motor Driver Applications

The TST001 Stepper Motor Driver T-Cube™can be used to control our lower-power steppermotor-driven optomechanical products, such asthe ZST series actuators. For 3-axis control, threestepper motor driver T-cubes can be used, eitheron the TCH002 controller hub (see page 362) orbolted to the optical table.

Power Supply OptionsThe TST001 T-Cube™ requires a 15V powersupply. Thorlabs offers a compact, multi-waypower supply unit (TPS008), allowing up to eightT-Cubes to be powered from a single main outlet.A single-way wall plug supply (TPS001) forpowering a single T-Cube™ Driver is alsoavailable. The TCH002 USB Controller Hubprovides power distribution for up to six T-Cubes.The Controller Hub contains a fully compliantUSB 2.0 hub circuit to provide communicationsfor all six T-Cubes. A single USB connection tothe Controller Hub is all that is required for PCcontrol. For further information on the hub, seepage 362.

Recommended Motor Requirements Motor Type: 2-Phase Bipolar Stepper Peak Power: 5W Rated Phase Current: 10 – 250mA Step Angles: 1.8° to 20° Motor Drive Mode: Current Coil Resistance (nominal): 5 – 20Ω Coil Inductance: 2 – 5.5mH Position Control: Open-Loop (Incremental Encoder Optional)

MOTOR DRIVE

ZST Stepper Motor Actuators

See Page 405

Smooth, precise linearmotion control in asleek compact package.Operates with TST001Stepper Driver T-Cube.

TST001

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control

352

T-Cube™ apt™ USB DC Servo Motor Controller (Page 1 of 2)

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Features Compact Footprint Full apt™ Software Control Suite Supplied Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP Inputs) for Closed Loop

Positioning Auto-Configure Function for all Thorlabs Z7 Equipped

Stages/Actuators USB Plug-and-Play – Multi-Axis Expansion Easy-to-Use Manual Controls With Velocity Slider and Jog

Buttons Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Fully Software Integrated With Other apt™ Family

Controllers

The new T-Cube™ USB DC Servo Motor Driver is a compact,single-channel controller/driver for easy manual and automaticcontrol of DC Servo motors. This driver has been designed to operatewith a variety of low-powered, DC-brushed motors (up to 15V/2.5Woperation) equipped with encoder feedback. The TDC001 has beenoptimized for “out-of-the-box” operation with Thorlabs' range of Z7DC motor-equipped optomechanical products (See page 404).Thehighly flexible software settings and closed-loop tuning also supportsoperation with a wide range of third-party DC Servo motors andassociated stages and actuators.

USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play, PC-controlledoperation. The TDC001 also includes the user-friendly apt™software, which allows the user to quickly set up complex movingsequences.For example, all relevant operating parameters are setautomatically by the software for Thorlabs' stage and actuatorproducts. Advanced custom motion control applications andsequences are also possible using the extensive ActiveX® programmingenvironment.

For added convenience, multiple units can be connected to a singlePC via standard USB hub technology or by using the new T-Cube™Controller Hub (TCH002) for multi-axis motion controlapplications (see page 362 for further details).

Specifications Motor Drive Connector (15-Way D-Type):

• Motor +15V and -15V Drive Outputs• Quadrature Encoder (QEP) Input (Single Ended)• Forward, Reverse Limit Switch Inputs (+ Common

Return)• 5V Encoder Supply

Front Panel Controls:• Potentiometer Slider: 4-Speed Bidirectional Velocity

Control• Dual Buttons• Forward/Reverse Jogging or Position Presets

Motor Drive Voltage: ±15V Motor Drive Current: 150mA (peak) Motor Drive Type: 8-Bit Sign/Magnitude PWM Control Algorithm: Digital PID Filter (16-Bit) Position Feedback: Quadrature Encoder (QEP)

Input, 5V Single Ended Encoder Feedback Bandwidth: 750kHz Position Counter: 32-Bit Operating Modes: Position, Velocity Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal Input Power Requirements: 15V Regulated DC,

500mA (Peak) Dimensions (W x D x H):

60.3 x 60.3 x 47.5mm (2.37" x 2.37" x 1.87") Weight: 160g (5.5oz)

Compatible Motor Specifications Motor Type: Brushed DC Servo Peak Power: 2.5W Rated Current: 10-200mA (Nominal) Coil Resistance: 5-50Ω (Nominal) Coil Inductance: 250-1500µH Position Control: Incremental Encoder Resolution: Encoder Specific

TDC001



TDC001 DC Servo Driver ApplicationsThe TDC001 DC Servo Driver T-Cube™ can be used to control our completerange of DC, motor-driven, optomechanical products, such as the MT1-Z7translation stage and the CR1-Z7 rotation stage shown in the photograph. For 3-axis control, three DC Driver T-cubes can be used, either on the TCH002controller hub (see page 362) or bolted directly to the optical table.

Power Supply optionsThe TDC001 T-Cube™ requires a 15V power supply. Thorlabs offers a compact,multi-way power supply unit (TPS008), allowing up to eight T-Cubes to bepowered from a single main outlet. A single way wall plug supply (TPS001) forpowering a single T-Cube™ Driver is also available. Alternatively, the TCH002USB Controller Hub provides power distribution for up to six T-Cubes.Furthermore, the Controller Hubcontains a fully compliant USB 2.0hub circuit to providecommunications for all six T-Cubes –a single USB connection to theController Hub is all that is requiredfor PC control.

Motion Control

353

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

T-Cube™ apt™ USB DC Servo Motor Controller (Page 2 of 2)The TDC001 DC Servo controller can simply beconnected to one of Thorlabs Z7 DC motoractuators and powered by connecting to one ofthe separate Thorlabs power supply options or byusing the T-Cube™ Controller Hub. Motoroperations are then controlled by thepotentiometer slider and jog buttons located onthe top face of the unit. Using the top panel sliderthe motor can be driven at pre-defined speeds ineither forward or reverse directions for velocitycontrol. Similarly the jog buttons can be used tomake discrete position increments in eitherdirection enabling precise and repeatablepositioning. For full flexibility, the supplied PCsoftware can be used to alter both the speedresponse of the slider and the jogging modes forthe buttons – saving any changes to the memorywithin the driver unit allowing the PC to bedisconnected once changes have been made.

3.66

1” [

93m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 0.250” [6.35mm]

2.100” [53mm]

3.07

1” [

78m

m]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

0.059” [1.50mm]

2.362” [60mm]


TDC001 $ 637.50 £ 401.60 € 592,90 ¥ 6,088.10 T-Cube™ Single Channel USB DC Servo Controller/DriverTPS001 $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 15V Power Supply Unit for a Single T-CubeTPS008 $ 187.00 £ 117.80 € 173,90 ¥ 1,785.90 15V Power Supply Unit for up to 8 T-CubesTCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

5

101115

61

Pin Description Pin Description

1 Ground 9 Not Connected

2 Forward Limit Switch 10 5V Encoder Supply

3 Reverse Limit Switch 11 Encoder Channel A

4 Not Connected 12 Not Connected

5 Motor - 13 Encoder Channel B

6 Not Connected 14 Not Connected

7 Motor + 15 Not Connected

8 Not Connected Not Connected

MOTOR DRIVE

TDC001



Motion Control

354

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Solenoid Controller (Page 1 of 2)

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Features Compact Footprint Full apt™ Software Control Suite Included 4 Operating Modes: Automatic, Single, Manual, and

Triggered Operating Modes Operates Thorlabs’ Solenoid-Operated

Flippers/Shutters Manual-or PC-Controlled Operation via USB Input/Output Triggering (Daisy Chaining) Safety Enabled Key Switch Laser Safety Interlock Jack Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Software Compatible With Other apt™ Controllers

The T-Cube™ Solenoid Controller (TSC001) is a compact, single-channel controller for easy manual and automated control ofsolenoid-operated shutters, flipper mounts, and other similardevices. Designed to operate 15V solenoid-actuated devices, thismini controller offers complete control features, possessing anembedded DSP processor to provide a multitude of flexibleoperating modes. Embedded software functionality allows this unitto be used to control solenoid devices manually (using panelbuttons), automatically with DSP-timed operation, or via externaltrigger signals for operation with third-party equipment. A triggerout connection allows multiple T-Cube™ controllers to beconnected together for multichannel synchronized operation.

The TSC001 may be mounted directly onto the optical table orcombined with the T-Cube™ Controller Hub (TCH002) formultiple cube applications. The manual controls for this unit areconveniently located on the upper surface. The mode button allowsvarious operating modes to be selected easily, while the enablebutton is used to initiate manual or automatic operation of the

solenoid controller output. There is also a safety key switch andinterlock plug fitted to this compact unit for use in laser safetyapplications. USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play, PC-controlled operation.

Coupling the controller with the very user-friendly apt™ software(supplied) allows it to quickly get running in a short time frame.Advanced custom control sequences are also possible using theextensive ActiveX® programming environment.

Specifications Timing Resolution: 250µs On/Off Times: 100ms to 10s Maximum Repetition Rate: Up to 10Hz Trigger In/Out (SMA Connected): TTL Output Enable: Key Switch and Interlock Jack Plug Operating Modes:

• Manual: User-Controlled On/Off• Single: DSP-Controlled Single On/Off Cycle• Auto: DSP-Controlled Multiple On/Off Cycles• Triggered: Externally Triggered On/Off

Output (6-Way Hirose Connectors):• Solenoid Drive: 15V Pulse (10V Hold)• Position Sensor Feedback: Photodiode

Input Power Requirements:• Voltage: 15V Regulated DC• Current: 1A Peak, 300mA Steady State

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):60.3 x 60.3 x 47.5mm (2.37" x 2.37" x 1.87")

Weight: 160g (5.5oz)

TSC001



3.66

1” [

93m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 0.250” [6.35mm]

2.100” [53mm]

3.07

1” [

78m

m]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

0.059” [1.50mm]

2.362” [60mm]

Motion Control

355

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Solenoid Controller (Page 2 of 2)TSC001 Solenoid Controller ApplicationsThe TSC001 Solenoid Controller has been designed tooperate with third-party, solenoid-operated devices operatedat 15V/1A (peak). Thorlabs offers a solenoid-operated beamshutter (SH05, see page 971) that is fully compatible with theTSC001 Solenoid Controller.

Power Supply OptionsThe TSC001 T-Cube™ requires a 15V/1A power supply.Thorlabs offers a compact, multi-way power supply unit(TPS008), allowing up to eight T-Cubes to be powered froma single main outlet. A single-way wall plug supply (TPS001)for powering a single T-Cube™ Driver is also available. TheTCH002 USB Controller Hub provides power for up to sixT-Cubes. The Controller Hub contains a fully compliantUSB 2.0 hub circuit to provide communications for all six T-Cubes – a single USB connection to the Controller Hub is allthat is required for PC control. See page 362 for more details.


TSC001 $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10 T-Cube™ Flipper/Shutter ControllerSH05 $ 425.00 £ 267.80 € 395,30 ¥ 4,058.80 Beam Shutter – 1/2" Diameter ApertureTPS001 $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 15V Power Supply Unit for a Single T-CubeTPS008 $ 187.00 £ 117.80 € 173,90 ¥ 1,785.90 15V Power Supply Unit for up to 8 T-CubesTCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

TSC001 Controller withSH05 Shutter

TSC001

See Page 362

T-Cube™ ControllerHub TCH002



The T-Cube™ Piezo Controller (TPZ001) is a new, compactsingle-channel controller/driver for manual and automatic controlof a wide range of piezo stacks and actuators. This driver is capableof delivering up to 150V of drive voltage at 7.5mA.* The TPZ001can be used to operate the complete range of bare piezo stacks,piezo-equipped actuators, and piezo-driven mirror mounts suppliedby Thorlabs. Furthermore, when operated together with the new T-Cube™ Strain Gauge Reader unit (TSG001), high-precision,closed-loop operation is possible using the complete range offeedback equipped piezo actuators.

All manual controls arelocated on the top face ofthe unit for manualadjustment of piezopositions using the digitallyencoded adjustment potand easy-to-read voltagedisplay with brightnessadjustment.

To support a wide varietyof piezo devices, theoutput range can be userselected to 75V, 100V, or150V, and the resolution iseasily altered to providevery accurate positioningcontrol. Direct hardwarecontrol of the high voltageoutput can be facilitatedusing the low-voltage inputconnector.

*For applications requiring higher current output (high bandwidth), please refer to our desktop Piezo Controllers on page 370.

A low-voltage output connector allows for monitoring of the HVoutput (for example, using an oscilloscope). As a useful feature, aprogrammable waveform generation capability makes this unitparticularly well suited for use in piezo scanning applications.

USB connectivity provides easy PC-controlled operation. Advancedcustom motion control applications and sequences are also possibleusing the extensive ActiveX® programming environments.

Motion Control

356

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Piezo Controller (Page 1 of 2)

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Features Compact Footprint Selectable High-Voltage Output Range of

75, 100, or 150V Digital Potentiometer High-Voltage Control

(Adjustable Resolution) Voltage Readout Low-Voltage Driver Input (SMA) Low-Voltage Monitor Output (SMA) Closed-Loop Operation With T-Cube™ Strain Gauge

Reader Unit (Via Hub) Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability Stand-Alone or PC-Controlled Operation via USB Software Control Suite Included Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Software Compatible With Other apt™ Controllers

Specifications Piezoelectric Output (SMC Male)

• Drive Voltage: 0-150V (Selectable: 75V, 100V, or150V)

• Drive Current: 7.5mA max. continuous• Stability: 100ppm over 24 hours (after 30 minutes

warm-up time)• Noise: <2mV RMS• Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1µF-10µF• Bandwidth: 1kHz (1µF Load, 1V p-p)

External Input (SMA Male): 0-10V Output Monitor (SMA Male): 0-3V USB Port: Version 1.1 mini T-Cube™ Controller Hub Connector: 26-Way

ERNI Power Requirements

• Voltage: +15V @ 200mA, -15V @ 100mA, +5V @400mA

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): 60 x 60 x 47mm(2.4" x 2.4" x 1.8")


TPZ001

TPZ001Input view



Note that the TPZ001 unit is equipped with an SMA connector for theEXT IN and MONITOR terminals. For your convenience, Thorlabssupplies a range of SMA to BNC converters for those applications whereBNC connections are required (See page 893).

TPZ001 Piezo Driver ApplicationsThe TPZ001 Piezo Driver T-Cube™ can be used to control our completerange of open-loop piezo products, such as the KC1-PZ 3-axis mirrormount shown below. In this application, three piezo T-Cubes are required,one for each axis.

For closed loop applications, the TPZ001 can be used in conjunction withthe TSG001 strain gauge reader T-Cube™ (see page 358). Thiscombination can be used to control a variety of closed-loop piezo productssuch as our PAZ series feedback piezo actuators (page 401).

Power Supply OptionsThe TPZ001 T-Cube™ requires a +5V, +15V, or -15Vpower supply depending on the current. Thorlabs offersa compact, two-way power supply unit (TPS002),allowing up to two T-Cubes to be powered from a singlemains outlet.

Alternatively, the TCH002 USB Controller Hubprovides power for up to six T-Cubes. Furthermore, theController Hub contains a fully compliant USB 2.0 hubcircuit to provide communications for all six T-Cubes –a single USB connection to the Controller Hub is allthat is required for PC control.

Motion Control

357

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Piezo Controller (Page 2 of 2)


TPZ001 $ 637.50 £ 401.60 € 592,90 ¥ 6,088.10 T-Cube™ 150V Piezo DriverTPS002 $ 110.50 £ 69.60 € 102,80 ¥ 1,055.30 ±15V/5V Power Supply Unit for up to 2 T-CubesTCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

3.66

1” [

93m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 0.250” [6.35mm]

2.100” [53mm]

3.07

1” [

78m

m]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

0.059” [1.50mm]

2.362” [60mm]

TPZ001 Piezo Controller T-Cubes With KC1-PZ Piezo Driven MirrorMount (See Page 149)



Motion Control

358

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Strain Gauge Reader (Page 1 of 2)

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Features Compact Footprint Front Panel or PC Readout Strain Gauge AC Bridge Signal Input Clear Reading With 5-Digit Display Position, Force, or Voltage Reading Nanometer-Level Position Resolution with Thorlabs’

Actuators Low-Voltage Monitor Output (Supports Closed-Loop

Applications) Zero Calibration Button Closed-Loop Operation With T-Cube™ Piezo Driver

Using Controller Hub Software Control Suite Included Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Software Compatible With Other apt™ Controllers

(Integrated Systems Development)

The T-Cube™ Strain Gauge Reader (TSG001) is a compact,single-channel reader designed to measure, condition (rectify andfilter), and display the feedback signal derived from AC bridgestrain gauge systems. The TSG001 provides complete immediateoperation with Thorlabs’ range of strain gauge-equipped piezostacks, actuators, stages, and force sensors.

This T-Cube™ unit can be used for position, force, or voltagestrain gauge reading. When used in isolation, the TSG001 canmeasure the deflection/extension in a strain gauge with nanometer-level resolution, or it may be used with Thorlabs’ force sensorproducts (FSC102 and FSC103, page 329) for high-sensitivityforce sensing down to mN levels.

For ease of use, all manual controls are located on the top face ofthe unit. A mode button allows the readout display mode to bechanged between position, force, and voltage. Pressing and holdingthe mode button also initiates a self-calibration sequence, allowingthe TSG001 unit to set a zero position point. The TSG001 T-Cube™ is also equipped with a low-voltage monitor output(0-10V) proportional to the strain gauge extension providing aconditioned feedback/monitoring signal for third-party systems.Setup is quick and easy using the standard apt™ software.

Multiple units can be connected to a single PC via standard USBhub technology or by using the new T-Cube™ Controller Hub(TCH002) for multi-axis applications (see page 362). When notused with the Hub Controller, the T-Cube™ Strain Gauge may bepowered by a Thorlabs T-Cube™ dual-channel power supply(TPS002), which is sold separately.

Note that the TSG001 unit is equipped with an SMA connectorfor the monitor output. For convenience, Thorlabs supplies arange of SMA to BNC converters for those applications whereBNC connections are required (See page 893).

TSG001 Strain Gauge Reader ApplicationsWhen the TSG001 Strain Gauge Reader T-Cube™ is used incombination with the TPZ001 Piezo Driver T-Cube™, full andprecise closed-loop piezo positioning control is possible. This T-Cube™ controller combination is then compatible with all ofour closed-loop piezo solutions including the PAZ series actuators, 1-axis NanoFlex™ stages, 3-axis PiezoBlock™ translator(APB301), and 3-axis NanoMax™ 300.

TSG001



Motion Control

359

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Strain Gauge Reader (Page 2 of 2)

Power Supply OptionsThe TSG001 T-Cube™ requires a+5V, +15V, or -15V power supplydepending on the current. Thorlabsoffers a compact, two-way powersupply unit (TPS002), allowing up totwo T-Cubes to be powered from asingle main outlet.

The TCH002 USB Controller Hubprovides power distribution for up tosix T-Cubes. The Controller Hubcontains a fully compliant USB 2.0hub circuit to provide communications for all six T-Cubes – a single USBconnection to the Controller Hub is all that is required for PC control.

Specifications Strain Gauge Input: 9-Way D-Type Bridge Type: AC Excitation Frequency: 18kHz Display Resolution

• Position Mode: 1nm• Force Mode: 1mN• Voltage Mode: 1mV

Sampling Bandwidth: 500Hz Position Output Monitor: 0-10V

(SMA) USB Port: Version 1.1 (Mini) Reading Display: 5 Digit, 7 Segment

LED T-Cube™ Controller Hub

Connector: 26 Way ERNI Input Power Requirements:

+15V (200mA), -15V (100mA), or +5V (400mA)

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):60.3 x 60.3 x 47.5mm(2.37" x 2.37" x 1.87")

Weight: 160g (5.5 oz)


TSG001 $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10 T-Cube™ Strain Gauge ReaderTPS002 $ 110.50 £ 69.60 € 102,80 ¥ 1,055.30 ±15V/5V Power Supply Unit for up to 2 T-CubesTCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

3.66

1” [

93m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 0.250” [6.35mm]

2.100” [53mm]

3.07

1” [

78m

m]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

0.059” [1.50mm]

2.362” [60mm]

TSG001 Strain Gauge Reader T-Cubes With FSC102 Bare Fiber Force Sensor



Motion Control

360

T-Cube™ apt™ USB NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller(Page 1 of 2)

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

The T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Controller represents the latestdevelopments in automated optical alignment technology. It is designedfor use in entry-level lower bandwidth photonics devices and fiberalignment and is ideal for low-volume device assembly, characterization,and mapping. This auto-alignment T-Cube™ unit is used together witha pair of external piezo amplifier channels (TPZ001 T-Cube™ PiezoDrivers) to provide a complete solution for manipulating piezo-actuatednanopositioning stages to align devices to the 10nm regime. Equippedwith a direct FC/PC optical PIN diode input fed to a high-gain multi-range transimpedance amplifier, this unit deploys the same advancedauto-alignment algorithms pioneered on our hig-end, higher bandwidth,benchtop NanoTrak™ Controller (BNT001). For an explanation ofNanoTrak™, please refer to the tutorial on page 378.

Operator interaction can be accomplished using either the manualcontrol panel or via the intuitive software interface provided with theunit.

For convenience, the footprint of this unit has been kept to a minimum,measuring only 60mm x 60mm x 47mm (2.4" x 2.4" x 1.8"). It is alsopossible to mount the controller to the optical table directly so it is inclose proximity to the device it controls. Tabletop operation also allowsminimal drive cable lengths for easier cable management. All manualcontrols are located on the top face of the unit, making it convenient toadjust the piezo positions manually and to monitor the alignment viathe easy-to-read target display.

Features Compact Footprint Front Panel or PC Readout Active Fiber Alignment Maintain Optimum Power Throughput InGaAs or Si Detectors and Pin Current Options USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity Full Software Control Suite Included Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces

Specifications Optical Power Measurement:

• PIN Photodiode: FC/PC Fiber Input• Si or InGaAs Detector: 30nA to 10mA Photocurrent• Signal Phase Compensation: -180° to 180°

NanoTraking:• Circle Scanning Frequency: 20-85Hz• Circle Dia Makes Adjustment: Automatic and Manual

Other Input/Output:• Feedback Signal In: 0-10V (SMA)• Dual Piezo Position Demand Outputs: 0-10V (SMA)• USB Port: Version 1.1 (mini)

Input Power Requirements (DIN Connector):• Voltages: +15V (100mA), -15V (100mA), or +5V (400mA)

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):60 x 60 x 47mm (2.4" x 2.4" x 1.8")


TNA001

3.66

1” [

93m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 0.250” [6.35mm]

2.100” [53mm]

3.07

1” [

78m

m]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

0.059” [1.50mm]

2.362” [60mm]

See Page 946

Optical PowerMeters



Motion Control

361

T-Cube™ apt™ USB NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller(Page 2 of 2)

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com


TNA001 $ 1,690.00 £ 1,064.70 € 1.571,70 ¥ 16,139.50 T-Cube™ apt™ USB NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment ControllerTNA001/VIS $ 1,995.00 £ 1,256.90 € 1.855,40 ¥ 19,052.30 T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Controller With Silicon DetectorTNA001/IR $ 1,995.00 £ 1,256.90 € 1.855,40 ¥ 19,052.30 T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Controller With InGaAs DetectorNTA007 $ 314.50 £ 198.10 € 292,50 ¥ 3,003.50 InGaAs Detector for NanoTrak™NTA009 $ 314.50 £ 198.10 € 292,50 ¥ 3,003.50 Silicon Detector for NanoTrak™TPS002 $ 110.50 £ 69.60 € 102,80 ¥ 1,055.30 ±15V/5V Power Supply Unit for up to 2 T-CubesTCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller

See Page 372

For higher speed auto-alignment, please see our powerful benchtopNanoTrak™ unit. This controller combines an intelligent active feedbackalignment control system and a two-channel, high-current piezoelectriccontroller into a single benchtop unit.

BNT001

TNA001

Power Supply optionsThe TNA001 T-Cube™ requires a +5V, +15V,or -15V, power supply. Thorlabs offers a compact,two-way power supply unit (TPS002), allowingup to two T-Cubes to be powered from a singlemain outlet.

Alternatively, the TCH002 USB Controller Hubprovides power distribution for up to six T-Cubes. The Controller Hub contains a fullycompliant USB 2.0 hub circuit to providecommunications for all six T-Cubes – a singleUSB connection to the Controller Hub is all thatis required for PC control.



Do More in Less Space with the T-Cube™ Controller HubThorlabs has introduced the T-Cube™ family of compact, full featuredelectronics controllers covering a variety of functions for a wide range of customphotonics, optomechanical, and motion control applications. The T-Cube™family includes controllers for sophisticated DC Servo motion control (TDC001– page 252), stepper motor control (TST001 – page 350), a high-voltage piezodriver control (TPZ001 – page 356), strain gauge measurement (TSG001 – page358), shutter/flipper solenoid control (TSC001 – page 354), and auto-alignmentcontrol (TNA001 – page 360).

For even more convenience, Thorlabs also offers the new T-Cube™ ControllerHub (TCH002). This product has been designed specifically with multiple T-Cube™ operations in mind to simplify issues such as cable management, powersupply routing, multiple USBdevice communications, anddifferent optical tablemounting scenarios. It is nowpossible to combine theelectronic drivers with all ofthe other mechanicalcomponents required to buildan automated, optomechanicalapplication directly on theoptical table.

The T-Cube™ ControllerHub is contained in a slimbase-plate type carrier(375mm x 86mm x 21.5mm,14.75" x 3.4" x 0.85") withelectrical connections locatedon the upper surface that acceptsup to six T-Cubes. The Controller Hub contains a fully compliant USB 2.0 hubcircuit and provides all communications and power distribution for up to six T-Cubes using only a single power connection.

The Hub reduces the number of USB and power cables required when operatingmultiple T-Cubes. Multiple Controller Hubs can be connected while still onlyusing a single USB cable from the host control PC. Mix and match anycombination of T-Cube™ Controllers to build your own custom, multichanneldriver arrangement in an extremely compact footprint.

Motion Control

362

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Controller Hub…Page 1 of 2

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Features Compact USB 2.0 Platform Mechanically and Electrically

Supports up to Six T-Cube™Controllers

Flexible Mix and Match Control ofT-Cube™ Units

Horizontal or Vertical Mounting toOptical Tables

Reduced Cable Management – SingleUSB Communication and PowerCable

USB Input/Output for ConnectingMultiple Controller Hubs

TCH002(All T-CubesSold Separately)

VERSATILE POSITIONING CONTROLLER HUB

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

The Controller Hub circuitry also provides a number of internal,flexible digital and analog interconnect lines for deterministicmultiple cube synchronized operation. This feature is particularlyadvantageous when operating the Piezo Controller (TPZ001 –page 356) and Strain Gauge Reader (TSG001 – page 358) T-Cubes on the Controller Hub. They can be configured to operateas a coupled pair allowing closed-loop control of the wide numberof piezo actuators available from Thorlabs.

The Controller Hub also provides a rigid mechanical mountingplatform for carrying the T-Cubes.

Imperial and metric mounting holes incorporated into the Huballow for a variety of mounting orientations. In this way, theController Hub can be mounted flat to the table surface (much likethe individual T-Cubes), edge mounted, or vertically mounted toallow vertical stacking of up to 6 T-Cube™ controllers, therebyreducing the optical table footprint to an absolute minimum.

Motion Control

363

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

T-Cube™ apt™ USB Controller Hub…Page 2 of 2

Specifications USB Hub Circuit: Fully Compliant

USB 2.0 Hub Enclosure: Rigid, Slim-Profile

Baseplate Construction T-Cube™ Bays: Six Table Mounting

• Orientation: Horizontal, Edge, orVertical Using Thorlabs AP90 Brackets

• Fixings: Universal Metric (M6) orImperial (1/4"-20) Design

Input Power Requirements• 100-250VAC, 47-63Hz

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):375mm x 86mm x 21.50mm(14.75" x 3.40" x 0.85")

Weight: 575g (20oz)


TCH002 $ 765.00 £ 482.00 € 711,50 ¥ 7,305.80 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit

14.823” [376.50mm]

3.38

6” [

86m

m]

4.60

6” [

117m

m]

0.157” [4mm]

0.846” [21.50mm]1.850” [47mm]

2.36

2” [

60m

m]

2.362” [60mm] 1.181” [30mm]

Stepper Motor DriverTST001

Page 350

Piezo DriverTPZ001Page 356

DC Servo DriverTDC001Page 352

Strain Gauge ReaderTSG001

Page 358

NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment ControllerTNA001Page 360

Solenoid ControllerTSC001Page 354

Lab Automation Modular • Compatible • Flexible • USB 2.0 Compliant

Made SimplePlug-and-Play Graphical Computer Interface • Basic Manual Interface

T-CubesT-Cubes



Motion Control

MDT693A and MDT694A Specifications Output Voltage: 0-75V, 0-100V,

0-150V (Switchable Output) Indicated on Front Panel

Output Current: 60mA/Channel

Output Noise: 1.5mV RMS Output Stability: 0.01% Over 5hrs Power Requirements: 100-240VAC, 50-60Hz

(Switch Selectable)

MDT693A and MDT694A Features Precision, Low-Noise Outputs Internal/External Voltage Control Master Scan Controls RS-232 Interface 3 Channel Scan Balancing Compensates for Slightly

Different Piezo Translation Factors (δL/δV)

Compatible With Our Full Line of Open LoopPiezoelectric Actuators


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Open Loop Piezoelectric Controller: 1 and 3 Channels

The Thorlabs’ one-channel (MDT694A) and three-channel (MDT693A) Piezoelectric Controllers have been designed to take advantageof the very high resolution achievable with low voltage piezo stacks (100V compared to 1000V). Both models combine precision controlof the output voltage for maximum piezo resolution, along with a high output current capability to allow external modulation of thepiezo. Computer control is available on both models via an RS-232 interface. For the added protection of your sensitive, low voltage piezodevices, a selectable output voltage range switch has been added with three selectable ranges: 0 to 75V, 0 to 100V, and 0 to 150V.Additionally, the three channel MDT693A offers master scan controls that allow internal or external control of all three channelssimultaneously.

Piezo control can be achieved manually using the a front panel adjustment knob, electrically using a 0 to10V signal input into a frontpanel BNC connection, or remotely using the RS-232 interface and Graphical User Interface (GUI) software provided with the unit.

The output is provided through a convenient BNC connector located on the rear panel. A BNC (male) to SMC (female) adapter isincluded for each output to provide compatibility between our various stages and piezo actuators.

The MDT694A is a single-channel, high-voltage amplifier designed totake advantage of the high resolution achievable with our line ofpiezoelectric stacks. The MDT694A combines a precision high-voltageoutput capability with a high-output current capability.

MDT693A

*Power requirements 100-120V AC, user switchable to 220-240V AC 50-60Hz operation.

MDT694A


MDT693A MDT693A* $1,549.00 £ 975.90 € 1.440,60 ¥14,793.00 3-Channel Open-Loop Piezoelectric ControllerMDT694A MDT694A* $ 698.00 £ 439.70 € 648,20 ¥ 6,665.90 1-Channel Open-Loop Piezoelectric Controller

RS-232 Interface

LabWindows™ application programs are included for out of the box operation.MDT690 series Uses an RS-232 Interface.

12 DriveElecBenchtops 364-373.qxd.P 7/6/07 9:34 AM Page 364


Motion Control

365

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Open-Loop Piezo Controller: XYZ Flexure System

*Power Requirements 100-120V AC 50-60Hz; user switchable to 220-240V AC 50-60Hz operation.

Our MDT630A kit comes with our MAX312 flexure stage and MDT693A 3-channel piezoelectric controller. The NanoMax FlexureStage has 4mm of coarse travel and 300µm of fine travel controlled by the differential drives. Additionally, the unit has threepiezoelectric actuators built into the housing to give an additional 20µm of travel and a resolution of 20nm. The flexure design of theMAX312 ensures low crosstalk, high stability, and long-term reliability. The 3-channel controller offers a way to control the piezoelectricactuators with high stability and accuracy. The controller can be adjusted from the front panel or with the included easy-to-use softwarethrough the RS-232 interface.

All cabling required to connect the mount to the controller is included in the kit. For more information on the MAX312, please seepage 287.


MDT630A* MDT630A/M* $3,516.00 £ 2,215.10 € 3.269,90 ¥33,577.80 Complete Piezoelectric Flexure Stage and Driver

Piezoelectric Kinematic Mount: 30mm Cage

PZ630Complete System Includes Drive ElectronicsBase Sold SeparatelySee Page 92

The PZ630 and PZ631 kits combine our KC1 30mm cage system kinematic lensmount with piezoelectric stacks and our MDT693A 3-channel piezoelectric controller.This combination offers precise motion of the mount. The manual thumb screwscontrol the coarse angular adjustment while the piezoelectric stacks, mountedbetween the screw and the housing, allow for fine angular control. The combinationallows for ±4° of motion with 0.06arcsec of angular resolution. The

3-channel controller offers high stability and high resolution. The controller can be adjusted from the front panel or with the includedeasy-to-use software through the RS-232 interface.

The PZ630 is bundled with the KC1-PZ, which has a Ø1.05" smooth bore hole to fit 1" optics and a nylon retaining screw to hold itsecurely in place. The PZ631 is sold with the KC1-T-PZ, which has our SM1 (1.035") threaded hole for mounting 1" optics and twoSM1RR retaining rings to hold the optic in place. The SM1 thread allows easy integration of many of our mechanical parts into themount, such as our lens tubes (see page 207), cage system accessories (see page 221), and our laser diode mounts (see page 459). Bothkits come with all of the cabling required to connect the mount to the controller.

Specifications Total Travel Manual Drives: 4mm (See Page

398 for Details) Total Travel Piezo Drives: 40µm Piezoelectric Driver: 0-150V Output Noise: 1.5mV RMS Output Stability: <0.01% Over 5hrs

Piezoelectric Driver Output Current: 60mA per Channel Frequency Response: DC-10kHz

(1.4µF Capacitance Load) 3 Independent Voltage Displays Very Low Noise Electronics Turnkey System Complete With All

CablesMechanical 10arcsec Angular Resolution ±4° Mechanical Angular Range 3mm Transnational RangeElectro-Mechanical 0.06arcsec Angular Resolution 30arcsec Angular Range 8µm Transnational Range

MDT630A(Complete System)

See Page 490

Laser DiodePigtailing


PZ630 PZ630-EC $1,916.00 £ 1,207.10 € 1.781,90 ¥ 18,297.80 Complete System: KC1-PZ Plus ControllerPZ631 PZ631-EC $1,916.00 £ 1,207.10 € 1.781,90 ¥ 18,297.80 Complete System: KC1-T-PZ Plus Controller

1 The complete system is priced at 10% below the cost of the KC1-PZ and MDT693A controller sold separately.

12 DriveElecBenchtops 364-373.qxd.P 7/12/07 2:43 PM Page 365


Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

The BSC series apt™ stepper motor controllers are designed to drive larger framed2-phase bipolar stepper motors, with and without encoder feedback. Single-, dual-, andthree-channel models are available. The dual channel unit is field upgradable to a threechannel unit at any time by purchasing the plugin SCC101 card. These units arecapable of delivering powers up to 48V/50W peak (25W average) and are compatiblewith most of the stepper-driven nanopositioning actuators and stages in the Thorlabsrange.

The controllers combine the latest high-speed digital signal processors (DSP) with low-noise analog electronics and ActiveX® software technology for effortless one-, two-, orthree-axis motion. Additional axes can be driven by connecting one or more benchtopunits via a standard USB hub. The controllers are supplied with a full suite of softwaresupport tools.

An intuitive graphical instrument panel allows immediate control and visualization ofthe operation of the controller. See page 380-382 for a full description of the apt™system software.

Driver FunctionalityStepper motors give excellent low-speed performanceand positioning stability. A wide range of 2-phasebipolar stepper motors and associated actuators arecommercially available, each with its own characteristicssuch as step resolution, peak phase current or voltage,and leadscrew pitch. For this reason the apt™ stepperunit operation is fully configurable (parameterized) withkey settings exposed through the associated graphicalinterface panels.

Motor step resolution and leadscrew pitch can be set fora particular motor/actuator combination, phasecurrents can be limited to suitable peak powers asrequired, and limit switch configuration isaccommodated through a flexible set of limit switchlogic settings.

Moreover, relative and absolute motion can beinitiated with motion profiles that are set usingvelocity profile parameters. Similarly, home

sequences have a full set of associated parametersthat can be adjusted for a particular stage oractuator.

For simplicity of operation, the apt™ softwareincorporates pre-configured settings for eachThorlabs' stage and actuator, while still exposing allparameters individually for use with other steppermotor driven systems. For convenience and ease ofuse, adjustment of many key parameters is possiblethrough direct interaction with the graphical panel.For example, movement to the next position can beinitiated by clicking directly on the position display

BSC10150W DriveCapability

Benchtop apt™ Stepper Motor Controllers…Page 1 of 2

See pages 380-382 for more information on the apt™ software included withthe BSC Series Controllers.

Features Single-, Dual-, and Three-Channel

Models Available Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers Up

to 50W Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP)

Inputs for Closed-Loop Positioning Auto-Configure Function for all

Thorlabs’ Stages USB Plug-and-Play Plus Multi-Axis

Expansion Motor Control I/O Port (Jogging,

Interlocks) Full Software GUI Control Suite High-Resolution Microstepping

Control (For Very Fine PositioningApplications)

Stable and Predictable Low-SpeedOperation (For Velocity-SensitiveApplications)

ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Seamless Software Integration With

apt™ Family




1 Encoder A +ve 9 CW Limit Stwitch

2 Encoder A -ve 10 CCW Limit Switch

3 Encoder B +ve 11 0V User

4 Encoder B -ve 12 Not Used

5 5V User 13 Not Used

6 Not Used 14 Phase B +

7 Phase B - 15 Phase A +

8 Phase A -

12345678

9101112131415

MOTOR DRIVE

Motion Control

367

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Specifications Input/Output:

• Motor Drive Channel(15-Pin D-Type Female)– 2-Phase Bipolar Motor

Drive Output– Differential Quadrature

Encoder Interface– Forward, Reverse

Limit Switch Inputs• Motor Control

(15-Pin D-Type Female)– Jog Forward/Back– Enable/Disable Interlock– User Logic Outputs/Inputs– Single-Ended Analog Input

(0-10V)– Trigger In/Out

Compatible Motors• Peak Powers: 5-50W• Average Power: 25W Maximum• Step Angle Range: 20°-1.8°• Coil Resistance (Nominal):

4-15Ω• Coil Inductance (Nominal):

4-15mH• Rated Phase Currents (Nominal):

100mA-1A Resolution

• 128 Microsteps per Full Step• 200 Step Motor – 25,600

Microsteps per Revolution Motor Power:

Up to 48V/50W (Peak) Input Power Requirements

• Voltage: 85-264VAC• Power: 200W (100W BSC101)• Fuse: 3.15A

Motor Speeds: Up to 600 RPM(for 200 Full Step Motor)

Encoder Feedback Bandwidth:500,000 Counts per Seconds

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):• BSC101

152 x 244 x 104mm(6" x 9.6" x 4.1")

• BSC102, BSC103240 x 360 x 133mm(9.5" x 14.2" x 5.2")

Instrument Weight:• BSC101

3.18kg (7lbs)• BSC102, BSC103

6.7kg (14.75lbs)


BSC101 $ 1,351.50 £ 851.40 € 1.256,90 ¥ 12,906.80 Single-Channel Stepper Motor ControllerBSC102 $ 2,203.20 £ 1,388.00 € 2.049,00 ¥ 21,040.60 Two-Channel apt™ Stepper Motor ControllerBSC103 $ 2,807.60 £ 1,768.80 € 2.611,10 ¥ 26,812.60 Three-Channel apt™ Stepper Motor ControllerSCC101 $ 671.50 £ 423.00 € 624,50 ¥ 6,412.80 Single-Channel Stepper Control Card

and entering a new value. Note that all such settings and parameters are also accessiblethrough the ActiveX® programmable interfaces for automated motion controlsequences.

Full Support for Encoder Feedback

The apt™ stepper unit also supports encoder feedback through dedicated quadratureencoded pulse (QEP) inputs, one for each channel of operation. A built-in algorithmcan be enabled to allow the stepper system to reach and maintain an encoded positionthrough an iterative move sequence. Please see page 271 for details on our linear-encoded LNR stage and apt™ stepper drive package.

Software Developers Support CD

A developers’ kit ships with all of our apt™ series controllers. This additional softwareis intended for use by software developers working on large system integration projectswhich incorporate apt™ products. The kit contains an extensive selection of usefulcode samples as well as tutorial information.

See pages 380-382 for more information on the apt™ software included with the BSCSeries Controllers.

Benchtop apt™ Stepper Motor Controllers…Page 2 of 2

See our full line of motorizedflexure stages starting on page 288.

MAX342


1 5V User 9 0V User

2 Jog Fwd 10 Jog Back

3 Not Used 11 Analog In

4 Trig In 12 Trig Out

5 EN Return 13 Enable

6 RS-232TX 14 RS-232 RX

7 User In 15 User Out (o/c)

8 Keyed Pin

12345678

9101112131415

MOTOR CHANNELBSC103

Stage sold separately



Motion Control

368

Benchtop apt™ DC Servo Motor Controllers…Page 1 of 2

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

The BDC Series DC Servo Motor Controllersare ideal for motion control applicationsrequiring high speed (up to 100mm/s), highload (>10kg), and high resolution (<1µm)capability. Single-, dual-, and three-channelmodels are available, all capable of driving largerframed DC brushed motors up to 50W andequipped with encoder feedback. The BDCservo controllers have been engineered toprovide a seamless alternative to our BSC seriesstepper controllers particularly where high-speed, closed-loop operation is important.These DC drivers are especially suitable for usewith our high-load and high-speed DRV41450mm actuator found on page 406.

We have ensured that the software interfaces tothe BDC series are highly integrated with allother apt™ family controllers, providing easysystem integration and reduced learning timelines. As one of the newest members of theapt™ family of controllers, these units are backed up by the fully featured apt™ suiteof PC software tools for immediate and easy out-of-the-box configuration and usage.

A wide range of brushed DC servo motors and associated actuators are available, eachwith its own operational specifications. For this reason, the apt™ DC Servo controllersare fully configurable (parameterized) to support different motor/actuatorcombinations. Key settings such as PID control loop values, min and max stageposition, leadscrew pitch, and limit switch configuration are exposed through thesupplied apt™ software. Moreover, relative and absolute motion can be initiated withmove profiles set using velocity profile parameters. Homing sequences for establishing azero datum are also fully configurable for a particular stage or actuator. For simplicity ofoperation, the apt™ software incorporates pre-configured settings for each Thorlabs'stage and actuator including the DRV414 actuator.

BDC101

Features Single-, Dual-, or Three-Channel

Models Available Supports Wide Range of Brushed DC

Servo Motors up to 50W High Motor Speeds and Torques Encoder Feedback for Closed-Loop

Velocity and Position Control Motor Control I/O Port, Jogging,

Interlocks, Safety Stop User I/O Port ActiveX Software Graphical Panels Fully Supported by the apt™ Software

Control Suite Seamless Integration With All apt™

Family Controllers

Compatible Motors DC Brushed Motors Peak Power: 50W Average Power: 25W Maximum Resolution: Encoder Specific, Nominal

Encoder (500-2000 Line) Coil Resistance: 0.1-200Ω Coil Inductance (Nominal): 1-15mH Rated Phase Currents (Nominal):

100mA to 1A

See pages 380-382 for more information on the apt™ software included with theBDC Series Controllers.



All key parameters can be adjusted through directinteraction with the graphical software panels supplied.However, for custom motion control applications, allcontroller settings and commands are also accessiblethrough the ActiveX® programming libraries. Theseprogramming libraries are very comprehensive,providing hundreds of functions andparameters that can be accessedfrom user-written programs.They are languageindependent in natureand consequently aresupported by a large variety of programmingenvironments that are ActiveX® compliant. Theseinclude LabVIEW, Visual Basic, C++, Matlab, andHPVEE. See pages 380-382 for a full description of theapt™ system software.

Motion Control

369

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Benchtop apt™ DC Servo Motor Controllers…Page 2 of 2

Specifications Drive Connector: 15-Pin D-Type Female

(Drive Outputs, QEP Inputs, LimitSwitch Input)

Motor Output Power: Up to 48V/50W(Peak) Output Type: 10 bit sign/magnitude PWM Operating Modes: Position, Velocity Control Algorithm: Digital PID Filter,

(16 Bit) Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal Position Count: 32 Bit Position Feedback: Incremental Encoder -

Differential QEP Inputs Encoder Feedback Bandwidth: 500,000

Counts/Second Motor Speeds: Up to 6000 RPM (for 4096

Count Encoder ) Encoder Supply: 5V User Control Connector: 15-Pin D-Type

Female (Jog Inputs, Enable Interlock,RS-232, Trigger In/Out (TTL), Brake Out,Safety Stop,User Digital I/O, 0 to 10VAnalog Input)

Input Power Requirements Volts: 85 to 264VAC Power:

BDC102, BDC103: 200WBDC101: 100W

Fuse: 3.15A Dimensions:

BDC101: 152 x 244 x 104mm (6" x 9.6" x 4.1")BDC102, BDC103: 240 x 360 x 133mm(9.5" x 14.2" x 5.2")

Weight:BDC101: 3.18kg (7lbs)BDC102, BDC103: 6.7kg (14.75lbs)

DRV414Motor Driven ActuatorsSold SeparatelySee Page 406

12345678

9101112131415

Pin Description 1 Encoder A +ve 2 Encoder A -ve 3 Encoder B +ve 4 Encoder B -ve 5 5V User 6 Wall Sensor 2 (Future Use)7 Power Ground/Earth8 Motor Phase A9 CW Limit Stwitch10 CCW Limit Switch11 0V User12 Wall Sensor 1 (Future Use)13 Wall Sensor 3 (Future Use)14 Motor Phase C15 Motor Phase B

MOTOR DRIVE

12345678

9101112131415

Pin Description 1 User 5V I/O 2 * Jog Forwards3 Safety Stop4 Tigger In (TTL) 5 Brake Out6 RS232 TX (Future Use)7 User In (TTL)8 Keyed Pin9 User 0V10 * Jog Backwards11 ** Analog In (Future Use)12 Trigger Out (TTL)13 Channel Enable14 RS-232 RX (Future Use)15 User Out (Open Collecter)

* Jog inputs must be short circuit to User 0V (pin 9) in order to function.** Analog In is 0 to 10V wrt 0V (pin 9) (For future use).

Return 9 9 9 – –––––994–69

MOTOR CONTROL


BDC101 $ 1,351.50 £ 851.40 € 1.256,90 ¥ 12,906.80 Single-Channel DC Servo Motor ControllerBDC102 $ 2,203.20 £ 1,388.00 € 2.049,00 ¥ 21,040.60 Two-Channel DC Servo Motor ControllerBDC103 $ 2,807.55 £ 1,768.80 € 2.611,00 ¥ 26,812.10 Three-Channel DC Servo Motor Controller

BDC103

Thorlabs offers an Extensive line of MotorizedStages, Please See pages 261-276



The BPC apt™ high-power piezo controllers havebeen designed to drive the full range of open- andclosed-loop piezo-equipped nanopositioningactuators and stages offered by Thorlabs (see pages389-402). Single-, dual-, and three-channelmodels are available. Flexible software settingsmake this unit highly configurable and thereforealso suitable for driving a wide range of piezoelements in third-party products. A waveformgeneration capability triggering outputs make thisunit particularly well suited for piezo scanningapplications.

It is often convenient to make adjustments to the piezo output whileclosely watching the device being positioned, which can provedifficult when using the front panel keys or a remote PC.

To allow this kind of use, Thorlabs has developed the PHS101handset, which enables the piezos to be positioned remotely from thecontroller and PC (i.e. without using the front panel buttons, GUIor software method calls). It is supplied with a 3m (9.75') cable.

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Benchtop apt™ Closed-Loop Piezo Controllers…Page 1 of 2

Features Front-Panel Controls Single-, Dual-, and Three-Channel

Models Available High Power: 75V, 500mA Continuous Closed-Loop PID Position Via Strain

Gauge Feedback Circuit Quiet High-Resolution Position Control

(for Very Fine Positioning) Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation

Capability (for Scanning) High Bandwidth (10kHz) Piezo

Positioning (Open Loop) Auto-Configure Function for Thorlabs'

Ident-Equipped Piezo Actuators Full Software Control Suite Supplied Extensive ActiveX® Programming

Interfaces Fully Software Integrated with Other

apt™ Family Controllers Optional Handset Controller

BPC201

Modular High-Current PiezoDriver With Feedback

MPZ601

PHS101

See Page 377

See pages 380-382 for moreinformation on the apt™

software included with the BPCSeries Controllers.



Specifications (Per Channel) Piezoelectric Output (SMC Male)

• Voltage (Software Control): 0-75VDC• Voltage (External Input): -10 to 90VDC• Current: 500mA Max Continuous• Stability: 100ppm Over 24 Hours (After 30min Warm-Up Time)• Noise: <3mV RMS• Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1 – 10µF

Bandwidth: 10kHz (1µF Load, 1V p-p) Position Feedback (9-Pin D-Type Female)

• Feedback Transducer Type: Strain Gauge• Detection Method: AC Bridge (18kHz Excitation)• Typical Resolution: 5nm (For 20µm Actuator, e.g. PAZ005)• Auto-Configure: Identification Resistance in Actuator

User Input/Output (15-Pin D-Type Female)• 4 Digital Inputs: TTL Levels• 4 Digital Outputs: Open Collector• Trigger Input/Output: TTL• Trigger Input Functionality: Triggered Voltage Ramps/Waveforms• Trigger Output Functionality: Trigger Generation

During Voltage Ramp Output• User 5V (with Ground): 250mA Max

USB Port• Version 1.1

Power Input• Voltage: 85-264VAC• Power: BPC201: 100W, BPC202, BPC203: 200W• Fuse: BPC201: 2A, BPC202, BPC203: 3A

Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):BPC201: 152 x 244 x 104mm (6" x 9.6" x 4.1"), BPC202, BPC203: 240 x 360 x 133mm (9.5" x 14.2" x 5.2")

Weight:BPC201: 3.18kg (7lbs) BPC202, BPC203: 6.7kg (14.75lbs)

Motion Control

371

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

BPC203

Benchtop apt™ Closed-Loop Piezo Controller...Page 2 of 2


BPC201 $ 2,190.00 £ 1,379.70 € 2.036,70 ¥ 20,914.50 Single-Channel Closed-Loop Piezo Controller/DriverBPC202 $ 3,485.00 £ 2,195.60 € 3.241,10 ¥ 33,281.80 2-Channel Benchtop Closed-Loop Piezo Controller/DriverBPC203 $ 4,550.00 £ 2,866.50 € 4.231,50 ¥ 43,452.50 3-Channel Benchtop Closed-Loop Piezo Controller/DriverPHS101 $ 270.00 £ 170.10 € 251,10 ¥ 2,578.50 Remote Handset for BPC Series Benchtop Piezo Controllers

12345

6789

Pin Description1 Strain Gauge excitation2 † +15V out3 † -15V out4 Ground5 AC Feedback IN6 Ground7 * Actuator ID signal8 Reserved for future use9 Reserved for future use

Notes.† Power supply for the piezo actuator feedback circuit. It must not be used to drive any other circuits or devices.* This signal is applicable only to Thorlabs actuators. It enables the system to identify the piezo extension associated with the actuator.

STRAIN GAUGE

12345678

9101112131415

Pin Description Return1 Digital O/P 1 5, 9, 10 2 Digital O/P 2 5, 9, 10 3 Digital O/P 3 5, 9, 10 4 Digital O/P 4 5, 9, 10 5 Digital Ground 6 Digital I/P 1 5, 9, 10 7 Digital I/P 2 5, 9, 10 8 Digital I/P 2 5, 9, 109 Digital Ground 10 Digital Ground 11 For Future Use (Trigger Out) 5, 9, 1012 For Future Use (Trigger IN) 5, 9, 1013 Digital I/P 4 5, 9, 1014 5V Supply Output 5, 9, 1015 5V Supply Output 5, 9, 10

USER I/O

Controls are located on the front face of the unit to allowmanual adjustment of the piezo position using the digitallyencoded adjustment pot. The display is easy to read and canbe set to show either applied voltage or position in microns.Open- or closed-loop control and zeroing of the piezo canalso be selected from the front panel.

USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PC operation.Multiple units can be connected to a single PC via standardUSB hub technology for multi-axis applications. Couplingthis with the very user-friendly apt™ software allows it toquickly get running in a short time frame. For example, allrelevant operating parameters are set automatically forThorlabs' piezo actuator products. Advanced custom motioncontrol applications and sequences are also possible using theextensive ActiveX® programming environment. The ActiveX®

programming environment is described in more detail onpages 380-382.

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller…Page 1 of 2

The NanoTrak™ auto-alignment controller combines an intelligent active feedbackalignment control system and a two-channel piezoelectric controller into a singlebenchtop unit. As part of the apt™ series, this unit represents the latestdevelopments in automated optical alignment technologies. This system is a basicbuilding block from which advanced alignment systems can be quickly configured.It can be fully integrated with our extensive selection of piezo driven positioningsystems (see page 278).

Although used primarily for aligning optical fibers and integrated optical devices, theNanoTrak™ is ideal for automating just about any labor intensive alignment taskssuch as waveguide characterization, fiber pigtailing of active and passive devices, as wellas a multitude of other R&D applications.

Auto-AlignmentWhen combined with a positioning stage outfitted with at least two piezoelectricactuators, the NanoTrak™ auto-alignment system is designed to optimize thecoupling through an optical assembly. Refer to the NanoTrak™ tutorial (page 411)for a more detailed explanation of the principle of operation of this unit.

In a typical automated alignment setup, it is common to align for initial “first light”detection using motor control before allowing the NanoTrak™ to take over andachieve optimal alignment via piezo actuation. Many of the Thorlabs piezo-actuatedstages can also be motorized to support this initial first alignment step (see ourNanoMax™ stages on page 286).

Once first light detection is accomplished, theNanoTrak™ system begins its alignment processusing advanced phase-sensitive detection anddigital filtering techniques to generate correctionvoltages, which are then directly applied to thepiezoelectric actuators in the stage.

Highly Adaptable OperationThere is infinite variety of device alignmentscenarios, each with potentially different opticaland physical characteristics: half widths, coupledpeak powers, misalignment sensitivity, andmechanical phase lags. Given the range ofapplications, it is important that NanoTrak™ beeasily “tuned” for a specific task.

In order to achieve this adaptability, NanoTrak’soperation is fully configurable with many of theparameters of the system accessible through easy-to-use graphical software panels.

For example, when operating in tracking mode,the system applies a small sinusoidal dither to thepiezoelectric actuators as part of the alignmentprocess (see NanoTrak™ tutorial page 411). Toaccommodate the specific optical characteristics ofthe elements in the system, the ditheringamplitude and frequency can be adjusted via theCircle Diameter and Circle Frequency settings,respectively. Additionally, to deal with apotentially wide range of optical signal levels andsensitivities the overall closed-loop gain can beadjusted via the Gain parameter.

A few other important parameters are also worthcovering in this brief summary of theNanoTrak™ system. The electromechanical phaselags associated with any moving device underpiezoelectric control can be compensated by usingphase correction parameters. A wide range offeedback signal (coupled power) noise levels can

Features Tracking Feature Maintains Optimum

Throughput Indefinitely Advanced Dark Search Algorithms for

First Light Detection With MotorizedFiber Launch

Two Piezo-Actuator Output ChannelsProvide Closed-Loop Feedback

InGaAS and Si Detectors, or ExternalInputs (FC/PC for Optical and BNC forVoltage)

USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity Full Software GUI Control Suite ActiveX® Graphical Panel Controls

& Programming Interfaces Seamless Software Integration With Entire

apt™ Family of Products

BNT001

Block Diagram: With one fiberfixed and the other mounted on apiezo-actuated stage capable ofmoving the fiber perpendicular toits end face, the NanoTrak™controls the position of the movingfiber. The NanoTrak’s auto-alignment circuit controls theposition of the fiber as it optimizesthe efficiency of the butt-coupling.In many applications, a planarwaveguide or other device replacesone of the fibers; however, the basicprinciples remain the same.



Motion Control

373

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller…Page 2 of 2be accommodated by altering the input amplifiergain and filtering parameters. There are manymore settings and adjustments that can be madeto fully optimize operation of the unit.

All such settings and parameters are also accessiblethrough the ActiveX® programmable interfacesfor automated alignment sequences. See pages380-382 for a full description of the apt™system software.

A full operating manual is posted to our website.If you would like to review the operation in moredetail, just search on the product code given inthe price box.

Specifications Optical Power Measurement

• PIN Photodiode: FC/PC Fiber Input• Si or InGaAs Detector: 1nA to 10mA Photocurrent• Optical Power Monitor (BNC): Multiple Ranges• Signal Phase Compensation: -180°-180°

NanoTraking• Circle Scanning Frequency: 1-300Hz • Circle Dia Adjustment Modes: Automatic and Manual

Piezoelectric Input/Output• Two Output Connectors (SMC Male):

– Voltage Output: 0-75 VDC/Channel– Voltage Stability: 100ppm Over 24 Hours– Noise: <3mVrms– Output Current: 500mA/Channel

• Output Monitors (BNC): 0-10VDC• Analog Inputs (BNC): 0-10 VDC (Used in Piezo Amp Mode)• Strain Gauge Position Feedback: (Two 9 Pin D-Type Female)

Other Input/Output• Optical Power Monitor (BNC): 0-10VDC• User Control (37 Pin D-Type Female)

– Isolated Digital I/O • Trigger In/Out (BNC): 0-10 DC• USB Port

Power Requirements• Voltage: 85-64VAC• Frequency: 47-63Hz• Power: 200W• Fuse: 3A

General• Dimensions (W x D x H): 245 x 330 x 130mm(9.65" x 13" x 5.12") • Weight: 6kg (13lbs)


BNT001 $ 6,800.00 £ 4,284.00 € 6.324,00 ¥ 64,940.00 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller With Voltage Input OnlyBNT001/IR $ 7,114.50 £ 4,482.10 € 6.616,50 ¥ 67,943.50 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller With InGaAs DetectorBNT001/VIS $ 7,114.50 £ 4,482.10 € 6.616,50 ¥ 67,943.50 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller With Silicon DetectorNTA007 $ 314.50 £ 198.10 € 292,50 ¥ 3,003.50 InGaAs Detector for NanoTrak™NTA009 $ 314.50 £ 198.10 € 292,50 ¥ 3,003.50 Silicon Detector NanoTrak™

The apt™ NanoTrak™ controller is suppliedwith a full suite of software support tools.Once the software and associated USB driversare installed, the aptUser utility provides a fullfeatured intuitive graphical instrument panelallowing full control and visualization of theNanoTrak™ operation. Additionally, ActiveXcomponents are included to speed userdeveloped routines in the users programmingenvironment of choice (e.g. LabVIEW, VisualBasic, or C++). See Page 966

BeamProfilers



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Modular Rack System (Page 1 of 2) The apt™ modular rack system is a sophisticated,self-contained, extendable-architecture, precision motion controlplatform for motion control applications with a high channelcount. This new system deploys the same advanced high speeddigital signal processing (DSP) technology and low noise analogcircuitry pioneered in the apt™ benchtop controllers andprovides a highly functional 12 channel platform within thefootprint of a 4U high, 19" wide enclosure. With a unified powersupply and a single node USB communications interface, theapt™ rack system is easily incorporated into larger customapplications. Module functionallity is identical to thecorresponding apt™ benchtop controllers, allowing a commonsoftware solution and learning curve for both benchtop and rack-based apt™ controllers. Multiple user development environmentsare supported (e.g. Visual Basic, LabVIEW™, HP VEE, C++,MATLAB, and .NET).

Building Larger Scale SystemsThe 2-channel apt™ stepper motor (see page 376), piezoelectric actuator driver (seepage 377), and NanoTrak™ controllers (see page 378) all have functionally identicalbenchtop and rack-module equivalents. The unrestricted configuration flexibility offeredby the apt™ rack-based products allows any combination of modules to be fitted forspecific nanopositioning and alignment applications. For example, a system configuredto operate our Max606 nanopositioning stage that has six stepper motors and sixpiezoelectric actuators all with displacement sensors, would require 12 channels ofmotion control. For details on the Max606 stage, please refer to page 308. Using threestepper motor modules, each with two channels, provides the motor control; using twopiezoelectric controller modules and one NanoTrak™ controller module would powerall 6 of the piezoelectric actuators while also taking advantage of the position sensors.Additionally, the NanoTrak™ module would provide the full range of features offeredby a fully operational auto-alignment system. All this functionality fits into the singleMMR601 chassis that measures just 4U in height.

Engineered for Ease of Use

The rack system architecture, hardware, and software has been engineered to providean efficient and effective solution for complex, high channel count nanopositioningapplications. Whether these applications are found in a modern high-volumeoptoelectronic component manufacturing facility or in a leading R&D facility, theMMR601 system is easy to implement and can be adapted to the rapidly changingneeds of both worlds.

VIEW

TypicalSystemArchitecture

MST601

MNA601

MPZ601

13 DriveElecRacks 374-379.qxd.P 7/12/07 4:13 PM Page 374


apt™ Modular Rack System (Page 2 of 2)

Developers Support CDA developer’s kit is included at no extra charge. This additionalsupport package is intended for software developers working onlarge scale system integration projects that incorporate a number ofapt™ products. This developer’s kit contains an extensive selectionof useful sample code and tutorial information from which aprogrammer can draw valuable insight into the operation of largescale apt™ projects. Please refer to pages 376-378 for furtherdetails on the apt™ software.

Features Supports up to 12 Channels

of Operation in a Single Chassis Three Plug-In Modules:

• Dual-Channel PiezoelectricController with 75V of Low-NoiseOutput (see page 377)

• Dual-Channel Stepper MotorController with Peak Powerof 50W per Channel (see page 376)

• Dual-Channel NanoTrak™Auto-Alignment System(see page 379)

6 Module Slots per Chassis, Access fromRear Panel

Advanced ActiveX® PC ControlSoftware Suite

USB Plug-and-Play USB Interface Allows Multiple Systems

to be Connected and Controlled viaOne PC


MMR601 $ 3,765.50 £ 2,372.30 € 3.501,90 ¥ 35,960.50 apt™ Modular Rack Mounting SystemMMR602 $ 3,901.50 £ 2,457.90 € 3.628,40 ¥ 37,259.30 Benchtop apt™ Modular Rack System

Motion Control

375www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Specifications Standard 19" Rack, 4U High Power Input:

• Voltage: 85-264 VAC• Frequency: 47-63Hz• Power: 800W• Fuse: 15A

Dimensions (W x D x H):480 x 448 x 183mm(19.0 x 17.6 x 7.0in.)

Weight: 16kg (35.2lbs)

The apt™ rack presents a clean, uncluttered front panel with six rear mountingbays for the plug-in modules. This arrangement greatly simplifies the cablemanagement issues that arise as the number of channels expands.

Each module is equipped with an on-board DSP embedded processor, whichallows processing power to be increased as modules (channels of operation) areadded. Hence the system is able to maintain maximum operating efficiency evenwhen fully loaded.

Furthermore, additional racks can be added to the USB bus as required, thusallowing multiple, fully automated 6-axis positioning stages to be combined intoa single unified motion control system.

The PC-based software that drives the MMR601 system operates from the samekernel of ActiveX® multi-threaded server code used to drive the stand-alonebenchtop controllers and includes the same collection of high-level userapplications. All of our ActiveX® software is rigorously engineered using modernobject oriented techniques, which ensures independence of programmingenvironment and compatibility with a large number of third-party developmenttools. See pages 380-382 for more details on the apt™ software suite.

The new apt™ modular rack system provides unsurpassed ease of installationand use. In addition, it offers seamless third party integration, scalability,flexibility, and reliability.



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Modular Rack System – Stepper Motor DriverOur modular apt™ stepper motor driver provides a scalable motion control solutionthat allows the independent control of up to 12 stepper motors within a single 19"rack enclosure. The USB interface and advanced application software allowmultiple channel systems to be seamlessly integrated into a single, large-scalesolution. The modular apt™ stepper motor controller is supplied witha full suite of software support tools. An intuitivegraphical instrument panel allows immediate control andvisualization of the operation of the stepper unit. Seepages 380-382 for a full description of the apt™ systemsoftware.

Driver FunctionalityA wide range of 2-phase bipolar stepper motors andassociated actuators are available, each with its owncharacteristics, such as step resolution, peak phase current orvoltage, and leadscrew pitch. Operation of the apt™ stepper motor module is fullyconfigurable. For example, the motor step resolution and leadscrew pitch can beset, phase currents can be adjusted, and the limit switch can be configured. Moreover,relative and absolute moves can be initiated with move profilesset using velocity profile parameters.

For simplicity of operation, the apt™ software incorporatespre-configured settings for each Thorlabs’ stage and actuator.For convenience and ease of use, adjustment of many key

operating parameters is alsoaccessible through thesoftware generated controlpanels. Furthermore, moveand jog commands can beperformed directly from theGUI panels. All settings andparameters are also accessiblethrough the ActiveX®

programmable interfaces forautomated alignmentsequences. See pages 380-382for a full description of theapt™ system software.

Specifications Input/Output:

• Motor Drive Channel(25 Pin D-type Female for Each Channel)– 2-Phase Bipolar Motor Drive Output– Differential Quadrature Encoder Interface– Forward, Reverse Limit Switch Inputs

• Motor Control (15 Pin D-type Female)– Jog Forward– Jog Back– Enable/Disable Interlock– Jog Control Handset Available

• User I/O (26 Pin D-type Female)– Logic Level Trigger Input/Output

Stepping (Assumes 200 Step Motor)– 25,600 Microsteps per Revolution– Maximum 128 Microsteps per Full Step

Compatible Motors:• Peak Powers: 5-50W• Average Power: 25 W Maximum• Step Angle Range: 20°-1.8°• Coil Resistance (nominal): 4-15Ω• Coil Inductance (nominal): 4-15mH• Rated Phase Currents (nominal):

100mA to 1A General:

• One Slot apt™ Rack• Dimensions (W x D x H):

190 x 270 x 50mm• Weight: 1.5kg (3.3lbs)

Features Dual (Synchronized) Drive Channels Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers up to 50W Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP Inputs) Maximum 128 Microsteps per Full Step 25,600 Microsteps per Rev (200 Step Motor) User Controlled Digital I/O Port Motor Control I/O Port Full Software GUI Control Suite ActiveX® Graphical Panel Controls ActiveX® Programming Interfaces Seamless Software Integration with apt™

Family

MOTOR DRIVE

Full Support for Encoder FeedbackThe modular apt™ stepper motor controller alsosupports encoder feedback through dedicatedquadrature encoded pulse (QEP) inputs, one foreach of the two channels of operation. A built-inalgorithm can be enabled to allow the steppersystem to reach and maintain an encoded positionthrough an iterative move sequence.


MST601 $ 1,358.30 £ 855.70 € 1.263,20 ¥ 12,971.80 apt™ 2 Channel Stepper Motor Controller Module

MST601

See pages 380-382 for more information on the apt™ softwareincluded with the MST Controller.



Features Two Piezo-Actuator Output

Channels Open and Closed-Loop

Operation Strain Gauge Feedback

Connections USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity User Controlled Digital I/O Port

Full Software GUI Control Suite ActiveX® Graphical

Panel Controls ActiveX® Programming

Interfaces Seamless Software

Integration with apt™Family

Modular apt™ Piezoelectric ControllerThis modular apt™ piezoelectric controller, compatible with the apt™ rack, incorporates thelatest high-speed digital signal processing (DSP), low-noise analog electronics, and ActiveX®

software technology to provide two low noise, fully software controlled, high-voltage (0-75 V)output channels. These modular controllers are designed for use in larger scale criticalalignment applications where nanometer-level motion control is required. The modularapt™ piezo controller is supplied with a full suite of software support tools. An intuitivegraphical instrument panel allows immediate control and visualization of the operation of thepiezo controllers. See pages 380-382 for a full description of the apt™ system software, andpage 378 for details on the apt™ modular rack system that houses this module.

Easily Configured Closed-Loop OperationModule operation is fully configurable (parameterized) with key settings exposed throughthe associated graphical interface panel. Open-loop or closed-loop operating modes can beselected quickly. In both modes, the display can be changed to show drive voltage orposition (in microns). In the closed-loop operation mode, both the P & I (proportional andintegral) components of the feedback control loop can bealtered to adjust the servo-loop response. Adjustment of allkey parameters is possible through direct interaction with thegraphical panel or through the ActiveX® programmableinterfaces that are included with each instrument. Thisallows the user to build automated alignment routines inalmost any programming language.

Software Developers Support CDA developers’ kit is shipped with all of our apt™ Seriescontrollers. This additional software is intended for use bysoftware developers working on large system integrationprojects which incorporate apt™ products. The kit containsan extensive selection of useful code samples as well astutorial information.

Remote Control HandsetIt is often convenient to make adjustments to the piezooutput while closely watching the device being positioned,which can prove difficult when using the front panel keys ora remote PC.

To allow this kind of use, Thorlabs has developed thePHS201 handset, which enables the piezos to be positionedremotely from the controller and PC (i.e. without using thefront panel buttons, GUI, or software method calls). It issupplied with 3m (9.75') of cable.

apt™ Modular Rack System – High Current Piezo Driverwith Feedback

Specifications Piezoelectric Output:

• Two Output Channels:SMC Male Connector– Voltage Output:

0-75VDC/Channel– Voltage Stability:

100ppm Over 24 Hours– Noise: <3mV (RMS)– Output Current: 500mA/Channel

• Differential Analog Inputs (BNC):0-10VDC

• Position Feedback(D-type 9 Pin Connector)– Strain Gauge Feedback– Voltage Feedback: 0-10 VDC

User Input/Output(26 Pin D-type Female):• Two Output Monitors: 0-10VDC• Two Potentiometer Inputs: 10-Turn Pots• Trigger Input/Output: TTL• Digital I/O Lines: Opto-Isolated

General:• One Slot apt™ Rack• Dimensions (W x D x H):

190 x 270 x 50mm• Weight: 1.5kg (3.3lb)

Motion Control

377www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Displacement Sensor Input

MPZ601

See pages 380-382 for more informationon the included apt™ software.


MPZ601 $ 2,456.50 £ 1,547.60 € 2.284,50 ¥ 23,459.60 apt™ 2 Channel Piezoelectric Drive Module with FeedbackPHS201 $ 270.00 £ 170.10 € 251,10 ¥ 2,578.50 Piezo Remote Control Handset for MPZ001 Control Module



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Modular Rack System – NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Module…Page 1 of 2

The modular NanoTrak™ auto-alignment controller combines an intelligent active-feedback alignment control system and a two-channel piezoelectric controller into asingle plug-in unit. As part of the apt™ series, this auto-alignment unit representsthe latest developments in automated optical alignment technologies. This system isa basic building block from which advanced alignment systems can be quicklyconfigured. It can be fully integrated into a rack mainframe system (page 374) that

is comprised of a selection of our plug-in modules– piezoelectric controllers (page 377), steppermotor controllers (page 376), and thisNanoTrak™ auto-alignment module. Althoughused primarily for aligning optical fibers andintegrated optical devices, the NanoTrak™ isideal for automating just about any laborintensive alignment tasks.

The modular NanoTrak™ plug-in is identical infunctionality and associated user software to thebenchtop NanoTrak™ system presented on page372. The principles of operation are covered indetail in the NanoTrak™ tutorial (see page 411).

Auto-AlignmentWhen combined with a positioning stageoutfitted with at least two piezoelectric actuators,the NanoTrak™ auto-alignment system isdesigned to optimize the coupling through anoptical assembly. The NanoTrak™ module iscompatible with a wide range of Thorlabs Piezoactuated stages and assemblies (see our NanoMaxstages on pages 302 and 288, respectively).

In a typical automated alignment setup it iscommon to align for initial first light detectionusing motor control, and then allow theNanoTrak™ to take over and achieve optimalalignment via piezo actuation. Many of Thorlabs’piezo actuated stages can also be motorized tosupport this initial first alignment step (see ourNanoMax™ stages on pages 303 and 288,respectively); and dual channel motor controlmodules (page 376) are available for use in thesame rack mainframe as the NanoTrak™ module.

Once first light detection is accomplished, theNanoTrak™ system begins its alignment processusing advanced phase sensitive detection anddigital filtering techniques to generate correctionvoltages. They are then directly applied to thepiezoelectric actuators in order to achieve optimalalignment performance (see NanoTrak™ tutorialpage 411).

Features Tracking Feature Maintains Optimum Throughput Indefinitely Advanced Dark Search Algorithms for First Light Detection with Motorized Fiber Launch Two Piezo Actuator Output Channels Provide Closed-Loop Feedback InGaAS & Si Detectors or External Inputs (FC/PC for Optical & BNC Voltage for External) USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity Full Software GUI Control Suite ActiveX® Graphical Panel Controls & Programming Interfaces Seamless Software Integration With Entire apt™ Family of Products (Electronics and Mechanics)

MNA601

MMR601 19" Modular RackSee Page 374

With one fiber fixed and the other mounted on a piezo-actuated stage capable of movingthe fiber perpendicular to its end face, the NanoTrak™ controls the position of themoving fiber. The NanoTrak’s auto-alignment circuit controls the position of the fiber asit optimizes the efficiency of the coupling through the two fibers. In many applications, aplanar waveguide or other device replaces one of the fibers; however, the basic principlesremain the same.

13 DriveElecRacks 374-379.qxd.P 7/5/07 11:01 AM Page 378


Motion Control

379www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Modular Rack System – NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Module…Page 2 of 2

Highly Adaptable OperationThere is an infinite variety of alignment scenarios,each with potentially different optical andphysical characteristics such as half widths,coupled peak powers, misalignment powerresponse, and mechanical phase lags.

To cope with this range of applications, theNanoTrak’s operation is fully configurable withmany of the parameters of the system accessiblethrough easy-to-use graphical software panels. Forexample, when operating in “Tracking Mode,” thesystem applies a small sinusoidal dither to thepiezoelectric actuators as part of the alignmentprocess (see NanoTrak™ tutorial page 411). Toaccommodate the specific optical characteristics ofthe elements in the system, the ditheringamplitude and frequency can be adjusted via the“Circle Diameter” and “Circle Frequency”settings, respectively. Additionally, to deal with apotentially wide range of optical signal levels andsensitivities, the overall closed-loop gain can beadjusted via a “Gain” parameter.

All such settings and parameters are also accessible through the ActiveX®

programmable interfaces for automated alignment sequences. See pages 376-378for a full description of the apt™ system software.

Extensive Software Support ToolsThe apt™ software library contains a number of optional features, with manydifferent graphical user interfaces, operational parameters, and programmingfunctions. To assist in using the software, comprehensive, fully context-sensitiveonline help is provided.

Specifications Optical Power Measurement:

• PIN Photodiode: FC/PC Fiber Input• Si or InGaAs Detector:

1nA to 10mA Photocurrent• Ext. Power Meter Input (BNC):

Multiple Ranges• Signal Phase Compensation:

-180° to 180° NanoTraking:

• Circle Scanning Frequency: 1–300Hz • Circle Position Range:

<1% to >99% MPE• Circle Diameter Adjustment Modes:

Automatic and Manual

Piezoelectric Input/Output:• Two Output Connectors (SMC male):

– Voltage Output: 0-75 VDC/Channel– Voltage Stability:

100ppm over 24 Hours– Noise: <3mV RMS– Output Current: 500mA/Channel

• Two Output Monitors (BNC): 0-10VDC• Position Feedback (9-Pin D-type Female)

– Strain Gauge Feedback– Voltage Feedback: 0-10VDC

User I/O Port (26-Pin D-type Female):• Optical Power Monitors: 0–10VDC• Two Differential Analog Inputs:

0-10VDC• Trigger Input/Output: TTL• Digital I/O Lines: Opto-Isolated

General:• One Slot apt™ Rack• Dimensions (W x D x H):

190 x 270 x 50mm• Weight: 1.5kg (3.3lbs)

Analog I/P

Analog I/P

25

2525

25

USER I/O PIEZO IN


MNA601 $ 5,601.50 £ 3,528.90 € 5.209,40 ¥ 53,494.30 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller Module with Voltage Input OnlyMNA601/IR $ 5,916.00 £ 3,727.10 € 5.501,90 ¥ 56,497.80 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller Module with InGaAs DetectorMNA601/VIS $ 5,916.00 £ 3,727.10 € 5.501,90 ¥ 56,497.80 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller Module with Silicon DetectorNTA007 $ 314.50 £ 198.10 € 292,50 ¥ 3,003.50 InGaAs Detector for NanoTrak™NTA009 $ 314.50 £ 198.10 € 292,50 ¥ 3,003.50 Silicon Detector NanoTrak™

High-Density, Rack- Based Motion Controllers

A module version of the apt™ stepper controller is also available for use with the new apt™rack system. The module version is functionally identical to the benchtop unit and provides amore compact implementation for multi-channel applications such as fully automated controlof our range of 3-6 axis motorized stages.

Starting on Page 374

13 DriveElecRacks 374-379.qxd.P 7/5/07 11:01 AM Page 379


Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Control Software Overview – Page 1 of 3Constructing automated custom alignment and positioning solutions in a speedyand efficient manner is becoming increasingly important in today's competitiveenvironment. Often timescales are short and yet the nature of the solutions,particularly at the software level, are becoming more complex and demanding.We have worked very closely with a large number of system engineers andresearch specialists in order to gain a detailed understanding of the specificrequirements for sophisticated yet easy-to-use electronics and software controllerproducts.

Out-of-the-Box OperationWhen faced with an automated alignment project, the system engineer or researcherwill often face a steep learning curve, and when the end requirement involvesprogramming automative alignment sequences, learning how to operate the

equipment manually is an important first step.Every apt™ controller can be manually operatedusing the supplied ‘APTUser’ utility. This utilitygives access to all settings, parameters, andoperating modes. In this way most automatedalignment sequences can be first tested and verifiedwithout writing a single line of custom software byfirst using APTUser.

Time Saving Speedy Pre-ConfigurationIn order to further reduce the time required toconfigure our range of apt™ controllers, an offlinepre-configuration utility, APTConfig, is suppliedwith all units.

As an example, this utility can be used to associateThorlabs’ stages and actuators with individualmotor drive channels, thus allowing the system toset automatically a large number of systemparameter defaults. This offline configurationeliminates the need to write the large amounts ofinitialization code often required when using othercontrol systems, greatly reducing the time takenwhen developing custom applications. Many otherpreconfigured settings can be made by using theAPTConfig utility.

apt™ Server – The Engine for IntegrationSoftware SolutionsThe apt™ Server lies at the heart of the apt™system. This software engine sits underneath theoperation of both APTUser and APTConfig andmakes the functionality of both utilities easilyaccessible. The apt™ Server actually comprises acollection of cooperating ActiveX® Controls (seeaside) and associated support libraries that providea tool kit of graphical instrument panels andassociated programming interfaces. It is this set ofActiveX® Controls that allow motion control andalignment functionality to be incorporated quicklyand easily into custom applications.

ActiveX® Controls allow apt™ motion control and alignment functionality to be incorporated quickly and easilyinto custom applications. ActiveX® Controls are pre-compiled software functional blocks (orcomponents) that typically include both a graphical user interface(GUI) and programming (software function) interface.There are many such ActiveX® Controls available to theWindows software developer providing an enormous rangeof pre-compiled functionality for use in their own custom(or client) applications. The ActiveX® Controls suppliedwith the apt™ system provide all of the GUI andprogrammability required to operate and control the fullrange of apt™ controllers (T-Cube, benchtop, and rack-based variants). For example, the Motor ActiveX® Controlprovides a complete instrument panel allowing full manual control ofour stepper motor driver units. In addition, the associated programming interfaceallows the software developer to automate the operation of the motor in an integrationapplication.

Evaluation version

available in the

download section at

www.thorlabs.com

14 DriveElecSoftware 380-382.qxd.P 7/5/07 11:02 AM Page 380


www.thorlabs.com

apt™ Control Software Overview – Page 2 of 3Multiple Development Environment Support – Your ChoiceOne of the first questions often posed by a systemdeveloper is that of language compatibility. Weaccept that our customers will want to use a widevariety of software development languages andtools when architecting their solutions, and it isfor this very reason that we have engineered theapt™ Server to be ActiveX® compliant. ActiveX®

is a language independent interfacing technologysupported by a large number of Windows-basedsoftware development environments. Using ourapt™ controllers, it is possible to create customalignment applications with environments such asLabVIEW™, Visual Basic, Visual C++, BorlandC++, HP VEE, Matlab, and even MicrosoftOffice via VBA (Visual Basic for Applications).Certain .NET environments (e.g. VB.NET,C#.NET) will also support ActiveX® throughMicrosoft interop technology.

Rapid Application Development – Drag and DropOne of the key benefits using the apt™ ActiveX®

Controls is the speed with which the associatedmotion control functionality can be incorporatedinto a custom alignment application. TakingVisual Basic for example, a fully functional apt™

motor control instrument panel can be incorporated into an end application literallywithin a minute with a single drag-and-drop operation, a single serial numbersetting, and a single line of code. Unlike many other motion control softwarelibraries available, the apt™ system provides complete prewritten GUIs for use incustom applications. Consequently, a large amount of development time is saved byeliminating the need to write code to provide essential end user interface capability.These instrument panels can also be used during software development or whencommissioning and configuring the system to alter essential settings. In the finishedapplication, it is also very easy to hide these full parameter access graphical panelsfrom the end user in order to prevent inadvertent changes to alignment parameters.

Comprehensive Programming InterfacesWe recognize that it is crucially important that the apt™ Server makes available allrequired parameters and operating modes through its programming interfaces.

We have taken every available system setting and command and exposed them tosupport the vast range of integrated software applications that can be built aroundthe apt™ system. Hundreds of software commands and settings exist to ensure fullflexibility and adaptability when automating the operation of our controllers.

Multi-threadingWhen developing custom applications on a PC, it is important to ensure that thealignment process itself can execute without disruption (to maintain requiredalignment time for example). Additionally, a well-written client application willalso provide feedback to the user via its GUI and allow operator intervention atany time should an error condition or other event occur. In many cases, a

motion control application will also be required to interact withother system hardware such as device characterization andacquisition systems, laser sources, robotic units, andenvironment control units. The system engineer is faced withsupporting all of the above within a single application while

also overcoming theconsequent issues of softwarelatency from the end user’sperspective (e.g. due topolling of equipment).

To address these fundamentalapplication issues, we havebuilt full multi-threading andevent “firing” capability intothe apt™ Server. Multi-threading is deployed toisolate operation of the apt™hardware completely fromthat of the end application.

In this way, an end client application can engage in intensiveprocessing (such as data acquisition or number crunching) withoutaffecting the operation of the apt™ controllers. Additionally, we haveensured that the graphical instrument panels are themselves executed in aseparate processing thread. This unique approach taken in the apt™ Serverensures that the graphical panels remain fully responsive even when the endapplication is busy on some intensive processing activity. Always being able

to access apt™ controller settings via their GUI panels is extremely useful whentrying to optimise software routines, even if an alignment sequence is running.Event firing is the software mechanism by which an apt™ ActiveX® Control caninform the client application of some event or occurrence. In the apt™ system, thismechanism is effectively used to end motor movement and other lengthyoperations. By responding to these events, a custom end application does not needto sit and poll for lengthy operations, which improves the overall systemperformance.

Motion Control

381www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

See Page 497

IR Cards &AlignmentDisks



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

apt™ Control Software Overview – Page 3 of 3

apt™ Hardware Emulator – Offline Application DevelopmentFor total convenience, the apt™ Server can be placed into a full hardwareemulation mode (using the APTConfig utility), giving the freedom to run thesoftware without connecting actual physical units.

This emulation support is useful for many reasons, including learning how to useand program the apt™ software without necessarily tying up real apt™ hardware,which is useful if multiple person teams are working on the same integrationproject.

It also gives the option of developing custom applications off-line if, for example,the apt™ hardware is unavailable or already being used. Moreover, after an apt™-based custom application has been developed and released, the actual physical apt™hardware may no longer be accessible for software support and maintenancepurposes, and so a simulator mode proves invaluable.

Debugging – apt™ System LoggerSoftware development, particularly of complex alignment and positioning systems,is a process that inevitably involves debugging and process optimization. Often

errors that occur during actual execution of theassociated software (e.g. incorrectly calculatedposition parameter passed to the apt™ Server) aredifficult to analyze after the event (and may noteven occur when interactively debugging becauseof the difference in execution dynamics). To solvethis issue, the apt™ software has a built-insystem-wide event logging capability that recordsall function calls (and associated parameters). Thischronological record of client application activityis invaluable in monitoring the sequence of eventsthat lead up to a process failure, thereby helpingthe software developer to find and debugproblems.

Developer Support CDIt is inevitable, even for relatively simpleapplications, that software programming supportwill be needed. Having recognized this and thewide range of software end applications that canbe built around the apt™ system, we havebrought together a comprehensive collection ofprogrammer information and reference materialand burned it onto a CD. A full set of sampleapplications written in Visual Basic andLabVIEW™ is included, together with varioushints and tips. The programming samplesthemselves cover a varying degree of complexity,from basic to advanced examples. The advancedexamples are working programs that can be usedwith the apt™ motion controllers and Thorlabs'positioning stages and actuators to performoptical alignments of real world multi-axisphotonics. They form an excellent starting pointfor the system development and in many caseswill provide the functionality required with onlyminor coding enhancements/changes.

Try the apt™ Software for YourselfIn the end, the best way to appreciate the powerand flexibility of the apt™ system software is totry it yourself. You can obtain the latest shippingversion of the apt™ software from the downloadsection of the Thorlabs’ website(www.thorlabs.com). After installation, it ispossible to create a simulated configuration ofapt™ controllers and then go on to explore all ofthe software commands and features describedabove, as well as experiment with writing custommotion control applications.

It is also useful to view the tutorial videosincluded. These cover all aspects of using thesoftware, from overviews of the supplied userutilities to programming basics in Visual Basic,LabVIEW, and C++ environments.



Fine Adjustment Screws

Drill Kits and Specialty Taps

Coarse Adjustment Screws

Fine Adjustment Screws

Ultra-Fine Adjustment Screws

Differential Adjuster Screws

See Pages 384-392

Micrometer Heads

Standard Micrometer Heads

Digital Micrometer Heads

Differential Micrometers

See Pages 393-398

Piezoelectric Actuators

Modular Piezo Actuators

Piezo Actuators With Feedback

Piezoelectric Stacks

Strain Gauges

See Pages 399-403

Motorized Actuators

DC Servo Actuators

Vacuum Compatible Actuators

Stepper Motor Micrometer Heads

High Load Stepper Motor Actuators

See Pages 404-407

383

Actuators and Adjustors Selection GuidePages 384-407

www.thorlabs.com

15 ActuatorsAdjusters 383-395.qxd.P 7/6/07 8:51 AM Page 383


Motion Control

384

High-Precision Actuators

www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Imperial Fine AdjustersPage 389 #6-80 0.0125"/Revolution Lengths from 0.45" to 1.13" 5/64" Socket Hex

Page 390 3/16"-100 0.010"/Revolution Lengths from 3/8" to 2" 5/64" Socket Hex



Metric Fine AdjustersPage 387 M2.5-0.20mm 200µm/Revolution Lengths from 8mm to 20mm 1.5mm Socket Hex

Page 388 M3-0.20mm 200µm/Revolution Lengths from 8mm to 25mm 1.5mm Socket Hex

Page 388 M3-0.25mm 250µm/Revolution Lengths from 8mm to 25mm 1.5mm Socket Hex

All of our adjuster screws satisfy extremely tight tolerances;Thorlabs has developed a set of specifications that exceed theindustry class 3 standard. Each screw is individually tested with a“Master Gauge” set that ensures the interchangeability of ouradjuster screws and threaded sleeves. If you are incorporating anyof these components into larger optomechanical systems, werecommend that you contact our technical support group to ensurethat the specifications for any mating parts you are manufacturinghave the appropriate tolerances.

Use these screws to build custom mounts or to replace existingadjusters with higher resolution screws. A series of matching brass

bushings and removable knobs provides a great deal of flexibilitywhen building precision mechanical assemblies. All screws aremade of 300 series stainless steel and have an exceptionally smoothfeel when used with our corresponding brass bushings. Whenappropriate, we have included taps to allow our customers toproduce their own mating parts. These taps are available for allbut the 0.2mm pitch screws (M2.5-0.2mm and M3-0.2mm). The0.2mm pitch internal threads must be machined on a highprecision CNC turning center to ensure adequate control of thetolerances.

OEM Application

Support

Imperial Coarse AdjustersPage 386 1/4"-20 0.05"/Revolution Lengths from 1" to 2" 5/64" Socket Hex



385www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

DK2 Specifications 115-Piece Drill Bit Set Kit Includes the Following:

Durable Steel Carrying Case60 Number Gauge Drill Bits26 Letter Gauge Drill Bits29 Fractional Gauge Drill Bits

Durable Steel Carrying Case With Latch Provides Orderly Storage Number Gauge Drill Bits Ranging From #1 Bit to #60 Bit Fractional Gauge Drill Bits Ranging From 1/16" to 1/2" Letter Gauge Drill Bits Ranging From Letter A Bit Through

Letter Z Bit

Drill Kits


DK2 $ 62.00 £ 39.10 € 57,70 ¥ 592.10 115-Piece Drill Kit

Specialty plugtaps that are notreadily availablefrom toolingsuppliers areprovided to aid in theintegration of ourcomponents withcustom-built devices.

Metric Taps

Imperial Taps

ITEM# $ £ € RMB THREAD TAP DRILL USE

99946 $ 35.00 £ 22.10 € 32,60 ¥ 334.30 3mm - 0.25 0.107" F3SS, MAS Screws99833 $ 30.90 £ 19.50 € 28,70 ¥ 295.10 4.5mm - 0.5 0.158" N250L3, MAS Nuts97368 $ 25.80 £ 16.30 € 24,00 ¥ 246.40 6mm - 0.5 0.217" 6mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing71498 $ 24.70 £ 15.60 € 23,00 ¥ 235.90 6mm - 1.0 0.198" M6 Mounting Holes48443 $ 29.90 £ 18.80 € 27,80 ¥ 285.50 8mm - 0.5 0.297" 8mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing98109 $ 31.90 £ 20.10 € 29,70 ¥ 304.60 9mm - 0.5 0.337" 9mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing43122 $ 45.30 £ 28.50 € 42,10 ¥ 432.60 10mm - 0.5 0.375" 10mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing98110 $ 46.40 £ 29.20 € 43,20 ¥ 443.10 11mm - 0.5 0.413" 11mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing46152 $ 43.30 £ 27.30 € 40,30 ¥ 413.50 12mm - 0.5 0.453" 12mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing45283 $ 54.60 £ 34.40 € 50,80 ¥ 521.40 14mm - 0.5 0.532" E12RMS Tube External Thread


TW25 $ 48.40 £ 30.50 € 45,00 ¥ 462.20 Tap Wrench - Fits up to 1/4" TapsXE25TG $ 66.30 £ 41.80 € 61,70 ¥ 633.20 Tap Guide for 1/4"-20 Tap (Item# 71598 see Table Below)

Universal Tap Wrench

TW25TapWrench

TW25TapWrench

XE25TG Tap Guide

Special Taps

ITEM # $ £ € RMB THREAD TAP DRILL USE

83373 $ 84.50 £ 53.20 € 78,60 ¥ 807.00 0.535"- 40 0.508" SM05 Series Threads97355 $ 84.50 £ 53.20 € 78,60 ¥ 807.00 1.035" - 40 1.008" SM1 Series Threads74580 $ 26.80 £ 16.90 € 24,90 ¥ 255.90 3/16" - 100 0.177" F19SS, UFS, Ultrafine Adjustment Screws60202 $ 27.80 £ 17.50 € 25,90 ¥ 265.50 5/16" - 32 0.281" N100L5, UFS Nuts71529 $ 26.80 £ 16.90 € 24,90 ¥ 255.90 1/4" - 80 0.238" F25SS, FAS Fine Adjustment Screws60242 $ 25.80 £ 16.30 € 24,00 ¥ 246.40 3/8" - 40 0.348" FAS Nuts99940 $ 35.00 £ 22.10 € 32,60 ¥ 334.30 1/4" - 100 0.240" F25US, Ultrafine Adjustment Screws99943 $ 29.90 £ 18.80 € 27,80 ¥ 285.50 #6-80 0.120" F6SS, Fine Adjustment Screws46720 $ 72.10 £ 45.40 € 67,10 ¥ 688.60 0.800" - 36 0.772" RMS Microscope Threads 71598 $ 26.80 £ 16.90 € 24,90 ¥ 255.90 1/4" - 20 0.201" 1/4"-20 Mounting Holes

DK2

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials Screws Available in 1", 1.5", and 2"

Lengths Bushings Available in 0.63" and

0.57" Lengths Screws Can Be Used With a

Standard 5/64" Hex Key Removable Knurled Knob for

Easy Adjustment

These 1/4"-20 thread adjustment screws are for use inassemblies where fine adjustment is not necessary. They aresupplied in 1", 1.5", and 2" lengths. Bushings and aknurled adjustment knob are also available.

1/4"-20 Coarse Hex Adjuster

ITEM# $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION LENGTH

CS25SS100 $ 6.00 £ 3.80 € 5,60 ¥ 57.30 1/4"-20 Coarse Adjustment Screw 1"CS25SS150 $ 7.50 £ 4.70 € 7,00 ¥ 71.60 1/4"-20 Coarse Adjustment Screw 1.5"CS25SS200 $ 9.00 £ 5.70 € 8,40 ¥ 86.00 1/4"-20 Coarse Adjustment Screw 2"CS25SSN1 $ 5.50 £ 3.50 € 5,10 ¥ 52.50 1/4"-20 Bushing 0.57"CS25SSN2 $ 6.00 £ 3.80 € 5,00 ¥ 57.30 1/4"-20 Bushing 0.63"CS25SSK1 $ 7.00 £ 4.40 € 6,50 ¥ 66.80 Removable Adjustable knob 1/4"-20 0.47"

18-TPI Coarse Adjustment 100-TPI Fine Adjustment Uses 3 Point Contact for

Locking

Coarse/Fine Hex Adjuster With Locking Collar

This actuator uses a 5/16"-18 thread to provide 2.00" of coarseadjustment. When locked, an internal 100TPI thread allowsfine adjustment over a 4mm range.

This actuator is ideal in applications that require quick coarsealignment followed by fine tuning. The FCA200 is suppliedwith a M10-0.5 externally threaded bushing and lock collar.

0.63"(16mm)

Ø0.36"(Ø9mm)

Ø 0.34"(Ø 9mm)

1/4"-20 TAP

CS25SSN2


FCA200 $ 65.00 £ 41.00 € 60,50 ¥ 620.80 Coarse/Fine Adjustment Screw, 2" Travel

FCA200

Ø0.10" (Ø2mm) HoleFor Lever Arm

When Locking

4.04"(103mm)Nominal

0.25"(6mm)

0.81"(21mm)

2.86"(73mm)Nominal

Ø0.39"(Ø10mm)

Ø0.47"(Ø12mm)

Ø0.50"(Ø13mm)

5/16"-18 ThreadM10-0.5 ExternallyThreaded Bushing

Coarse AdjustmentScrew Knob

Fine AdjustmentScrew Knob(100 TPI Screw)4mm Travel

Ø0.85"(Ø22mm)

5/64" Hex



387www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

M2.5-0.20mm Extremely Fine Hex Adjuster


F2D5ES8 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Adjuster Screw M2.5-0.20mm 8mmF2D5ES10 $ 10.00 £ 6.30 € 9,30 ¥ 95.50 Adjuster Screw M2.5-0.20mm 10mmF2D5ES12 $ 10.50 £ 6.60 € 9,80 ¥ 100.30 Adjuster Screw M2.5-0.20mm 12mmF2D5ES15 $ 11.60 £ 7.30 € 10,80 ¥ 110.80 Adjuster Screw M2.5-0.20mm 15mmF2D5ES20 $ 15.80 £ 10.00 € 14,70 ¥ 150.90 Adjuster Screw M2.5-0.20mm 20mmF2D5ESN1 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 Threaded Bushing M2.5-0.20mm 7mmF2D5ESK1 $ 6.80 £ 4.30 € 6,30 ¥ 64.90 Removable Adjuster Knob M2.5-0.20mm 9mm

Integrating Fine Adjustment Screws Into OptomechanicalSystems:The assembly process begins by producing the appropriatesized mating hole for the threaded bushing. Given the close fitbetween the threaded bushing and the mating adjuster screw,we caution against using a press fit to assemble these products.For our own production needs, we use a permanent anaerobic

adhesive that provides excellent long-term performance. Werecommend using Loctite™ Anaerobic Adhesive productnumber 680 or equivalent. In order to ensure maximumstrength between the bonded parts, we strongly urge the userto follow carefully the instructions provided by Loctite, whichspecify the amount of clearance between the threaded bushingand the mounting plate. The most common source of failureis not allowing for the proper clearance between the partsbeing bonded since this clearance provides for the propervolume of adhesive.

As shown in Figure 1, the flange on the mating bushing isdesigned to support the axial load of the screw and bushingassembly.

When assembling, apply a small amount of the Loctiteadhesive to both threaded bushings and the mounting plateand ensure a uniform distribution of the adhesive around theperimeter of the parts before assembly. After insertion, removeany excess adhesive from around the part.

The F2D5ES series hex adjusters are manufactured from 300 seriesstainless steel and are our smallest diameter metric series adjusterscrews. The extremely fine (0.20mm per revolution) threadprecludes the use of taps to produce threaded mating parts for thisseries of screws. The included M2.5-0.20mm threaded sleeve ismanufactured on a precision CNC turning center using the singlepoint threading tool that is provided. If your application calls for adifferent size mating sleeve, please call our technical support groupfor a quotation on a custom-produced part. The removable knoband threaded bushing are sold separately. A clearance hole isprovided in the knob to expose the 1.5mm hex socket within thescrew that is used when removing or installing the knob.

Thread Depth 0.15" (3.8mm)

See mechanical drawing above for details on this series of products.

F2D5ES Screws

F2D5ESK1

F2D5ESN1

ExampleBushing

Figure 1

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

M3-0.25mm Fine Hex Adjuster

Thread Depth 0.20" (5mm) Min.

These very small adjusters are ideal for limited space applications thatrequire fine (250µm/rev) resolution. With a 250µm pitch screw, thethread depth is just 125µm. We have developed special manufacturingtechniques that ensure extremely tight tolerances (better than class 3)in every part produced. A removable knob and threaded bushing aresold separately. A clearance hole is provided in the knob to expose the1.5mm hex socket within the screw that is used when removing orinstalling the knob.

M3-0.20mm Extremely Fine Hex AdjusterThe F3ES, series hex adjusters are manufactured from 300 seriesstainless steel. The extremely fine (0.20mm per revolution) threadprecludes the use of taps to produce threaded mating parts for thisseries of screws. The included M3-0.20mm threaded sleeve ismanufactured on a precision CNC turning center using a single pointthreading tool. The adjuster knob is sold separately and has a hexsocket to provide for easy assembly. The back end of the adjusterscrew also has a hex socket to allow it to be used as a setscrew. Aremovable knob and threaded bushing are sold separately. A clearancehole is provided in the knob to expose the 1.5mm hex socket withinthe screw that is used when removing or installing the knob.

""

Thread Depth 0.14" (4mm)


F3ES8 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Adjuster Screw M3-0.20mm 8mmF3ES10 $ 8.90 £ 5.60 € 8,30 ¥ 85.00 Adjuster Screw M3-0.20mm 10mmF3ES12 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Adjuster Screw M3-0.20mm 12mmF3ES15 $ 10.50 £ 6.60 € 9,80 ¥ 100.30 Adjuster Screw M3-0.20mm 15mmF3ES20 $ 14.70 £ 9.30 € 13,70 ¥ 140.40 Adjuster Screw M3-0.20mm 20mmF3ES25 $ 20.00 £ 12.60 € 18,60 ¥ 191.00 Adjuster Screw M3-0.20mm 25mmF3ESN1 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 Threaded Bushing M3-0.20mm 7mmF3ESK1 $ 6.80 £ 4.30 € 6,30 ¥ 64.90 Removable Adjuster Knob M3-0.20mm 9mm



F3SS8 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 Adjuster Screw M3-0.25mm 8mmF3SS10 $ 7.90 £ 5.00 € 7,30 ¥ 75.40 Adjuster Screw M3-0.25mm 10mmF3SS12 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Adjuster Screw M3-0.25mm 12mmF3SS15 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Adjuster Screw M3-0.25mm 15mmF3SS20 $ 13.70 £ 8.60 € 12,70 ¥ 130.80 Adjuster Screw M3-0.25mm 20mmF3SS25 $ 18.90 £ 11.90 € 17,60 ¥ 180.50 Adjuster Screw M3-0.25mm 25mmF3SSN1 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Threaded Bushing M3-0.25mm 5mmF3SSK1 $ 5.30 £ 3.30 € 4,90 ¥ 50.60 Removable Adjuster Knob M3-0.25mm 9mm99946 $ 35.00 £ 22.10 € 32,60 ¥ 334.30 M3-0.25mm Tap –


F3ES Screws

F3ESN1

F3ESK1

F3SSScrews

F3SSN1

F3SSK1



389www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

#6-80 Fine Hex Adjuster

""

Thread Depth0.20" (5mm)

0.03"(0.6mm)

These very small adjustment screws are great for miniature mounts. Theyare manufactured to tight tolerances to ensure a smooth feel and excellentlong-term stability. A removable knob and threaded bushing are soldseparately. A clearance hole is provided in the knob to expose the 5/64"hex socket within the screw that is used when removing or installing theknob.

N250L3

Stainless Steel Knob and Screw Brass Adjuster Nut

1/16" Ball

M4.5-0.5mmThreadM3-0.25mm

Thread

0.08"(2mm)


MAS15 $ 16.80 £ 10.60 € 15,60 ¥ 160.40 M3-0.25 Ultrafine Adjuster 15mmMAS20 $ 17.90 £ 11.30 € 16,60 ¥ 170.90 M3-0.25 Ultrafine Adjuster 20mmN250L3 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 M3-0.25 Ultrafine Adjuster Nut 5mm

M3-0.25mm Ultrafine Adjustment Screws

Compatible WithAny Thorlabs 1/4"-80Adjusters

Minimal Beam ShiftWhen LockingMirror Mount

Make Any MountWith 1/4"-80Adjusters Lockable

1/4"-80 Fine Hex Adjuster Locking Nut


LN2580 $ 7.80 £ 4.90 € 7,30 ¥ 74.50 1/4"-80 Locking Nut


F6SS045 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 Adjuster Screw #6-80 0.45"F6SS058 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Adjuster Screw #6-80 0.58" F6SS088 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Adjuster Screw #6-80 0.88"F6SS113 $ 10.50 £ 6.60 € 9,80 ¥ 100.30 Adjuster Screw #6-80 1.13"F6SSN1 $ 6.60 £ 4.20 € 6,10 ¥ 63.00 Threaded Bushing #6-80 0.250"F6SSN2 $ 6.80 £ 4.30 € 6,30 ¥ 64.90 Threaded Bushing #6-80 0.375" F6SSK1 $ 6.00 £ 3.80 € 5,60 ¥ 57.30 Removable Adjuster Knob #6-80 0.35"99943 $ 29.90 £ 18.80 € 27,80 ¥ 285.50 #6-80 Tap –

MAS Screws

2mm HexSocket

N250L3

F6SS Screws

F6SSN1

F6SSK1

LN2580

KM100 With LN2580KM100 Sold Separately



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

3/16"-100 Ultrafine Hex Adjuster

Thread 0.26" (6.5mm) Depth

5/64" Hex

0.38"(10mm)

Ø0.41"(Ø10mm)

Ø0.13" Ball

Ø0.290"(Ø7.4mm)

Ø0.33"(Ø8mm)

Ø0.03"(0.76mm)

+0.000"–0.001"

L2 = 0.40" F19SSN1

L2 = 0.53" F19SSN2

The 3/16"-100 TPI adjuster screws are especially challenging tomanufacture given that the thread depth (peak to valley) is just0.006". We have developed a manufacturing process that ensurestolerances better than a class 3 fit. A removable knob and threadedbushing are sold separately.

Ø0.125" Ball

Removable Nut7/16" Hex

#2-56 Locking Screw

5/16"-32 Thread

0.38"(9.5mm) 0.45"

(11mm)

0.10"(2.6mm)3/8"

Hex

3/16"-100 Ultrafine Adjustment Screws


F19SS038 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 3/8"F19SS050 $ 6.80 £ 4.30 € 6,30 ¥ 64.90 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 1/2"F19SS075 $ 7.90 £ 5.00 € 7,30 ¥ 75.40 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 3/4"F19SS100 $ 8.90 £ 5.60 € 8,30 ¥ 85.00 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 1"F19SS125 $ 10.50 £ 6.60 € 9,80 ¥ 100.30 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 1 1/4"F19SS150 $ 12.10 £ 7.60 € 11,30 ¥ 115.60 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 1 1/2"F19SS200 $ 13.70 £ 8.60 € 12,70 ¥ 130.80 Adjuster Screw 3/16"-100 L1 = 2"F19SSN1 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Threaded Bushing 3/16"-100 L2 = 0.40"F19SSN2 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Threaded Bushing 3/16"-100 L2 = 0.53"F19SSK1 $ 4.70 £ 3.00 € 4,40 ¥ 44.90 Removable Knob 3/16"-100 0.38"74580 $ 26.80 £ 16.90 € 24,90 ¥ 255.90 3/16"-100 Tap –N100B2 $ 8.90 £ 5.60 € 8,30 ¥ 85.00 Threaded Bushing 3/16"-100 0.34"

See mechanical drawing above for details on this series of product.


UFS075 $ 12.60 £ 7.90 € 11,70 ¥ 120.30 3/16"-100 Threaded Screw, 3/4" LongUFS100 $ 14.70 £ 9.30 € 13,70 ¥ 140.40 3/16"-100 Threaded Screw, 1" LongN100L5 $ 10.40 £ 6.60 € 9,70 ¥ 99.30 3/16"-100 Adjuster Nut

Our 3/16"-100 Ultrafine Adjustment Screws are a convenient drop-in replacement for our F19SS-series hex adjusters. The non-slipknurled Delrin knob improves adjustment sensitivity. Theconvenient brass sleeve, complete with a removable nut, is precision-machined for a fit 30% better than the tightest industry standard(Class 3 Fit). The 3/8" hex head adjuster nut contains a nylon-tipped setscrew in the side of the head to lock the adjuster to thescrew without causing damage to the threads.

F19SS Screws

F19SSN2

F19SSK1

F19SSN1

UFS100

UFS075

N100L5

M3-0.25, 3/16"-100,1/4"-80

Plus More

See Page 918

Custom Taps



391www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

1/4"-80 Fine Adjustment Screws

3/8"-40 Thread#2-56 Locking Screw

1/4"-80Thread1/2" Hex 3/16" Ball

Ø0.49"(Ø12.5mm)

0.75"(19mm)


FAS100 $ 7.60 £ 4.80 € 7,10 ¥ 72.60 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 1"FAS125 $ 7.80 £ 4.90 € 7,30 ¥ 74.50 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 1 1/4"FAS150 $ 8.10 £ 5.10 € 7,50 ¥ 77.40 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 1 1/2"FAS200 $ 8.60 £ 5.40 € 8,00 ¥ 82.10 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 2"FAS250 $ 9.70 £ 6.10 € 9,00 ¥ 92.60 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 2 1/2"FAS300 $ 10.90 £ 6.90 €10,10 ¥ 104.10 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 3"N80L5 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 1/4"-80 Locking Adjuster Nuts L2 = 0.53"N80L6 $ 8.20 £ 5.20 € 7,60 ¥ 78.30 1/4"-80 Locking Adjuster Nuts L2 = 0.65"N80L7 $ 9.30 £ 5.90 € 8,60 ¥ 88.80 1/4"-80 Locking Adjuster Nuts L2 = 0.78"

1/4"-80 Fine Hex AdjustersImproved manufacturing techniques haveresulted in tolerances 30% better than thetightest industry standard (Class 3 Fit). Seepage 918 for information on 1/4"-80 taps.


F25SS038 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 3/8"F25SS050 $ 6.80 £ 4.30 € 6,30 ¥ 64.90 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 1/2"F25SS075 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 3/4"F25SS085 $ 7.60 £ 4.80 € 7,10 ¥ 72.60 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 0.85"F25SS100 $ 7.90 £ 5.00 € 7,30 ¥ 75.40 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 1"F25SS116 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 1.16"F25SS150 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 1.5"F25SS200 $ 11.00 £ 6.90 € 10,20 ¥ 105.10 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 2"F25SS250 $ 14.70 £ 9.30 € 13,70 ¥ 140.40 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 2.5"F25SS300 $ 20.00 £ 12.60 € 18,60 ¥ 191.00 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 3"F25SS400 $ 25.20 £ 15.90 € 23,40 ¥ 240.70 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-80 L1 = 4"F25SSN1 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Threaded Bushing 1/4"-80 L2 = 0.63"F25SSN2 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Threaded Bushing 1/4"-80 L2 = 0.57"F25SSK1 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Removable Knob 1/4"-80 0.45"71529 $ 26.80 £ 16.90 € 24,90 ¥ 255.90 1/4"-80 Tap –

Our high-precision 1/4"-80 Fine Adjustment Screws are a convenient drop-in replacementfor our F25SS-series hex adjusters. The non-slip knurled Delrin knob improvesadjustment sensitivity. The convenient brass sleeve, complete with a removable nut, isprecision-machined for a fit 30% better than the tightest industry standard (Class 3 Fit).The 1/2" hex head adjuster nut contains a nylon-tipped setscrew in the side of the head tolock the adjuster to the screw without causing damage to the threads.

F25SS Screws

F25SSK1

F25SSN1 F25SSN2

""

Thread Depth0.18" (4.6mm)

3/16" Ball

Ø0.36"(Ø9mm)

5/64" Hex

Ø0.340"(Ø8.6mm)

Compatible WithAny Thorlabs 1/4"-80Adjusters

Minimal Beam ShiftWhen Locking Mirror Mount

Make Any Mount With 1/4"-80Adjusters Lockable

Fine Hex AdjusterLocking Nut

See Page 389 forDetails

FAS Screws

N80L7

N80L5



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Differential Adjuster Screw

The DAS110 is a standard 1/4"-80, 1.00" long adjusterscrew with an internal differential adjustment mechanism.The fine adjustment is actuated by inserting a hex wrenchthrough the clearance hole in the adjuster knob. Everyrotation of the DAS110 fine adjustment mechanism yieldsa highly demagnified displacement of just 25µm/rev. Thisadjuster is ideal as a drop-in replacement for increasing theresolution on most Thorlabs’ mirror mounts.

Unique Patent Pending Flexure Cut Design Ideal for Low-Load and Worm Drive Applications Hardened Brass Bushing Design for Long Life

The Thorlabs FS25AB Series anti-backlash bushing incorporates a unique flexurecut design that provides a constant preload pressure to a threaded screw. The flexurecoil design allows the preload pressure to adjust and adapt to variations in screwthreads and positioning, so that backlash is minimized. The hardened brass bushingis designed for low wear and long life and is adaptable to Ø0.340" mounting holes.


DAS110 $ 37.10 £ 23.40 € 34,50 ¥ 354.30 Miniature Differential AdjusterDAS110K1 $ 7.20 £ 4.50 € 6,70 ¥ 68.80 Differential Adjustment Knob

1/4"-100 UltraFine Hex Adjusters


F25US ScrewsF25USK1

F25USN1F25USN2

DAS110K1RemovableHex Wrench

Improved manufacturing techniques have resulted in tolerances 30% better than the tightest industry standard (Class 3 Fit). See page 385for information on 1/4"-100 taps.

DAS110

F25SSK1

1/4"-80 Anti-Backlash Bushing and Screw Pair

Ø0.340"(Ø8.6mm)

+0.000"–0.001"

3/16" Ball

Thread Depth0.18" (4.6mm)


FS25AB150 $ 37.00 £ 23.30 € 34,40 ¥ 353.40 1-1/2" Long, 1/4"-80 Anti-Backlash Bushing and Adjuster Screw Pair

FS25AB200 $ 39.00 £ 24.60 € 36,30 ¥ 372.50 2" Long, 1/4"-80 Anti-Backlash Bushing and Adjuster Screw Pair

F25SSK1 $ 6.30 £ 4.00 € 5,90 ¥ 60.20 Removable Knob 1/4"-80

Visit www.thorlabs.com for More Information

FS25AB150


F25US038 $ 7.40 £ 4.70 € 6,90 ¥ 70.70 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-100 L1 = 3/8"F25US050 $ 7.90 £ 5.00 € 7,30 ¥ 75.40 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-100 L1 = 1/2" F25US075 $ 8.40 £ 5.30 € 7,80 ¥ 80.20 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-100 L1 = 3/4" F25US100 $ 8.90 £ 5.60 € 8,30 ¥ 85.00 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-100 L1 = 1" F25US150 $ 10.50 £ 6.60 € 9,80 ¥ 100.30 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-100 L1 = 1 1/2" F25US200 $ 12.10 £ 7.60 € 11,30 ¥ 115.60 Adjuster Screw 1/4"-100 L1 = 2" F25USN1 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Threaded Bushing 1/4"-100 L2 = 0.63"F25USN2 $ 9.50 £ 6.00 € 8,80 ¥ 90.70 Threaded Bushing 1/4"-100 L2 = 0.57"F25USK1 $ 7.90 £ 5.00 € 7,30 ¥ 75.40 Removable Knob 1/4"-100 0.45"99940 $ 35.00 £ 22.10 € 32,60 ¥ 334.30 1/4"-100 Tap –



393www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

Micrometer Heads: 1/4" (6.5mm) of Travel+0.0000"–0.0005"

+0.00mm–0.01mm

148-206ST

148-205ST

+0.0000"–0.0005"

+0.000mm–0.001mm

18mm

2.34"

148-811ST

148-801ST

Range:

0 to 1.000" (0.001" per Division)0 to 25mm (10µm per Division)

150-811ST

+0.0000"–0.0005"

+0.00mm–0.01mm

Ø0. 3750" (150-811ST)

Ø10mm (150-801ST) 1.06"(27mm)

1.65"(42mm)

3.89"(99mm)

Ø0.71"(18mm)

150-811ST

Range:0 to 0.250" (0.001" per Division)0 to 6.50mm (10µm per Division)

These small (0.25" range) micrometersare ideal for optical mounts. Thespherical spindle tip provides a singlepoint of contact, which eliminatsalignment errors. Thorlabs can integratethese micrometers into many of ourstandard products; call for details.

These micrometer heads feature 1/2" (13mm) of traveland spherical spindle tips.

These micrometer heads feature 1" (25mm) of travel andspherical spindle tips.

Range:0 to 0.500" (0.001" per Division)0 to 13.00mm (10µm per Divsion)

ITEM# $ £ € RMB RANGE SPINDLE TIP

148-206ST $ 44.00 £ 27.70 € 40,90 ¥ 420.20 0-0.250" Spherical148-205ST $ 44.00 £ 27.70 € 40,90 ¥ 420.20 0-6.5mm Spherical148-202FT $ 44.00 £ 27.70 € 40,90 ¥ 420.20 0-0.250" Flat148-201FT $ 44.00 £ 27.70 € 40,90 ¥ 420.20 0-6.5mm Flat

ITEM# $ £ € RMB RANGE

148-811ST $ 45.00 £ 28.40 €41,90 ¥ 429.80 0-0.500"148-801ST $ 45.00 £ 28.40 €41,90 ¥ 429.80 0-13mm

Micrometer Heads: 1/2" (13mm) of Travel

Micrometer Heads: 1.0" (25mm) of Travel


150-811ST $ 50.00 £ 31.50 €46,50 ¥ 477.50 0-1.000"150-801ST $ 50.00 £ 31.50 €46,50 ¥ 477.50 0-25mm


151-412ST $197.00 £124.10 €183,20 ¥1,881.40 0-2.000"151-411ST $197.00 £124.10 €183,20 ¥1,881.40 0-50mm

Range:

0 to 2.000" (0.001" per Division)0 to 50mm (10µm per Division)

+0.000"–0.007"

6.45"(164mm)

2.441"(62mm)

151-412ST

These micrometer heads feature 2" (50mm)of travel and spherical spindle tips.

Micrometer Heads: 2.0" (50mm) of Travel

151-412ST

148-811ST

148-206ST

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Digimatic Micrometer Head: 1" of Travel

Reads to 1µm (40 Millionths of an Inch) Instant Inch/Millimeter Conversion Measurement Hold Key Preset Capability Zero-Set Key Allows for Setting Zero Measurement at

Any Point Along the Spindle Travel Spherical Face Spindle Automatic Power-Off Each Unit Comes Complete With a SR44 Battery*,

Key Spanner, and Operation Manual*Battery Life: 1 Year With Normal Use

1" Travel Translation Stage PT1 (See Page 263) is Compatible With theDM713


DM713 $ 318.00 £ 200.30 € 295,70 ¥ 3,036.90 Inch/Metric Digimatic Micrometer Head, Spherical Tip

1µm LCD Readout


DRV505 $ 289.00 £ 182.10 € 268,80 ¥ 2,760.00 1/2" (13mm) Fine Drive Actuator

mm

µm

Fine Drive Actuator: 1/2" of Travel

1/2" (13mm) of Travel 2µm Resolution 250µm Per Revolution

The DRV505 Fine Drive Actuator provides smooth, precision translation at 250µm per revolutionwith 2µm resolution. The large actuator knob with anti-slip padding provides increased sensitivityalong with a laser-engraved scale marked at 5µm graduations. The Ø3/8" mounting barrel is directlycompatible with a host of standard mounting equipment.

DRV505


RBA1 $ 6.85 £ 4.30 € 6,40 ¥ 65.40 Ø0.375" to Ø0.500" AdapterRBA2 $ 6.85 £ 4.30 € 6,40 ¥ 65.40 Ø10mm to Ø0.500" AdapterRBA3 $ 6.85 £ 4.30 € 6,40 ¥ 65.40 Ø0.375"to Ø0.470" Adapter

Micrometer Barrel Adapters

These slotted brass sleeves are an ideal solution for securing Ø3/8" and Ø10mmmounting barrels into components designed for Ø1/2" and Ø0.47" barrels. Theslotted sleeve allows an externally applied clamping force to be transferred to themounting barrel.

DM713

RBA Adapters

15 ActuatorsAdjusters 383-395.qxd.P 7/12/07 12:03 PM Page 394


395www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

The 146-200 is a high-precision micrometer head with a 250µmpitch leascrew. The graduated dial and linear scale on themicrometer barrel provide a calibrated readout of displacement. Aspherical tip is provided to ensure a single point of contactbetween the adjuster and the mating surface.

0-10mm Range 5µm per Division Sensitivity Better than 1µm Standard 3/8" Barrel Diameter 250µm/rev


146-200 $ 76.00 £ 47.90 € 70,70 ¥ 725.80 High Precision Micrometer Head

MT401

MT1

High-Precision Micrometer Head: 10mm of Travel

146-200

DRV504


DRV504 $ 408.00 £ 257.00 € 379,40 ¥ 3,896.40 Differential Micrometer Head, 1/2"(13mm) of Travel, Ø3/8" Mouting Barrel

0µm 0µm

Differential Micrometer Head: 0.5" (13mm) of Travel 1/2" (13mm) of Coarse Travel 1µm Coarse Resolution 300µm High-Resolution Differential Travel 50nm Differential Resolution Ø3/8" Mounting Barrel 500µm/rev Coarse Adjustment 50µm/rev Fine Adjustment

The DRV504 Differential Micrometer has a unique mechanism that converts a relatively large displacement into a comparatively smalldisplacement of the center fine adjustment spindle. The design has the additional benefit of providing a uniformly smooth feel that islargely independent of loading.

Two large knobs are provided for the coarse and differential adjustment, which adds to the overall sensitivity of the unit. The coarseadjustment knob provides 13mm of total travel with a 1µm resolution, while the differential knob provides 300µm of total travel with a50nm resolution.

146-200

Application Idea

Patent 6,186,016DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Differential Adjuster for Translation Stages: 1/2" and 1.0" of Travel

DM1225.4mm OF TRAVEL

DM1012.7mm OF TRAVEL

Ø3/8" Barrel

The DM22 differential adjuster uses two leadscrews; one pushes the centerspindle forward at 400µm per revolution and one pulls it back at 375µm perrevolution. The resultant total forward motion of the center spindle is thus25µm per revolution of the graduated knob. Each small graduation of the finecontrol knob is 0.5µm; the smallest incremental move for the DM22 isapproximately 50nm.


DM22 $ 94.00 £ 59.20 € 87,40 ¥ 897.70 Differential Adjuster 1/4"-80 External Thread


DM10 $ 96.00 £ 60.50 € 89,30 ¥ 916.80 Differential Adjuster, 1/2" (12.7mm) of Coarse TravelDM12 $ 99.00 £ 62.40 € 92,10 ¥ 945.50 Differential Adjuster, 1" (25.4mm) of Coarse Travel

Differential Adjuster for Optic Mounts

Ø3/8" Barrel

The DM12 and DM10 use the same internal mechanism as theDM22 (described above). These models are designed specifically foruse in our 1/2" (13mm) and 1" (25mm) translation stages (Seepages 260-263).

Fine Adjustment 250µm Range 25µm/revCoarse Adjustment 0.73" Long 1/4"-80 Threads 0.012"/rev (80 TPI)

Fine Adjustment 250µm Range 25µm/rev

Coarse Adjustment 1" (25.4mm) for DM12 1/2" (12.7mm) for DM10

DM22SUBMICRON ADJUSTER

1/4"-80



Modular Thumbscrew Drive – 8mm


DRV004 $ 101.58 £ 64.00 € 94,50 ¥ 970.10 Modular Thumbscrew Drive

This thumbscrew drive offers the modular quick-connect feature detailed above, allowing it to be usedin conjunction with other modular actuators in addition to the Modular Quick Connect Adapter.The large diameter knurled knob provides excellent sensitivity with better than 1µm resolution over a8mm adjustment range.

8mm (0.31") of Total Travel 1µm Resolution Compatible With Quick Connect Adapters Ideal for Our Multi-Axis Stages

(See Page 290)

Modular Actuators 8mm (0.31") of Total Travel 1µm Resolution Ideal for our Multi-Axis Stages (See Pages 290-314) Connect Multiple Actuators Together for Additive Effects Quick Connect/Disconnect Makes Assemply Fast and

Accurate; No Special Alignment Required Connect Piezo to Piezo Actuator, Differential to Piezo

Actuator, and Many Other Combinations 10mm (0.39") Mounting Barrel Compatible With

Conventional Fastening Techniques

Modular Quick-Connect Adapter

Adapts Modular Actuators to Standard Mounting Holes

M22 MOUNTING THREAD

+0.000-0.002

Ø0.375( Ø9.5mm)

0.36"

0.86"(22mm)

Modular Quick Connect

ITEM # DESCRIPTION PAGE #

DRV004 Thumbscrew 397DRV002 Differential Micrometer 398DRV120 Piezo Actuators 399DRV001 Stepper Actuator 406

Actuators Compatible With ModularQuick-Connect Adapter

Modular PiezoActuator Modular

DifferentialDrive

Female Modular Quick-Connect Adapter

Male Modular Quick-Connect Adapter


MCA1 $ 18.50 £ 11.70 € 17,20 ¥ 176.70 For Ø3/8" MountingMCA2 $ 18.50 £ 11.70 € 17,20 ¥ 176.70 For Ø10mm Mounting

DRV004

397www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

Modular Piezo Actuator Modular DifferentialActuator

Differential ActuatorWith Piezo Adjustment



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials


DRV002 $ 331.50 £ 208.80 € 308,30 ¥ 3,165.80 Modular Differential Adjuster - 8mm of Travel

0 0

Differential Scale

Micrometer Scale

Lock Screw

26mm)1.02"

Ø(ØØ 0.39"

(Ø10mm)

Ø0.12"(Ø3mm)

3.81"(97mm)

0.57"(14mm)

0.92"(23mm)

0µm 0µm

Modular Differential Micrometer – 8mm Travel

8mm of Travel With 400 µm Fine Travel 50nm Resolution 8mm Coarse Adjustment Compatible With Quick-Connect Adapters 500µm/Rev Coarse Adjustment 50µm/Rev Fine Adjustment

The DRV002 Modular Actuator offers 8mm of coarse adjustment and400µm of differential adjustment with 50nm resolution. Two largediameter knobs are provided for increased sensitivity of the coarse anddifferential drives. The coarse adjuster provides 500µm per revolution oftravel with graduation marks every 10µm while the differential adjusterprovides 50µm per revolution of travel with graduation marks every 1µm.

This adjuster is directly compatible with all the Modular Quick-Connectcomponents as detailed on the previous page.


DM10A $ 180.00 £ 113.40 € 167,40 ¥ 1,719.00 Differential Adjuster, 8mm of Travel

0.55" - 1.06" (14 - 27mm)

0.39" (10.0mm)

Ø0.

72" (

18.4

mm

)

1.46" (37mm)

Soft rubber grip

Brass bush 3/8" (9.5)

Non rotatingball tip

High Precision Differential Adjuster

8mm of Travel (1µm Resolution) Negligible Backlash Soft Rubber Ring Reduces Heat Transfer Positive Travel Limit Stops on Control

Knob Graduated Knob (50 Arbitrary

Divisions) Output via Non-Rotating Hard Steel

Ball

The Thorlabs High Precision Adjuster offers exceptional resolution and repeatability, with8mm of travel. The unique lever mechanism provides a precision mechanical advantage,which multiplies the resolution of its high-precision fine adjustment threads, that results in asmall displacement of the spindle. This approach provides uniformly smooth motionthat is largely independent of loading.

Two large knobs are provided for coarse and fine adjustment. The coarseadjustment provides 8mm of travel at 1µm resolution, while the fineadjustment provides 0.3mm travel at 20nm resolution.

The DM10A has a 12.7mm (1/2") mounting barrel and is compatible with ourRollerBlock™ series of linear stages (see page 296).

High Precision Stages

See Page319

DRV002

Modular Quick-Connect

DM10A



0 to 75VDC 1/2" (13mm) of Travel 30µm Piezo Travel 1µm Micrometer Resolution 10nm Piezo Resolution Ø0.375" (9.5mm) Mounting Barrel

0 to 75VDC 20µm of Travel 5nm Resolution Compatible With Quick Connect Adapters

Modular Piezoelectric Actuator With Position Feedback

Feedback Piezo Element With Differential Micrometer

The DRV517 Combination Actuator provides 1/2" (13mm) of differential adjustmentwith 1µm resolution and 30µm of piezoelectric adjustment with 10nm resolution.Positional feedback is provided via a 7-pin LEMO connection (see pin out above) thatcan be used in conjunction with our apt™ series piezo controllers (see page 370). TheØ0.375" (9.5mm) mounting barrel provides compatibility with standard 3/8"mounting bores.


DRV120 $ 1,057.40 £ 666.20 € 983,40 ¥ 10,098.20 Piezoelectric actuator with Feedback: 20µm of Travel


DRV517 $ 1,214.20 £ 764.90 € 1.129,20 ¥ 11,595.60 Combo Piezoelectric Actuator/Micrometer With Piezo Feedback

DRV120

The DRV120 Piezoelectric Actuator provides 20µm of piezoelectric adjustment with5nm resolution. Positional feedback is provided via a 7 pin LEMO connection (see pin-out above) that can be used in conjunction with our apt™ series Piezo controllers (seepage 370). The Ø0.375" (9.5mm) mounting barrel provides compatibility withstandard Ø3/8" mounting bores.

Position FeedbackThe strain gauge sensor is directly attached to the piezoelement and provides an analog signal proportional to itsextension.

Modular Quick-Connect Adapter

82mm

109.5mm

DRV517

Strain GaugeConnector Pin Out

Ø0.375"(9.5mm)Barrel

Strain Gauge Connector Pin Out

Recommended Driver: Our BPCSeries (See Page 370 for Details)

399www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control



Removable Tip

0.30"(7.5mm)

L

Ø0.50"( Ø12.7mm)

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

The PAS Series Piezoelectric Actuatorsprovide a convenient mountingpackage with a series of adjustmentlengths ranging from 20 to 100µm.The Ø0.5" (Ø12.7mm) mountingbarrel has been designed forcompatibility with a variety ofreplaceable tips (see below).

ITEM# $ £ € RMB TRAVEL (µm) RESOLUTION (nm)

PAS020 $ 375.28 £ 236.40 € 349,00 ¥ 3,583.90 20.0 20.0PAS030 $ 561.00 £ 353.40 € 521,70 ¥ 5,357.60 30.0 30.0PAS040 $ 566.18 £ 356.70 € 526,50 ¥ 5,407.00 40.0 40.0PAS060 $ 763.30 £ 480.90 € 709,90 ¥ 7,289.50 60.0 60.0PAS080 $ 513.45 £ 323.50 € 477,50 ¥ 4,903.40 80.0 80.0PAS100 $ 867.00 £ 546.20 € 806,30 ¥ 8,279.90 100.0 100.0

ACTUATOR TYPE LENGTH L

PAS020 1.65" (42mm)

PAS030 2.01" (51mm)

PAS040 2.36" (60mm)

PAS060 3.07" (78mm)

PAS080 3.78" (96mm)

PAS100 4.49" (114mm)

InterchangeableTips SoldSeparately(Shown Below)

PAA001Plain End

6-32 UNC

3

Ø 11

PAA003Magnetic End

6

Ø 10

6-32 UNC

Ø 11

6-32 UNC

9Ø 11

Thread

6

PAA007 - 015Tapped End

PAA005Drive Ball End

6-32 UNC

6.5

Ø 11

Dimensions in mm


PAA001 $ 22.10 £ 13.90 € 20,60 ¥ 211.10 Piezo Actuator Tip, Flat EndPAA003 $ 28.90 £ 18.20 € 26,90 ¥ 276.00 Piezo Actuator Tip, Magnetic Flat EndPAA005 $ 38.67 £ 24.40 € 36,00 ¥ 369.30 Piezo Actuator Tip, Ball EndPAA007 $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 Piezo Actuator Tip, Threaded M4PAA009 $ 38.67 £ 24.40 € 36,00 ¥ 369.30 Piezo Actuator Tip, Threaded M6PAA011 $ 25.50 £ 16.10 € 23,70 ¥ 243.50 Piezo Actuator Tip, Threaded M8PAA013 $ 28.90 £ 18.20 € 26,90 ¥ 276.00 Piezo Actuator Tip, Threaded 8-32 UNCPAA015 $ 28.90 £ 18.20 € 26,90 ¥ 276.00 Piezo Actuator Tip, Threaded 1/4-20 UNC

End Tips forPAS/PAZ SeriesThe PAA-series actuator tips have beenprovided to enhance the mechanicalinterfacing of the PAS-series and the PAZ-series of piezoelectric actuators. These tips are precision machined and feature ahardened steel insert for long life.

Piezoelectric Actuator Without Feedback

Permanent Preload 0 to 75 VDC

Modular Drives -20°C to 80°C Operation

ElectricalConnector SMC

SEE OUR ENTIRE LINE OF PIEZO DRIVERS ON PAGE 370

NEW PIEZOELECTRIC DRIVERWITH SENSOR INPUTST O O L S O F T H E T R A D E

The apt™ piezoelectric controller provides a full PID servo loop that eliminates long-termdrift due to “piezo creep.” This controller incorporates the latest high-speed digital signalprocessing, low-noise analog electronics, and ActiveX® software technology to provide anadvanced instrument with a user friendly interface.

ActiveX is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.



Piezo Actuators With Strain Gauge Feedback

PAZ060


PAZ020 $ 812.60 £ 511.90 € 755,70 ¥ 7,760.30 Piezoelectric Actuator With Feedback, 20µm TravelPAZ030 $ 858.50 £ 540.90 € 798,40 ¥ 8,198.70 Piezoelectric Actuator With Feedback, 30µm TravelPAZ040 $ 960.50 £ 605.10 € 893,30 ¥ 9,172.80 Piezoelectric Actuator With Feedback, 40µm TravelPAZ060 $ 1,106.70 £ 697.20 € 1.029,20 ¥ 10,569.00 Piezoelectric Actuator With Feedback, 60µm TravelPAZ080 $ 1,273.30 £ 802.20 € 1.184,20 ¥ 12,160.00 Piezoelectric Actuator With Feedback, 80µm TravelPAZ100 $ 1,462.00 £ 921.10 € 1.359,70 ¥ 13,962.10 Piezoelectric Actuator With Feedback, 100µm Travel

Piezo Actuators

ACTUATOR TYPE TRAVEL (µm) LENGTH L RESOLUTION (nm)

PAZ020 20 2.36" (60mm) 5.0

PAZ030 30 2.60" (69mm) 7.5

PAZ040 40 3.07" (78mm) 10.0

PAZ060 60 3.78" (96mm) 15.0

PAZ080 80 4.37" (114mm) 20.0

PAZ100 100 5.20" (132mm) 25.0

0 to 75 VDC Permanent Preload -20°C to 80°C Operation Resolution: 5nm for 20µm of

Travel

The PAZ-series of piezoelectric actuators provides a wide selection of travelranges (from 20 to 100µm) and the flexibility of replaceable tips (see page400). All actuators provide feedback via a 7 pin LEMO connector that can beused in conjunction with our APT series piezo controllers (see page 370).Their Ø12.7mm (Ø1/2") mounting barrel provides compatibility withstandard Ø12.7mm (Ø1/2") mounting bores.

Please note that the actuators and tips are sold separately.

InterchangeableTips SoldSeparatelySee Page 400

RecommendedDrivers: BPC Series

(See Page 370 for Details)

401www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

The PE4 incorporates one of our piezoelectricstacks (item #AE0505D16F) and a manual3/16"-100 threads per inch leadscrew. Themanual adjuster has better than 1µm sensitivity,which complements the 15µm range of the piezostack. When the PE4 is combined with ourMDT694A driver, translation on the order of 10nm is achievable.

Piezoelectric Actuator


PE4 $ 472.50 £ 297.70 € 439,40 ¥4,512.40 Piezoelectric Actuator 4mm of Coarse/15µm of Fine Travel

Manual Control4mm of Travel

Ø3/8" Barrel Diameter

Piezoelectric Stack Embedded inActuator Body, 15µm of Travel

PE4




NEW PM300 DualChannel Power Meter

Large Selection of UV to IR Sensors Covering the Power Range 35nW to 30W Interchangeable Sensors with NIST Traceable Calibration Data



Low-Voltage Actuator, Full Displacement @ 100V

Bare Strain Gauges

DISPLACEMENT CLAMPING CAPACITANCE RESONANTITEM# $ £ € RMB @ 100V FORCE @ 1KHZ, 1V RMS FREQUENCY

AE0505D18 $ 99.00 £ 62.35 € 92,10 ¥ 945.50 15µm ± 10% 190 Lbs 1.6µF 69kHz

This new low-voltage actuator transforms electrical energyinto precisely controlled mechanical displacements. Themaximum displacement of 15µm is achieved at 100V. Pleasenote that these devices are rated for only 100V. Applying adrive voltage in excess of the 100V can cause the actuator tofail.

When mounting, avoid bending forces center the mechanicalload on the piezoelectric end faces. If the actuator isincorporated into a design that calls for a preload, it isrecommended that the preload not exceed 95lbs.

The SGE001 is comprised of two strain gauges and an installation guide. Eachstrain gauge contains two orthogonal gauges, which allow for a full bridge straingauge to be constructed. Each strain gauge has a resistance of 350Ω, a nominalgauge factor of two, and dimensions of 19.5mm x 4.5mm (0.77" x 0.18").

This is the same strain gauge used in the OEM closed-loop piezo actuator PZS001shown on the next page.

15µm @ 100 Volts(Do Not Exceed 100V)

AE0505D186.5 x 6.5 x 18mm


SGE001 $ 24.00 £ 15.10 € 22,30 ¥ 229.20 Bare Strain Gauges, 2 pieces

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Piezoelectric Actuator

AE0203D08F3.5 x 4.5 x 10mm

AE0203D04F3.5 x 4.5 x 5mm

AE0505D08F6.5 x 6.5 x 10mm

These piezoelectric actuators transform electrical energy into preciselycontrolled mechanical displacements. A room temperature epoxy is therecommended method for making connections to these piezoelectric stacks(Item# F120). When mounting, avoid bending forces and center themechanical load on the piezoelectric end faces. If the actuator isincorporated into a design that calls for a preload, it is recommended thatthe preload not exceed 50% of the specified clamp force (45lbs for AE0203 models and 190lbs for AE0505 models).

Precise Nanometer Positioning Fast Response Time: [3x (Resonant Frequency)]-1

Drive Voltage: 0-150VDC Operating Temperature Range: -25°C to 85°C Recommended Drivers: MDT693A, MDT694A,

TPZ001, and BPC20X Series (See Page 370)

AE0505D16F6.5 x 6.5 x 20mm

DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT CAPACITANCE RESONANTITEM# $ £ € RMB @ 150V @ 100V @ 1KHZ, 1V RMS FREQUENCY

AE0203D04F $ 72.00 £ 45.35 € 67,00 ¥ 687.60 4.6 ± 1.5µm 3.0 ± 1.5µm 0.09µF 261kHzAE0203D08F $ 79.00 £ 49.75 € 73,50 ¥ 754.50 9.1 ± 1.5µm 6.1 ± 1.5µm 0.18µF 138kHzAE0505D08F $ 129.48 £ 81.55 € 120,40 ¥ 1,236.50 9.1 ± 1.5µm 6.1 ± 1.5µm 0.75µF 138kHzAE0505D16F $ 151.78 £ 95.60 € 141,20 ¥ 1,449.50 17.4 ± 2.0µm 11.6 ± 2.0µm 1.40µF 69kHz

Operating Precautions: Do Not Use in Highly

Flammable Enviroments Do Not Exceed 100V

Maximum DriveVoltage

Always Ensure ProperDrive Polarity (Red +)

Do Not Exceed 85°C

SGE001



The strain to which an object is subjected can be accurately measured only ifthe strain gauge is securely fixed to the object under test. The SGB001 StrainGauge Installation Kit contains a bonding agent proven to be suitable for fixingstrain gauges to glass, metal, ceramics, and many plastics.

Colored wires are supplied for soldering to the strain gauge contacts. A clearacrylic coating is also included to electrically insulate the system and providesome physical protection to the strain gauge and soldered contacts. Detailedinstallation instructions are provided to guide the user through the installationprocess.

The following consumable materials (not included in the kit) may also berequired: • Low Temperature Solder• Scotch Tape• Masking Tape• A Fine Grit Abrasive Material (Sandpaper)• Lint Free Wipes• A Solvent That Can Remove Oils Without Damaging the Sample


SGB001 $ 30.00 £ 18.90 € 27,90 ¥ 286.50 Strain Gauge Installation Kit


AMP001 $ 95.00 £ 59.90 € 88,40 ¥ 907.30 Strain Gauge Pre-Amp Board

Kit Contents Tube of Bonding Agent Four Colored Wires Bottle of Clear Acrylic Liquid Detailed Strain Gauge Installation Instructions

403www.thorlabs.com

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Motion Control

Strain Gauge Installation Kit

The PZS001 is an AE0505D16F piezoelectric actuator (shown above) witha built-in strain gauge bridge, which can be used to monitor the piezodisplacement. The strain gauge feedback and fast response time make themideal for use in applications that require precise nanometer positioning.They are designed to be incorporated into OEM products to form a tightlycontrolled high-speed, closed-loop actuator.

The smaller diameter red lead and the black lead are used to supply theinput voltage to the strain gauge. The blue and yellow wires are used tomonitor the output voltage of the strain gauge.

The AMP001 is a preamp circuit required to use bare piezo stacks fittedwith strain gauges with our wide range of closed loop piezo controllers.These circuits amplify the signal generated from the strain gauge by500 times to generate a large enough signal to beinterpreted by the controller.

Piezoelectric Actuator Fitted With a Strain Gauge

DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT CAPACITANCE RESONANTITEM# $ £ € RMB @ 150V @100V @ 1KHZ, 1V RMS FREQUENCY

PZS001 $ 175.00 £ 110.30 € 162,80 ¥ 1,671.30 17.4 ± 2.0µm 11.6 ± 2.0µm 1.40µF 69kHz

PZS0016.5 x 6.5 x 20mm

AMP001

Specification Drive Voltage: 150V Displacement: 17.4µm ±2µm Bridge Arm Resistance: 350Ω Piezo Capacitance: 1.4µF Resonant Frequency: 69kHz Gauge Factor: 2 ±2%

Vo

R4

R2 (ref) R1 (active)

R3(ref)

VEX

Bridge Excitation Voltage

Blue (+ve)

Yellow (-ve)

Red (+ve) Black (-ve)

(active)

V0 Output Voltage of Full BridgeVEX Excitation Voltage

Note: If this product is to be used with a Thorlabs closed-loop piezo controller,a pre-amplification circuit is required between the bridge output and thecontroller. Please contact technical support for more information.



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials


Z706 $ 467.50 £ 294.50 € 434,80 ¥ 4,464.60 6mm Motorized Actuator, 1/4"-80Z606V $ 480.00 £ 302.40 € 446,40 ¥ 4,584.00 6mm Vacuum Rated Actuator, 1/4"-80


Z712 $ 469.50 £ 295.80 €436,60 ¥4,483.70 12mm Motorized Actuator, 3/8" BarrelZ712B $ 460.00 £ 289.80 €427,80 ¥4,393.00 12mmVacuum Rated Actuator, 1/4"-80Z612V $ 495.00 £ 311.90 €460,40 ¥4,727.30 12mm Motorized Actuator, 1/4"-80 Z612BV $ 490.00 £ 308.70 €455,70 ¥4,679.50 12mm Vacuum Rated Actuator, 3/8" Barrel

Motorized Actuators – DC Servo

0.47"(12mm)Travel

Ø0.50"(Ø12.7mm)

3.66"(93mm)

4.03"(102mm)

4.18"(106mm)

Spherical TipØ 0.156"

Z712B

1/4"-80

Threaded Barrel

Our Z7 series motorized micrometers are engineered for usewith optical positioning devices. The high-resolution designin a lightweight and compact package makes these actuatorsideally suited for demanding optical laboratory automationapplications. Additional features include an optical encoderfor closed-loop operation as well as built-in limit switchesthat provide overdrive protection.

The Z706 model has been designed specifically for use inmirror mounts that have 1/4"-80 manual adjusters. Justremove the existing 1/4"-80 drive screw and thread in ourZ706 actuator. See page 352 for details of our T-Cube motordriver.

Motorized Actuator, 12V DC Servo Motor Mirror Mount Drop-In Replacement for 1/4"-80

Actuators Actuator Travel: 6mm, 12mm, and 25mm 0.05µm Minimum Incremental Movement Backlash <8µm (Before Software Compensation) Compatible With Many Standard Controllers/Drivers Limit Switches Prevent Accidental Actuator Damage High Precision Rotary Encoder

(48 Count Encoder x 256:1 Gear Head = 12,288Counts per Revolution)

Z712B

Travel

0.24"(6mm)

(80mm)3.16"

(90mm)3.56"

(93mm)3.68"

(Ø12.7mm)Ø0.50"

Spherical TipØ0.156"

Z706

Z706

6mm Travel (1/4"-80 Barrel)

25mm Travel (3/8" Diameter Barrel)


Z725B $ 490.00 £ 308.70 € 455,70 ¥ 4,679.50 25mm Motorized Actuator, 3/8" BarrelZ625BV $ 500.00 £ 315.00 € 465,00 ¥ 4,775.00 25mm Vacuum Rated Actuator, 3/8"Barrel

1.00"(25mm)Travel

4.66"(118mm)

5.25"(133mm)

5.31"(135mm)

Ø0.50"(Ø12.7mm)

Spherical TipØ0.156"

Z725B

Z725B

12mm Travel (2 Designs, 3/8" Diameter Barrel and 1/4"-80)

Vacuum OptionOur new vacuum compatible, motorizedactuators offer the same great functionalityas our standard actuators but with vacuumrated servo-motors, phosphorus bronzeinternal coupling mechanism, and highvacuum grease (see price boxes). Vacuum Rating to 10-6 Torr Ø3/8" or 1/4"-80 Mounting Barrel See Web for Details

2 Models:

• Ø3/8" Barrel

• 1/4"-80

12mm of Travel,256:1 Gear Head

12,288 Counts/Rev Encoder

PIN DESCRIPTION1 Ground (Limit and Vcc)

2 Forward Limit

3 Reverse Limit

4 Reversed for Future Use

5 Motor (-)

6 Reversed for Future Use

7 Motor (+)

8 Reserved for Future Use

9 Identification Resistor

10 12-15V Supply

11 Encoder Channel A


13 Encoder Channel B



25mm of Travel,256:1 Gear Head

12,288 Counts/Rev Encoder



Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

405www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control

Our ZST actuators provide smooth, precise linear motioncontrol in a sleek compact package. Powered by a small-diameter dual-phase stepper

motor, these actuators operate at speeds of up to 0.5mm/s with the capability of movingloads of up to 12lbs. Mounting options include a high-tolerance standard Ø0.375" mounting barrel

for fastening into any application compatible with our precision micrometer heads (see page 393) including ourpopular PT1 translation stages. An optional 1/4"-80 threaded barrel is offered for use with any standard manual mirror mount using1/4"-80 threads. Electromechanical limit switches prevent the unit from being overdriven and provide homing capability with an accuracyof <10µm. The rear-mounted high-density push/pull connectors offer a durable, compact connectivity solution. For more information,including the most up-to-date specifications and support drawings, please visit us at www.thorlabs.com.

ITEM# $ £ € RMB TRAVEL BUSHING

ZST6 $ 565.00 £ 356.00 € 525,50 ¥ 5,395.80 0.25" (6mm) 1/4"-80 ThreadedZST6B $ 565.00 £ 356.00 € 525,50 ¥ 5,395.80 0.25" (6mm) 3/8" BarrelZST13 $ 590.00 £ 371.70 € 548,70 ¥ 5,634.50 0.50" (13mm) 1/4"-80 ThreadedZST13B $ 590.00 £ 371.70 € 548,70 ¥ 5,634.50 0.50" (13mm) 3/8" BarrelZST25 $ 615.00 £ 387.50 € 572,00 ¥ 5,873.30 1.00" (25mm) 1/4"-80 ThreadedZST25B $ 615.00 £ 387.50 € 572,00 ¥ 5,873.30 1.00" (25mm) 3/8" Barrel

Specifications Nominal Supply Current

(100% Duty Cycle): 0.25A Phase Resistance (20°C): 12.5Ω Phase Inductance (1kHz): 5.5mH Holding Torque (With Nominal

Current in Both Phases): 65oz.in

Operating Mode: Current Number of Phases: 2 Max Speed: 0.5mm/s Full Step Angle: 15° Steps/Rev: 1,824

(25,600µsteps/rev)*

Max Load: 12lbs (5.5kg) Gear Reduction: 76:1 Leadscrew Pitch: 0.5mm Limit Switch: Mechanical Max Winding Temp:

266°F (130°C)

ITEM# A B C

ZST6B 0.26" (6mm) 4.26" (108mm) 3.78" (96mm)

ZST13B 0.51" (13mm) 4.77" (121mm) 4.28" (109mm)

ZST25B 1.00" (25mm) 5.89" (150mm) 5.40" (137mm)

Motorized Actuators – Stepper Motor

T-Cube apt™ USB Single Channel DC Servo Controllerand T-Cube apt™ USB Stepper Motor Controller

See Pages 350-353

These new USB-interfaced, compact, single-channel motor drivers are designed to operate with a varietyof DC-brushed motors or stepper motors. They contain a full embedded controller and driver circuitand can be operated with or without a PC. While compact in footprint [60.3 x 60.3 x 47.5mm (2.37" x2.37" x 1.87")], these units offer a fully featured motion control capability including velocity profilesettings, limit switch handling, and on-the-fly changes in motor speed and direction. For more advancedoperation, control over the closed-loop PID parameters, and adjustment of settings such as leadscrewpitch and gearbox ratio allow support for many different actuator configurations.

*Specifications based on use with the TST001 series controller.

16 ActuatorsAdjusters 396-407.qxd.P 7/12/07 1:45 PM Page 405


www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Modular Stepper Motor Actuator – 8mm Travel

DRV414 DC Servo Motor Actuator

Ideal for 4mm Travel Stages 8mm of Total Travel 25nm Resolution Non-Rotating Tip Manual Adjuster Knob Provided 4mm/s Max Speed 48lbs (22kg) Load Capacity Compatible With Modular Quick-Connect Adapter

High-Speed Operation High Load Capacity Low-Friction Ball Screw Drives Preloaded to Eliminate Backlash Compatible With New BDC101

DC Servo Driver


DRV001 $ 586.50 £ 369.50 € 545,40 ¥ 5,601.10 8mm of Travel, Stepper Motor Actuator


DRV414 $ 1,547.00 £ 974.60 € 1.438,70 ¥ 14,773.90 50mm of Travel, DC Servo Motor Actuator

These Modular Stepper Motor Actuators are ideal for short travel stages equipped with the Modular Quick-Connect adapter. With 8mmof travel at a resolution of 25nm, this actuator is capable of speeds as high as 4mm/sec. The powerful stepper motor is capable of handlinga load capacity of up to 48lbs (22kg). Bidirectional repeatability is less than 1.0µm RMS.

These DC Servo Motor Actuators provide an alternative to the StepperMotor Actuators on the next page. The ball screw drive delivers highlyreliable, low friction, 24/7 operation. They have a high load capacity and areideally suited for applications that require high-speed precision motioncontrol. Unlike trapezoidal lead screws, ball screws have rolling surfaces thatwear less than sliding interfaces and are preloaded to eliminate backlash.

The design incorporates a 1024 lines (4096 effective) rotary encoder foraccurate and repeatable positioning, especially when combined with theBDC101 DC motor controller.

These actuators have been designed specifically for heavy loads, providinga load capacity of 55lbs (25kg). They are compatible with our TravelMaxseries of stages (see page 270).

DRV414

See Our Full Line of Motor Controllers on Pages 347-379

Quick-ConnectAdapter

Specifications Maximum Speed: >100mm/sec Travel: 50mm (2") Lead Screw Pitch: 1.25mm Resolution: 0.3µm Hall Effect Home Switch Accuracy: < 1µm 1024 Line Rotary Encoder (4096 Effective QEP) Recommended Controllers: Single Channel:

BDC101; 3 Channels: BDC103 Controller Interface: USB

DRV001

39mm (1.535")

39m

m (

1.53

5") 230 to 280mm (9.066" to 11.035")

92mm (3.622")

9.0mm (0.354")

12.5mm (0.492")

Ø4mm (0.158") Ball Tip

15 Way D-Type Connector 500mm (19.7") long



Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

407www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control

DRV114

DRV113

Stepper Motor With Ball Screw Drives–1" and 2" Travel

These stepper motor actuators incorporate ball screw drives and provide low friction, 24/7 operation with no maintenance. They offer acombination of high-speed and high-load capacity and are ideally suited for applications that require high-speed precision motion control.Unlike trapezoidal leadscrews, ball screws have rolling surfaces that wear less than sliding interfaces and are preloaded to eliminatebacklash.

These actuators have been designed specifically for heavy loads, providing a load capacity of 55lbs (25kg). They are compatible with ourTravelMax series of stages (see page 270).


DRV113 $ 1,244.00 £ 783.70 € 1.156,90 ¥ 11,880.20 Ball Screw Stepper Motor, 1" (25mm) of TravelDRV114 $ 1,392.00 £ 877.00 € 1.294,60 ¥ 13,293.60 Ball Screw Stepper Motor, 2" (50mm ) of Travel

1" (25mm) and 2" (50mm) Travel Versions 0.05µm Resolution 4mm/sec Max Speed

1µm Bidirectional Repeatability 55lbs (25kg) Load Capacity

1" (25mm) and 2" (50mm) Travel Versions 0.05µm Resolution 4mm/sec Max Speed 1µm Bidirectional Repeatability

48lbs (22kg) Load Capacity

Manual Adjuster Knob Provided

These stepper motor drives have a trapezoidal screw thread for clean, wearresistant operation. Trapezoidal lead screws are an economical solution forapplications that do not demand the accuracy or load carrying capacities ofthe ball screw actuators above.

The DRV013 drive offers 1" (25mm) of travel while the DRV014 driveoffers 2" (50mm). Both units provide 50nm resolution, 4mm per secondmaximum speed, and less than 1µm bidirectional repeatability. Both unitsare capable of driving loads as high as 48lbs (22kg). They are compatiblewith our TravelMax series of stages (see page 270).


DRV013 $ 918.00 £ 578.30 € 853,70 ¥ 8,766.90 1" (25mm) Trapezoidal Stepper MotorDRV014 $ 1,028.50 £ 648.00 € 956,50 ¥ 9,822.20 2" (50mm) Trapezoidal Stepper Motor

DRV113

DRV114

See Our Single–Channel, Stepper–Motor Controlleron Page 366

DRV013

DRV014

DRV013

Stepper Motor With Trapezoidal Drives – 1" and 2" Travel



Thorlabs offers a range of benchtop and rack mounted motorcontrollers covering both low and high power applications. Theseare described on pages 347-379. The following two pages contain abrief tutorial on how stepper motors and DC motors operate,together with a comparison of the two types.

How A Stepper Motor WorksStepper motors operate using the principleof magnetic attraction and repulsion toconvert digital pulses into mechanical shaftrotation. The amount of rotation achievedis directly proportional to the number ofinput pulses generated and the speed is

proportional to the frequency of these pulses.

A basic stepper motor has a permanent magnet and/or an iron rotor,together with a stator. The torque required to rotate the steppermotor is generated by switching (commutating) the current in thestator coils as illustrated below.

Simplified concept of stepper motor operationAlthough only 4 stator poles are shown above, there are reallynumerous tooth-like poles on both the rotor and stator. The result isthat positional increments (steps) of 1.8 degrees can be achieved byswitching the coils i.e. 200 steps/rev. If the current through one coilis increased as it is decreased in another, the new rotor position issomewhere between the two coils and the step size is a definedfraction of a full step (microstep). When used with the apt™ benchtop or rack-based stepper motor controller, the smallest angularadjustment is 0.014 degrees, resulting in a resolution of 25,600microsteps per revolution for a 200 full step motor.

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

Stepper & Brushed DC Motors – A Brief Tutorial… Page 1 of 2How A Brushed DC Motor WorksA DC motor works by converting electric power into mechanicalenergy (movement). This is achieved by forcing current through acoil and producing a magnetic field, which in turn, spins the motor.

Simplified concept of DC motor operationTo describe the operation of a DC motor, consider the single coilexample shown above.

In this diagram, current is forced through the coil via slidingcontacts (brushes) that are connected to the voltage source. Thebrushes are located on the end of the coil wires and make atemporary electrical connection with the DC supply. Whencurrent is flowing, a magnetic field is set up as shown.

At 0 degrees rotation, the brushes are in contact with the voltagesource and current is flowing. The current that flows through thewire from A to B interacts with the magnetic field and producesan upward force. The current that flows from C to D has a similareffect, but because the flow is in the opposite direction withrespect to the magnetic field, the force is in the downwarddirection. Both forces are of equal magnitude. At 180 degrees, thesame phenomenon occurs, but segment A-B is forced down andC-D is forced up. In the 90 and 270-degree positions, the brushesare not in contact with the voltage source and no force isproduced. In these two positions, the rotational kinetic energyof the motor keeps it spinning until the brushes regain contact.

In reality, DC motors have several such coils, wound onto anarmature, which produces a more even torque. The magnetic fieldis provided by an electromagnet.

Simplified concept of stepper motor operation DC Servo motor actuators, please see ouractuator section that starts on page 383 for details.

Stepper motor actuator, please see our actuatorsection that starts on page 383 for details.

T-Cube apt™ USB Single-Channel DC Servo Controller& T-Cube apt™ USB Stepper-Motor ControllerThese new USB-interfaced compact, single-channel motor drivers are designed to operate with a varietyof DC-Brushed motors or stepper motors. They contain a full embedded controller and driver circuitand can be operated with or without a PC. While compact in footprint [60.3 x 60.3 x 47.5mm (2.37"x 2.37" x 1.87"], these units offer a fully featured motion control capability including velocity profilesettings, limit switch handling, “on-the-fly” changes in motor speed and direction. For more advancedoperation, control over the closed-loop PID parameters and adjustment of settings such as leadscrewpitch and gearbox ratio allows support for many different actuator configurations.

See Pages 350-351

17 Tutorials 408-412.qxd.P 7/12/07 10:11 AM Page 408


Velocity ProfilesTo prevent the motor from stalling, it must be ramped upgradually to its maximum velocity. Certain limits to velocity andacceleration result from the torque and speed limits of the motor,and the inertia and friction of the parts it drives. The motion

employed is described by a trapezoidal velocity profile, reflectingthe shape of the velocity vs. time graph (shown above), therebydriving the stage to its destination as quickly as possible, withoutcausing it to stall or lose steps. The stage is ramped at acceleration“a” to a maximum velocity “v.” As the destination is approached,the stage is decelerated at “a” so that the final position isapproached slowly in a controlled manner.

Limit SwitchesLinear and rotary stages can both contain microswitches thatdetect certain positions of the stage, but they typically differ inthe way these switches are used. Most linear stages have limitswitches to prevent the stage from accidentally being moved toofar in either direction. Once this switch is activated themovement of the stage should halt. A limit switch can alsoprovide a physical datum used to define a “Home” position. Arotary stage typically has only one switch, used to provide areference point or “Home” position in order to improve theaccuracy of the stage. Movement is allowed right through theswitch.

Home PositionEach motor in the system has an associated electronic counter,which keeps a record of the current position in microsteps (forstepper motors), or encoder counts (for brushed DC motors). Ifthe Control PC is requested to report the position, the value of thiscounter is converted back into motion units. When the system ispowered up, the counters in the controller are all set to zero andconsequently, the system has no way of knowing the position ofthe stage in relation to any physical datum. A datum can be

established by sending all the motors to their home positions. Thehome position is set during manufacture the motor is initialized bydriving the motor until the negative limit switch is reached andthen driving positively a fixed distance (zero offset). When at the“Home” position the counters are reset to zero thereby establishinga fixed datum.

Note: During a manual move, (i.e. if the motor shaft is turned byhand) no signal is sent to the motor, the counter is not updatedand any subsequent position reporting will be false until the motoris returned to the home position vis the initialization procedure.

Graph of a trapezoidal velocity profile

Stage limit switches

Motion Control

409

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

Comparison SummaryBrushed DC Motors When a Voltage is Applied, Turn in One Direction at a Fixed Speed Optimized to Run at a Fixed, Usually High RPM Speed Can be Varied if a PWM Controller is Added Inexpensive and Commonly Available Available in Wide Range of Speeds and Power Not Suitable for Positioning Unless Some Kind of Position Feedback is Added

as with the TDC001, on page 352 If the Applied Load is Greater than the Capacity of the Motor, the Motor Will

Stall and Possibly Burn Out

Stepper Motors Cannot Turn Without a Controller, such as the BSC101 on page 366 Inexpensive and Commonly Available Available in Wide Range of Speeds and Power Precise Positioning Possible, Encoder Feedback Can be Used in Some Cases Torque is Highest at the Full Stop and Decreases as Speed is Increased If the Applied Load is Greater than the Capacity of the Motor, the Motor Will

Not Step, Thereby Making Precise Positioning no Longer Possible

Precision Motion Control for basicresearch, industrial R&D, and high-precision manufacturing

See Page 288 for Details

Stepper & Brushed DC Motors – A Brief Tutorial… Page 2 of 2



Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

The Piezoelectric EffectThe Piezoelectric effect is a basic materialcharacteristic whereby certain types of crystallinematerials expand reversibly when subjected to anelectric field.

Although the amount of expansion is usually verysmall (corresponding to less than 1% strain in thematerial) it can be controlled extremely preciselyby varying the strength of the electric field.Piezoelectric materials have, for many years,formed the basis of very high-precision actuatorscapable of atomic scale resolution. In fact, theresolution of these actuators is typically limited bythe noise and stability of the drive electronics usedto generate the electric fields, hence the noisespecifications of any potential piezoelectriccontroller should be carefully evaluated againstthe requirements of the application. Moreover, theforce generated by the expansion of a piezoelectricmaterial is typically very large, often reaching intothe range of hundreds of Newtons.

Perhaps the most useful property of theseactuators is their ability to produce high speedrepetitive motion, which is usually limited by themechanical system that is being driven rather thanby the piezoelectric material itself. This high-speed response of a piezoelectric actuator is usedto considerable advantage in the NanoTrak™control system (see page 372).

One of the drawbacks of piezoelectric materials isthat the electric field gradient needed to produce auseful amount of expansion is quite large. Toreduce the required drive voltage, the actuator can

be constructed as a stack, consisting of many laminated layers of active materialsandwiched between electrodes (see the schematic diagram shown below as well asthe photograph of a functional stack).

Using this stacked design, the distance from the positive to negative electrodes canbe made very small, and a large field gradient can therefore be obtained. With thisapproach, maximum displacements in the range of 10 to 50µm are possible, withdrive voltages of around 100V. As a comparison, using single layer bulk piezoelectriccomponents often requires maximium drive voltages in the range of 1000V. Evenwith these high voltages a bulk piezoelectric element would typically only providesub-micron movement.

HysteresisDespite the very high resolution ofpiezoelectric actuators, an inherentproblem is the significant amountof hysteresis they exhibit, (i.e., thetendency of the actuator to reacha final position that lags behind thedemand position).If a cyclical voltage is applied to theactuator, the positions reached onthe upward sweep are smaller thanthose achieved on the downwardsweep. If position is plotted againstvoltage, the graph exhibits a classichysteresis loop as shown in theaccompanying plot.

Position Sensing and FeedbackHysteresis can be eliminated byusing a position sensor andfeedback loop; the sensor measuresthe position, the circuit subtracts the measured position from the demand positionto obtain a measure of the error, and a feedback loop adjusts the voltage to theactuator until the error is driven to zero. This servo-loop feature is standard with allof our apt™ family of piezoelectric controllers.

Some piezoelectric nanopositioning actuators have position sensing, others donot. The apt™ piezoelectric controller fully supports both types, the photographabove shows one of our piezoelectric actuators that incorporates a strain gagedisplacement sensor.

Open- and Closed-Loop Control

The result of using closed loop control is a linear relationship between therequested position and the actual position (see the plot marked “Closed-LoopControl”), in contrast to open loop control (see the plot marked “Open-LoopControl” shown above).

The Piezoelectric Effect – A Brief Tutorial

Piezoelectrichysteresis

Open Loop Control

Closed Loop Control

Piezoelectric system schematic diagram

Photograph of a Piezoelectric Stack (shown right): 20mmlong with 18µm of displacement at 150V. See our completeselection of piezoelectric stacks on page 402.

Photograph Showinga Packaged PiezoelectricActuator: This actuator

series provides up to 100µmof displacement and incorporates a

strain gauge displacement sensor, see page 401.



NanoTrak Unit

Figure 2NanoTrak™ system schematic diagram

Block Diagram: With one fiber fixed andthe other mounted on a piezo actuated stage

capable of moving the fiber perpendicularto its end face, the NanoTrak™ controlsthe position of the moving fiber. The NanoTrak’sauto-alignment circuit controls the position of thefiber as it optimizes the efficiency of the couplingthrough the two fibers.In many applications, a planar waveguide orother device replaces one of the fibers, howeverthe basic principles remain the same.

How the Nanotrak Works The NanoTrak™ performs three functions: searching, aligning, and maintainingoptical coupling.

Searching: The gradient search algorithm allows the NanoTrak™ to operate similarto a compass finding the North Pole, pointing in the direction of peak power. Thesensitivity of the search is such that even with small power gradients (far away fromthe peak power) the NanoTrak™ will decide in which direction the peak power islocated. This information can then be used to make large movements in the correctdirection without having to map or search a large area.

Aligning: In the proximity of the peak power, the alignment of the components issuch that the gradient of the optical profile is much smaller, indicating thatsmaller corrective or compensating movement is required. NanoTrak™automatically adjusts the magnitude of the movements. With the componentsaligned at the peak power position, the gradient changes to zero, indicating thatoptimum coupling is achieved.

Maintaining: The dynamic behavior of the NanoTrak™ allows it to continue thealignment process indefinitely. Should the components change position, the gradientsearch detects the change and makes a corrective move.

NanoTrak™ Operation Details Overview:Optical power transmission through any system under alignment can be plotted as afunction of any two axial positions of the moving component and shown as a seriesof concentric circles. These concentric circles represent the power contours and canbe thought of as the contours of a hill on a map (see Figure 1). The NanoTrak™must guide the component (e.g. fiber) to the summit. By detecting the gradient of

the power at any givenposition, the NanoTrak™ canadjust that position until thepower is maximized and thegradient becomes zero. This isachieved by scanning over thecontours in a circular path toestablish the position of thesignal maximum on thecircular trajectory. The originof the scan circle is thenmoved in the direction of thesignal maximum.

Figure 1Scanning circle

and gradientcontours

NanoTrak™ “Auto-Aligment” Tutorial…Page 1 of 2The basic building blocks of the system are shownin the block diagram below (illustratingspecifically fiber to fiber alignment):

The system is comprised of a PIN photodiodeand transimpedance amplifier (detector block),an adjustable proportional and integral servocontrol loop (auto-alignment block), and a dualchannel HV amplifier output circuit for drivingtwo piezo actuators connected to a positioningstage (piezo amp block). The NanoTrak™control loop is tasked with maximizing thefeedback signal by adjusting the HV amplifieroutputs in order to physically move a portion ofthe optical assembly that is being optimized. Itdoes this by superimposing a small useradjustable sinusoidal voltage on the HV amplifieroutputs. The sinusoidal modulation is phaseshifted by 90° between the two channels. If thetwo piezo actuators are orthogonal to each other,the resulting physical motion will be circular.

The radiation transmitted to the next opticalcomponent and on through the optical system isconstantly monitored for power, modulationintensity, and phase; normally a simple detector isadequate. By sampling the feedback signal aroundthe circular trajectory, it is possible for the phasesensitive algorithms on the NanoTrak™ unit todetermine a signal gradient. In this way theNanoTrak™ auto-alignment circuitry providesoutput DC correction voltages that are amplifiedby the piezoelectric amplifiers and applied to the

Patent6,467,762

BNT001

Introduction Active-feedback optical alignment systems are ideal for use with fiber optics andintegrated optical systems. One such device, the Thorlabs NanoTrak™ (see page 372),can automatically align fibers to devices such as waveguides in less than one second. Itcan dramatically simplify characterization and pigtailing procedures and can ensuredrift-free positioning and accurate data acquisition.

The NanoTrak™ can be used with any of the Thorlabs nanopositioners thatincorporate piezoelectric actuators attached to two orthogonal translational axes, but itis particularly recommended for use with the NanoMax series of stages (see page 288).

Motion Control

411

Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

www.thorlabs.com

DXF






www.thorlabs.com

Motion Control


Single Axis Stages

Multi-Axis Stages



Rotation Stages



Brief Tutorials

NanoTrak™ “Auto-Aligment System” Tutorial… page 2 of 2

Figure 3Optical power and verticalmotion as a function of time

device piezoelectric actuators to drive thecomponent into alignment (in the direction ofincreasing signal).

When the device is centered on the signal peak,the signal gradient around the circle of motion iszero and the NanoTrak™ has achieved optimalcoupling of the device under its control. At thispoint the NanoTrak™ “dithering” can besuspended (outputs latched) for static alignmentrequirements or dithering continued at smalleramplitudes for active continuous alignment inapplications that suffer from drift.

The speeds of response of the control unit and thepiezo-controlled nanopositioners are measured inmilliseconds, and consequently, the time takenfrom signal acquisition (when the scanning coversthe maximum area) to achieve alignment andmaximum optical transmission is of the order oftens of milliseconds.

Phase Sensitive DetectionBy considering only the vertical component of themotion and plotting the amplitude against time,

this produces a sine wave, as shown below (figure 3). At t0, the vertical motion is atthe maximum, however, the power does not reach a maximum until t1. Similarly,the motion is at a minimum at time t2, whereas the minimum power is not reacheduntil t3. Therefore, the optical power lags the vertical motion by a phase angle(figure 4).

Therefore, it is by detecting the phase of the optical power signal, that theNanoTrak™ can automatically align two components. Once the NanoTrak™ hasfound the maximum signal, it locks on to it, and even if one of the components ismoved slightly, the NanoTrak™ corrects for the movement to maintain themaximum power.

SummaryThe NanoTrak™ from Thorlabs can automatically align fibers to devices suchas waveguides in less than one second. It can dramatically simplifycharacterisation and pigtailing procedures, and can ensure drift-free positioningand accurate data acquisition. By using the NanoTrak™ in autoalignmentsystems there are significant advantages to be gained because of theimprovement in the alignment process.

Scanning and Searching to Find a Transmitted Optical Signal Rapidly Acquiring a Throughput Optical Signal Maximizing the Optical Signal Through Constant Adjustment of the

Appropriate Position of the Piezo Actuators Active “Real Time” Compensating of Mechanical Cross-talk on Multi-axis

Stage Mechanisms by Virtue of Optical Signal Feedback Loop Similarly Active Correction of Positional Changes Caused by

Environmental Disturbances Such as Temperature Change and Vibration Countering Bonding Forces During Pigtailing Operation, Eliminating

Erratic UV Curing and Other Undesirable Effects

Figure 4 Phase angle between opticalpower and vertical motion



Documents

Single-Axis Stages